Ordinary Meeting of Council
TO BE HELD ON Tuesday, 6 October 2015 AT 7.00pm
Level 3 Council Chamber
Agenda
** ** ** ** ** **
NOTE: For Full Details, See Council’s Website –
www.kmc.nsw.gov.au under the link to business papers
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST
Confirmation of Reports to be Considered in Closed Meeting
Address the Council
NOTE: Persons who address the Council should be aware that their address will be tape recorded.
Documents Circulated to Councillors
CONFIRMATION OF MINUTEs
Minutes of Ordinary Meeting of Council 7
File: S02131
Meeting held 15 September 2015
Minutes numbered 284 to 289
minutes from the Mayor
Petitions
GENERAL BUSINESS
i. The Mayor to invite Councillors to nominate any item(s) on the Agenda that they wish to have a site inspection.
ii. The Mayor to invite Councillors to nominate any item(s) on the Agenda that they wish to adopt in accordance with the officer’s recommendation allowing for minor changes without debate.
GB.1 Audited General and Special Purpose Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 and auditor's report 14
File: S08023/7
To present to Council the Annual Financial Statements and audit reports from Council’s external auditor, UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants for the year ended 30 June 2015 and to provide a summary of Council’s financial performance and financial position at 30 June 2015.
Recommendation:
That Council receives the audited Financial Statements and the external auditor’s report from UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants.
GB.2 Investment Report as at 31 August 2015 157
File: S05273
To present Council’s investment portfolio performance for August 2015.
Recommendation:
That the summary of investments performance for August 2015 be received and noted; and that the Certificate of the Responsible Accounting Officer be noted and report adopted.
GB.3 Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors 166
File: S03779/2
To re-adopt the Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provisions of Facilities to Councillors.
Recommendation:
That the revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors be adopted.
GB.4 Disclosures of Interest Returns Register 226
File: CY00440/3
To table Council’s Disclosure of Interest Returns Register in accordance with Section 449 of the Local Government Act 1993.
Recommendation:
That the tabling of the Disclosure of Interest Returns Register be noted.
GB.5 Delegation of Authority - Mayor and Deputy Mayor - 2015/2016 229
File: CY00259/7
For Council to give consideration to granting Delegations of Authority to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor.
Recommendation:
That the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A1 be granted to the Mayor and that the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A2 be granted to the Deputy Mayor.
GB.6 Release of a restriction on the use of land - 33 Miowera Road North Turramurra 234
File: DA0050/15
To consider a request for the release of a restriction on the use of land.
Recommendation:
That Council resolve to release the restriction, subject to conditions.
GB.7 1 to 3 Nulla Nulla Street - Demolish Existing Structures and Construct a Multi-Dwelling Housing Development comprising 15 Townhouses, Basement Parking and Landscape Works 246
File: DA0582/14
Ward: Wahroonga
Applicant: Mackenzie Architects International
Owner: Mrs LM
Arthur (1 Nulla Nulla Street)
Mr AI Topfer & Mrs S Topfer (3 Nulla Nulla Street)
To determine Development Application No. DA0582/14 for the demolition of two dwellings and the construction of multi dwelling housing, comprising 15 townhouses, basement parking and landscape works.
Recommendation:
Approval
GB.8 14 Carlotta Avenue Gordon - Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two and construction of a new dwelling 339
File: DA0430/14
Ward: Gordon
Applicant: Architecture Design Studio
Owner: Mr A R El Moungged & Mrs B El Moungged
Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two and construction of a new dwelling
Recommendation:
Refusal
GB.9 28 Holt Avenue North Wahroonga - Alterations and additions 395
File: DA0282/15
Ward: Wahroonga
Applicant: Mr S. J. van Schalkwyk
Owner: Mr S. J. & Mrs A. van Schalkwyk
Alterations and additions
Recommendation:
Approval
GB.10 Lindfield Community Hub - Update Report 425
File: S10362
To present a comprehensive assessment of the four (4) exhibited illustrative development options for the Lindfield Community Hub site; and recommend a preferred option for Council adoption for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI).
Recommendation:
This report recommends that Council adopt Option 2 (as exhibited) with a maximum building height of 7 storey heights; and for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI) adopt a variation of Option 2 that excludes Scouts Association land and AUSGRID land.
This report also recommends that Council advertises an EOI seeking proposals from development companies based on Option 2 (revised EOI version) and that Council accepts non-conforming bids from the EOI process.
GB.11 Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club - Owner's Consent to Prepare Development Application For Relocation to Old Tree Tip Site at St Ives 475
File: S10646
To seek approval from Council to ask the NSW Crown Lands Division to grant owner’s consent for a Development Application to be submitted by Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives.
To seek approval from Council to negotiate an agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved.
Recommendation:
That Council request the NSW Crown Lands Division to sign owner’s consent on a Development Application for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives by the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club; and that Council negotiate a right of way access or a similar agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved.
GB.12 Planning Proposal to Allow Dual Occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga - Report Following Exhibition 483
File: S10539
For Council to proceed with the finalisation of the Planning Proposal to amend the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga.
Recommendation:
That Council proceed with the Planning Proposal to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga.
GB.13 Heritage Assistance Fund 526
File: S07987
To seek Council’s approval to establish a Heritage Assistance Fund for 2015/16 – 2017/18.
Recommendation:
That Council approves the establishment of a Heritage Assistance Fund to the amount of $18,000 in 2015/16, and up to $20,000 in 2016/17 and 2017/18, subject to budget approval.
GB.14 Flood Risk Management Committee Meeting Minutes - 25 June 2015 533
File: S10746
For Council to consider and note the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015.
Recommendation:
That Council receives and notes the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015.
GB.15 Consideration of Submissions on Planning Proposal to heritage list 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra 540
File: S10453
For Council to consider the submissions received during the public exhibition of the planning proposal to heritage list 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 5 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
Recommendation:
That Council take no further action on the heritage listing for 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
Extra Reports Circulated to Meeting
BUSINESS WITHOUT NOTICE – SUBJECT TO CLAUSE 241 OF GENERAL REGULATIONS
Questions Without Notice
Inspections Committee – SETTING OF TIME, DATE AND RENDEZVOUS
** ** ** ** ** **
MINUTES OF Ordinary Meeting of Council
HELD ON Tuesday, 15 September 2015
Present: |
The Mayor, Councillor J Anderson (Chairperson) (Roseville Ward) Councillors E Malicki & J Pettett (Comenarra Ward) Councillors D Citer & C Szatow (Gordon Ward) Councillors C Berlioz & D Ossip (St Ives Ward) Councillor D Armstrong (Roseville Ward) Councillors C Fornari-Orsmond & D McDonald (Wahroonga Ward) |
|
|
Staff Present: |
General Manager (John McKee) Director Corporate (David Marshall) Director Development & Regulation (Michael Miocic) Director Operations (Greg Piconi) Director Strategy & Environment (Andrew Watson) Director Community (Janice Bevan) Corporate Lawyer (Jamie Taylor) Manager Corporate Communications (Virginia Leafe) Governance Officer (Christine Dunand) Minutes Secretary (Sigrid Banzer) |
The Meeting commenced at 7.00pm
The Mayor offered the Prayer
The Mayor adverted to the necessity for Councillors and staff to declare a Pecuniary Interest/Conflict of Interest in any item on the Business Paper.
No Interest was declared.
The following member of the public addressed Council on items not on the agenda:
M Middleton - Caithness Street, Killara
DOCUMENTS CIRCULATED TO COUNCILLORS
The Mayor adverted to the documents circulated in the Councillors’ papers and advised that the following matters would be dealt with at the appropriate time during the meeting:
Late Items: |
Minutes of Ordinary Meeting of Council 2 Meeting held 8 September 2015 Minutes numbered 253 to 283
|
Councillors Information: |
QWN – 828 Pacific Highway Gordon - Memorandum from Director Strategy & Environment dated 11 September 2015 in relation to a QWN from Councillor Malicki regarding an update of the plans for the move of Council into 828 Pacific Highway Gordon and the costs associated with those plans.
|
285 |
File: CY00455/3 Vide: MM.1
|
|
Tonight marks the beginning of the final year of this term of Council as we head towards the 2016 NSW Local Government elections.
I would like to take this opportunity for a brief reflection.
There is currently much uncertainty for Local Government across NSW as we await recommendations from IPART and announcements by the State Government regarding possible Council amalgamations.
The often difficult decisions made by Council over the last few years have placed us in the enviable position of being able to meet all of the State Government’s Fit for the Future financial thresholds within the designated timeframe.
I commend Councillors and the staff for their commitment to ensure Ku-ring-gai is financially strong and able to deliver facilities and services for our community. The role of a Councillor is not only to consider the views of individual stakeholders but to plan for the future and to responsibly manage the Council’s resources.
Ku-ring-gai’s impressive new Indoor Fitness and Aquatic Centre, the final stages of the North Turramurra Recreation Area, the parks programme with refurbishments or new parks such as Greengate Lane Park Killara, Cameron Park Turramurra, Malga Avenue Roseville Chase, Curtilage Park Wahroonga, Carcoola Road St Ives are recent examples. New sportsfields at Koola Park now underway and the first synthetic field at Lindfield is being extensively utilised.
Completion of upgrades at Philip Mall, West Pymble and Princes Street, Turramurra are early examples of works continuing through our Neighbourhood Business Centres programme.
Master planning is progressing at a number of locations and is well advanced at East and West Lindfield with the Hub and the Village Green. Turramurra and Gordon are also progressing, with the fortuitous acquisition of 828 Pacific Highway enabling more opportunities to deliver community facilities in Ku-ring-gai’s major town centre.
The opening of the Hornsby Ku-ring-gai Women’s Shelter has filled a desperate void for vulnerable women. Council has also played a part in connecting groups now working to establish a similar shelter in The Hills area.
All of these achievements and much more have been independently recognised through a long list of Awards – most notably the 2014 Bluett Award for the top performing Council in NSW, the Gold Award this year in the Australasian Reporting Awards, the Parks and Leisure Australia NSW Award in the events category for Council’s inaugural St Ives Medieval Faire and many other awards too long to list.
As this mayoral year concludes we are Fit for the Future and ready to remain a stand-alone Council.
Council is running operating surpluses after fully funding depreciation, has a healthy level of cash reserves and working funds and our liquidity as measured by the Unrestricted Current Ratio has increased to 2.5:1.
We have seen significant increases in capital works - $35.8 million in 2014/15 and $47.6 million for 2015/16. More than $27 million has been invested in infrastructure renewal in 2015/16, with $9.7 million committed to the roads program.
I would sincerely like to thank the General Manager, Directors, staff and the Mayor’s PA Sigrid, for their dedication to Ku-ring-gai and for their outstanding achievements.
As I am not able to nominate for Mayor tonight, I can only offer my best wishes to all who put themselves forward for election this evening. . |
|
That this Mayoral Minute be received and noted
CARRIED UNANIMOUSLY . |
The Mayor, Councillor Anderson vacated the Chair
Two members of the public were invited to act as scrutineers for the election:
· I. McKie
· P. Wilkinson
The General Manager announced there was 1 nomination for the position of Mayor.
Councillor Szatow was nominated and accepted the nomination.
The General Manager called for further written nominations for the position of Mayor. No further nominations were received, the General Manager declared nominations for the position of Mayor closed.
Councillor Cheryl Szatow was duly elected to the position of Mayor for the 2015/2016 term unopposed.
The General Manager announced there were 2 nominations for the position of Deputy Mayor.
Councillor Ossip and Councillor Pettett were nominated and accepted nomination.
The General Manager called for further written nominations for the position of Deputy Mayor. No further nominations were received, the General Manager declared nominations for the position of Deputy Mayor closed.
Two members of the public were invited to act as scrutineers for the election.
The ballot resulted in 7 votes being received for Councillor Ossip and 3 votes for Councillor Pettett.
Councillor Ossip was duly elected for the position of Deputy Mayor for the 2015/2016 term.
The Mayor, Councillor Szatow took the Chair
The Meeting closed at 7.50pm
The Minutes of the Ordinary Meeting of Council held on 15 September 2015 (Pages 1 - 13) were confirmed as a full and accurate record of proceedings on 6 October 2015.
__________________________ __________________________
General Manager Mayor / Chairperson
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.1 / 14 |
|
|
Item GB.1 |
S08023/7 |
|
25 September 2015 |
Audited General and Special Purpose Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 and auditor's report
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Purpose of Report
To present to Council the Annual Financial Statements and audit reports from Council’s external auditor, UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants for the year ended 30 June 2015 and to provide a summary of Council’s financial performance and financial position at 30 June 2015.
Background
In accordance with Section 413(2)(C) of the Local Government Act 1993, Council must prepare a statement on the General Purpose Financial Reports as to its opinion on the reports prior to referring them to audit.
On 8 September 2015 Council resolved to receive and certify the Draft Financial Statements for 2014/2015 and to refer them to the external auditor. The following certifications were made by the Mayor, Deputy Mayor, the General Manager and Responsible Accounting Officer:
That Council’s Annual Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with:
* The Local Government Act 1993 (as amended) and Regulations made thereunder
* The Australian Accounting Standards and professional pronouncements
* The Local Government Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting
And that to the best of Council’s knowledge and belief that the statements:
* present fairly the Council’s operating result and financial position for the year; and
* are in accordance with Council’s accounting and other records.
That Council’s Special Purpose Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with:
* The NSW Government Policy Statement “Application of National Competition policy to Local Government”.
* The Division of Local Government Guidelines “Pricing and Costing for Council Businesses – A Guide to Competitive Neutrality”.
* The Local Government Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting
And that to the best of Council’s knowledge and belief that the statements:
* present fairly the Council’s operating result and financial position for each of Council’s declared Business Activities for the year, and
* are in accordance with Council’s accounting and other records.
Comments
Council’s external auditor, UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants audited the General Purpose Financial Statements and Special Purpose Financial Statements for the financial year ended 30 June 2015 and expressed an opinion on the financial statements based on their audit. The Auditor’s letter forms part of the Annual Financial Statements and includes the following opinion:
Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion,
(a) the Council’s accounting records have been kept in accordance with the requirements of the Local Government Act 1993, Chapter 13 part 3, Division 2;and
(b) the financial reports:
(i) have been presented in accordance with the requirements of this Division;
(ii) are consistent with the Council’s accounting records
(iii) present fairly the Council’s financial position as at 30 June 2014 and the results of its operations for the year then ended; and
(iv) are in accordance with applicable Australian Accounting Standards and the Local Government (General) Regulations 2005..
(c) all information relevant to the conduct of the audit has been obtained; and
(d) there are no material deficiencies in the accounting records or financial reports that have come to light during the course of the audit.
Subsequent to the meeting on 8 September 2015 and the receipt of the Auditor’s letter, the Annual Financial Statements were placed on public exhibition. Written submissions from the public were invited, but at the time of writing this report none were received. Submissions received up to 4.30pm on 6 October 2015 will be circulated to Councillors on the night of the meeting. Section 420 of the Act requires that all submissions in respect of the audited Financial Statements must be in writing and must be lodged with the Council within 7 days after this meeting. Public submissions may be made up to 13 October 2015. Copies of all submissions received must be referred to Council’s external auditor.
This is the final stage of the process of adopting the Financial Statements for 2014/2015.
The audited Financial Statements, together with the audited reports for the year ended 30 June 2015 are hereby presented to Council (Attachment A1). The Financial Statements are also provided under separate cover.
Financial Performance and Position of Council as at 30 June 2015
The comments below provide highlights of Council’s financial performance during 2014/15 and financial position at 30 June 2015.
A summary of the financial results from the Financial Statements 2014/15 is presented below:
Income Statement ‘000 |
Actual 2015 |
Actual 2014 |
Income from Continuing Operations |
133,320 |
116,869 |
Expenses from Continuing Operations |
110,734 |
100,828 |
Net Operating Result for the Year |
22,586 |
16,041 |
Net Operating Result for the year before Grants and Contributions for Capital purposes |
13,460 |
3,117 |
Statement of Financial Position ‘000 |
Actual 2015 |
Actual 2014 |
Current Assets |
45,686 |
57,969 |
Non-Current Assets |
1,139,045 |
1,028,247 |
Total Assets |
1,184,731 |
1,086,216 |
Current Liabilities |
23,445 |
25,759 |
Non-Current Liabilities |
24,280 |
39,630 |
Total Liabilities |
47,725 |
65,389 |
Net Assets |
1,137,006 |
1,020,827 |
Total Equity |
1,137,006 |
1,020,827 |
Statement of Cash Flows ‘000 |
Actual 2015 |
Actual 2014 |
Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities |
29,265 |
34,768 |
Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities |
(11,122) |
(55,922) |
Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities |
(17,909) |
8,076 |
Net Decrease in Cash |
234 |
(13,078) |
Plus: Cash at beginning of year |
(50) |
13,028 |
Cash at end of Year |
184 |
(50) |
Plus: Investments on hand at end of year |
97,100 |
92,462 |
Total Cash & Investments |
97,284 |
92,412 |
Income from Continuing Operations
During the financial year 2014/15 Council received $133.32m in income from Continuing Operations from the following sources:
Rates & Annual Charges
Rates and Annual Charges contributed $76.3m or 57% ($72.9m in 2013/14). Rates income increased by a total of 3% from the last financial year taking into consideration the approved rate peg increase of 2.3%, as well as supplementary rates during the year. Annual Charges which are predominantly represented by domestic waste charges increased by 11%. This reflects the provision of funds towards the cost of remediating the former tip site at the North Turramurra Recreation Area. Whilst a major component of these costs was chargeable to the Domestic Waste Management reserve, it was necessary in the short term to fund part of this project from the Infrastructure and Facilities reserve and recover costs in future from increased Domestic Waste charges.
User Charges & Fees
User Charges and Fees totalled $13.68m (10%) compared to $11.48m in 2013/14, an increase of 19%. This category of income mainly includes regulatory/statutory fees and community facilities hire. The principal increase from 2013/14 financial year was due to income received from Council’s Fitness & Aquatic Centre (KFAC) which officially opened in October 2014. Additional expenditure for KFAC to offset income has also been incurred and is reflected in Materials and Contracts expenditure. No other major variations were observed.
Interest and Investment Revenue
A total of $4m (3%) compared to $3.96m in 2013/14 was received from Interest and Investment revenue. While there is no major variance in interest earned from previous year, interest income was still lower in 2014/15 when compared to the total average portfolio invested during the year. This is mainly due to lower average interest rates (3.87%) in 2014/15 compared to the previous year (4.27% in 2013/14).
Council’s Cash and Investments at the end of the financial year totalled $97.28m. Notwithstanding the decrease in income compared to investments portfolio, Council ended the year with a strong investment performance which exceeded the bank bill benchmark by 1.27% (the weighted average return for the total portfolio as at end of year was 3.87% compared to the benchmark of the UBS Bank Bill Index of 2.60%). Compared to revised budget, the net return on investments at the end of June 2015 recorded a favourable variance of $199k.
Other Revenue
Income from “Other Revenue “totalled $9.53m (7%) compared to $9.30m in 2013/14.
Other Revenues have increased by 2.4% compared to 2013/14 which is principally due to higher income from program fees (from Community events held during the year) and an increase in recycling income achieved by changing the recycling contractor.
Operating Grants and Contributions
During 2014/15 a total of $7.7m (6%) compared to $4.7m in previous year was received by Council. Grants & Contributions provided for Operating Purposes increased by 64% on the previous financial year. This was largely due to the full payment of the Financial Assistance Grant (FAG) as opposed to only 50% received in 2013/14. The Financial Assistance Grant for 2013/14 reflected a one off reduction due to the fact that this grant was no longer being paid in advance. Other variations in operational grants income were due to additional grants received in the Recreation & Culture category (eg.St Ives Showground Regional playground) and the reclassification of Roads to Recovery (RtoR) grant from capital to operational. This reclassification is due to the fact the RtoR grants are not specifically given to Council for capital purposes, therefore, should be treated and disclosed as operational grants.
Capital Grants and Contributions
Grants and Contributions provided for Capital Purposes decreased by 29% on the previous financial year with $9.12m received in 2014/15 compared to $12.92m in 2013/14. This was largely due to decreased Section 94 contributions from developers and reclassification of the Roads to Recovery grant from capital to operational.
Net Gains from Disposal of Assets
One of the largest variations in the current financial statements is identified in the Net Gains from Disposal of Assets. Net gains from asset sales were $12.85m ($1.51m in 2013/14) largely due to the sale of Council’s car park at Culworth Avenue, Killara and 24 lots from B2 Land subdivision (the settlement of 2 lots is due to be finalised by December 2015). The net gain represents the gross sale price less the written down value of assets. A summary of major variations in Net Gain on Asset Sales follows:
· B2 land subdivision
Council owned assets that were part of the development of 26 lot residential land subdivision at South Turramurra with the NSW Department of Planning. Council’s owned assets were disclosed in Note 22 “Assets Held for Sale” in previous years. Construction and development of the site was completed during 2014/15 and 24 lots were offered for sale. Council received gross proceeds of $13.97m from the sale during 2014/15. After accounting for the book value of assets held for sale, the net gain on asset sales was recorded at $7.5m.
Further disclosure relating to this project is available in Note 19 – Interests in other entities.
· Culworth Avenue Car Park - 20-28 Culworth Ave, Killara NSW 2071
During 2014/15 Council divested a portion of the Culworth Avenue Car Park to Rail Corporation NSW. Total proceeds from the sale were $7m. After accounting for the book value of assets held in Council’s financial register, the net gain on asset sales was recorded at $6.2m
Expenses from Continuing Operations
Total Operating Expenses for the financial year ended 30 June 2015 were $110.73m, compared to $100.82m in 2013/14, this is an increase of 9.8% on the previous financial year.
Employee Benefits and On-costs
Employee Costs were $36.1m compared to $35m in 2013/14, which is an increase of 3.2% on the previous financial year. The major variation was due to the award increase. It must be noted that notwithstanding the increase, a significant saving was achieved in Workers compensation insurance with a decrease of 62% from the previous year ($296k in 2014/15, $778k in 2013/14). This reflects the continuation of Safestart and other safety training programs for staff. The decrease includes a favourable adjustment of $212k to Council’s premium relating to 2013/14 received in 2014/15.
Borrowing Costs
Borrowing Costs totalled $1.56m compared to $1.46m in 2013/14. There was no significant variation during the year. A total of $750k (relating to 828 Pacific Highway loan), in addition to existing loans, has been accrued /recognised in the accounts during the financial year which was not a cash outflow, but rather an increase in the outstanding balance of the loan. As per the loan agreement Council is required to start interest and principal repayments on this loan by 2016/17.
Materials & Contracts
Materials & Contracts is the largest category of expenditure representing 35% of the total Council expenditure. A total of $38.4m compared to $31.1m in 2013/14 was spent on Materials and Contracts during 2014/15. This is an increase of 23.5% on the previous financial year. The principal components of this increase are within Contractor & Consultancy costs, in particular, costs associated with KFAC, increased costs resulting from remediation of Council’s old depot at Carlotta Avenue, Gordon, tree maintenance costs from storm damages, legal expenses and others.
Depreciation and Amortisation
Depreciation and Amortisation has risen by $892k or 4.8% on previous year from $18.45m in 2013/14 to $19.34 in 2014/15, primarily due to additional assets recognised in the Recreational Facilities ( February 2014) asset class and depreciated over a full financial year. Council revalued infrastructure assets in 2014/15 and also performed an independent review on Council’s asset data. As part of this review depreciation rates and assets useful lives were revised for each class of infrastructure assets. The revised useful lives are disclosed in Note 1 to the Financial Statements.
Other Expenses
Material expenditure items in this category include electricity costs, insurance, street lighting, rental rebates and other expenses. Other Expenses have increased by $511k or 3.5% compared to previous financial year, mainly due to increased costs for advertising (community events), insurance and utility expenses.
Operating result
The operating result is a measure of the increase in the value of Council’s net assets. It takes into account the income received by Council less the expenses from operations including depreciation of assets. The operating result excludes capital expenditure (expenditure on assets).
Council’s net operating result for the 2014/15 financial year is disclosed in the Income Statement. For the financial year ended 30 June 2015 Council had an operating surplus excluding revenue from capital grants and contributions of $13.46m compared to $3.11m in 2013/14. The operating result after capital grants and contributions was $22.58m, a variance of $6.54m in comparison to previous financial year ($16m in 2013/14). This variance is mainly due to net gains from asset sales and additional operational grants offset by higher expenditure in Materials & Contracts.
A comparison of Operating Result for 2014/15 to original budget and 2013/14 financial year is provided in the table below. It must be noted that major variations in expenditure and income compared to original budget are disclosed in Note 16 of the Financial Statements.
$’000 |
2014/15 Actual |
2014/15 Original Budget |
2013/14 Actual |
Net Operating Result (Surplus) |
22,586 |
20,480 |
16,041 |
Net Operating Result (before Capital grants & contributions) |
13,460 |
3,370 |
3,117 |
Council’s operating result is strong. The operating surplus means that Council’s revenue exceeds both the cost of running its day to day operations and the depreciation of its assets. This surplus is available for capital works.
The operating result (shown separately as including and excluding capital grants and contributions) for the last three financial years is provided in the chart below.
Working capital
Working capital is a measure of Council’s liquidity and ability to meet its obligations as they fall due. It is one of the primary measures of the overall financial position of Council, which allows for unforeseen expenditure or reductions in revenue.
Working capital represents Council’s net current assets, after deducting internal and external restrictions.
The available working capital at the end of 2014/15 financial year is $4.67m, in line with the target identified in Council’s Annual Budget. This level of working capital highlights an adequate liquidity position with Council being able to meet its short term liabilities when they fall due.
Chart below provides a comparison of Council’s working capital for the last 3 financial years.
Performance Measurement Indicators
The Statement of Performance Measurement (Note 13 of the Financial Statements and Special Schedule 7) provide ratios used to assess various aspects of Council’s financial performance. These ratios have been prescribed by the Code of Accounting Practice for 2014/15, which are mainly the financial ratios identified in T-Corp’s Financial Assessment and Benchmarking Report. The Infrastructure assets ratios listed in “Special Schedule 7 - Report on Infrastructure Assets” are Building & Infrastructure Renewal Ratio, Infrastructure Backlog Ratio, Asset Maintenance Ratio and Capital Expenditure Ratio.
The results of all financial indicators, including asset ratios, providing previous three year comparisons and commentary are detailed in the table and charts below.
Financial Indicator |
|
2014/15 |
2013/14 |
2012/13
|
Operating Performance Ratio Total Operating Revenue (excl Capital grants & Contrib.) – Operating Expense Total Operating Revenue
|
0.51% |
1.56% |
5.84% |
|
Own Source Operating Revenue Total Operating Revenue ( less all grants & Contributions) Total Operating Revenue
|
86.00% |
84.72% |
84.22% |
|
Unrestricted Current Ratio Current Assets( less all External Restrictions) Current Liabilities (less Specific Purpose Liabilities)
|
2.50x |
2.78x* |
2.04x |
|
Debt Service Cover Ratio Operating Result before capital excl.interest & depreciation Principal repayments plus borrowing costs
|
1.09x |
4.82x |
10.88x |
|
Rates, Annual charges, Interest outstanding Percentage Rates, Annual Charges Outstanding Rates, Annual Charges Collectible
|
3.18% |
3.25% |
3.47% |
|
Cash Expense Cover Ratio ( expressed in months) (Current Years cash & Cash Equivalents ( incl. Term Deposits) Payments from cash flow of operating and financing activities) X 12
|
6.08 |
8.01 |
7.68 |
|
Asset Ratios |
|
|
|
|
Building & Infrastructure Renewal Ratio Asset Renewals( Building & Infrastructure) Depreciation, Amortisation & Impairment
|
100.01% |
104.46% |
94.06% |
|
Infrastructure Backlog Ratio Estimated cost to bring Assets to a satisfactory condition Total value of Infrastructure, Building, other structure and Land Imp Assets
|
4.36% |
28.78% |
29.79% |
|
Asset Maintenance Ratio Actual Asset Maintenance Required Asset Maintenance
|
1.01x |
0.95x |
0.81x |
|
Capital Expenditure Ratio Annual Capital Expenditure Annual Depreciation |
1.28x |
2.29x |
4.05x |
*The ratio includes $8.7m of Assets held for sale
Operating Performance Ratio
This ratio measures Council’s achievement of containing operating expenditure within operating revenue. It is important to distinguish that this ratio is focussing on operating performance and hence capital grants and contributions, fair value adjustments and reversal of revaluation decrements are excluded. The benchmark is greater than (-4%).
Council performance ratio is above the benchmark which means that Council can easily contain operating expenditure (excluding capital grants and contributions) within its operating revenue. The ratio has been above benchmark for the last three years. The main decrease from last year is mainly due to higher expenditure in Materials & Contracts from old depot remediation costs, KFAC contractors, tree maintenance costs and others. |
Own Source Operating Revenue
This ratio measures fiscal flexibility. It is the degree of reliance on external funding sources such as operating grants and contributions. Council’s financial flexibility improves the higher the level of its own source revenue. The benchmark is greater than 60%.
Council’s Own Source Operating Revenue Ratio (86%) has remained above the benchmark of (>60%) in the last three years. Council has sufficient level of fiscal flexibility, in the event of being faced with unforseen events. |
Unrestricted Current Ratio
|
The Unrestricted Current Ratio is designed to represent Council’s ability to meet short term obligations as they fall due. The benchmark is greater than 1.5x. Council’s Unrestricted Current Ratio at 2.5x is above benchmark of >1.5x and has been outperforming benchmark for the last three years. Council’s liquidity is good and it can readily pay its debts as they fall due.
|
Debt Service Cover Ratio
This ratio measures the availability of operating cash to service debt including interest, principal and lease payments. The benchmark is greater than 2x.
The Debt Service Cover Ratio has been below benchmark (unfavourable) in 2014/15 and it has decreased compared to previous years due to increased one off principal and interest repayments during the financial year.
|
Rates, Annual Charges, Interest & Extra Outstanding Percentage
The purpose of this ratio is to assess the impact of uncollected rates and annual charges on liquidity and the adequacy of recovery efforts.
The percentage of rates and annual charges that are unpaid at the end of the financial year is a measure of how well Council is managing debt recovery. Council’s ratio of 3.18% is satisfactory and is better than benchmark of “less than 5%”.
|
Cash Expense Cover Ratio
This liquidity ratio indicates the number of months a Council can continue paying for its immediate expenses without additional cash inflow.
Council’s Cash Expense Cover Ratio is satisfactory and above benchmark of “greater than 3 months”.
|
Building and Infrastructure Renewal Expenditure
This indicator assesses Council’s rate at which buildings and infrastructure assets are being renewed against the rate at which they are depreciating. An indicator of 100% indicates that the amount spent on asset renewals equals the amount of depreciation. Council’s ratio was in line with the benchmark in 2014/15. Council is continuing to focus on appropriate asset standards for renewal and maintenance as identified in Council’s Asset Management Strategy. Future financial and asset management plans have consciously prioritised renewal capital works programs over new programs. |
Infrastructure Backlog Ratio
This ratio shows what proportion of the backlog is against the total value of Council’s infrastructure. Council achieved a backlog ratio of 4.4% at the end of 2014/15, which is a major decrease from the previous year. This was mainly due to an independent review on infrastructure assets that was undertaken during the year. This review was focused on assessing condition of Council’s assets by asset class and reviewing Council’s methodology to determine cost to bring assets to a satisfactory condition. The ratio of 4.4% is an improvement from previous years; however, it indicates that Council still has an infrastructure backlog. Council is continuing to focus on appropriate asset standards for renewal and maintenance of its assets. |
Asset Maintenance Ratio
This ratio compares actual versus required annual asset maintenance. A ratio of above 1.0 indicates that Council is investing enough funds within the year to ensure assets reach their useful lives. The benchmark is greater than1.0. Council is committed to increase expenditure on asset maintenance in future to maintain its infrastructure assets in satisfactory condition in the long term.
|
Capital Expenditure Ratio
This indicates the extent to which Council is forecasting to expand its asset base with capital expenditure spent on both new assets, and renewal of existing assets. The benchmark is greater than 1.1x. Council’s Capital Expenditure Ratio of 1.28x continues to be above the benchmark reflecting its significant capital expenditure program on new assets and the renewal of existing assets compared to their depreciation. The decrease from previous year is largely due to less capital works undertaken compared to previous year. |
Changes from Draft General Purpose Financial Report
The following change has been made to the final Audited General Purpose Financial Reports:
Note 20(c) - Assets Revaluation Reserve:
As part of the Revaluation of Infrastructure Assets at fair values, Council reviewed and brought to account Fair values for the following asset classes as at 30 June 2015:
- Roads
- Bridges
- Footpath
- Stormwater Drainage
- Other Structure
As part of this revaluation and measurement process, the remaining useful life of each asset has been reassessed to actual. The reassessment resulted in a material difference as to where some assets actually sit in relation to their asset life cycle relative to what the value of accumulated depreciation in Council’s Financial Reports had previously indicated. As a result Council adjusted the accumulated depreciation for these asset classes to reflect the correct value of depreciation. This adjustment was reflected retrospectively in the opening balances (at 30 June 2014) of Infrastructure Assets in the draft report (Note 9).
In accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, the reassessment of the asset useful lives is deemed to be a change in accounting estimate and is only required to be adjusted prospectively. As a result, the adjustment that was initially recognised against the opening balance of infrastructure assets was transferred to the asset revaluation reserve in the current financial year. Therefore, the following movement in the revaluation reserve was made:
· Opening Balance Infrastructure Assets (Note 9) Accumulated Depreciation - Decrease $56,303k
· Asset Revaluation Reserve – Increase $56,303k
It must be noted that this movement did not impact on the closing balance of Council’s Infrastructure Assets or any other financial indicators presented in the financial statements.
integrated planning and reporting
Leadership & Governance
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
L2.1 Council rigorously manages its financial resources and assets to maximise delivery of services. |
L2.1.2 Council’s financial services provide accurate, timely, open and honest advice to the community. |
Manages financial performance to achieve targets as defined in the Long Term Financial Plan. |
Governance Matters
In accordance with Section 419(1) and 419(2) of the Act:
A council must present its audited financial reports together with the auditor’s reports at a meeting of Council held on the date fixed for the meeting; and
The council’s auditor may, and if so required in writing by the council must, attend the meeting at which the financial reports are presented.
In addition, Section 417(5) of the Act states that:
As soon as practicable after receiving the auditor’s reports, the council must send a copy of the auditor’s report on the council’s financial reports, together with a copy of the council’s audited financial reports, to the Director General – Office of Local Government and to the Australian Bureau of Statistics.
Risk Management
Council is financially sound which positions it well to deal with unforseen events as they arise.
The Financial Statements are audited by the external auditors who, amongst other things, form an opinion on the Financial Statements whether:
· the Council’s accounting records have been kept in accordance with the requirements of the Local Government Act 1993, Chapter 13 part 3 Division 2; and
· the Financial Statements:
o have been presented in accordance with the requirements of this Division;
o are consistent with the Council’s accounting records;
o present fairly the Council’s financial position, the results of its operations and its cash flows; and
o are in accordance with applicable Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia.
· all information relevant to the conduct of the audit has been obtained; and
· there are no material deficiencies in the accounting records or financial statements that the auditors have become aware of during the course of the audit.
In accordance with s. 419 (1) of the Act, a council must present its audited financial reports together with the auditor’s reports at a meeting of Council held on the date fixed for the meeting. If Council does not consider the Financial Statements at the appropriate time, it does not comply with the requirements of the Act.
Financial Considerations
Council has achieved a sound financial result for 2014/15. Council’s net operating result for the financial year ended 30 June 2015 is a surplus of $22.58m including Grants and Contributions for capital purposes. After adjusting for Capital Grants and Contributions, the net operating result was $13.46m.
The actual working capital for 2014/15 is $4.67m in line with the target identified in Council’s Annual Budget.
Social Considerations
Not applicable.
Environmental Considerations
Not applicable.
Community Consultation
Council’s Financial Statements will be on public exhibition from 11 September 2015 seeking comments from the community on the Statements and the Auditor’s Reports. Section 420 of the Act requires that all submissions in respect of the audited Financial Reports must be in writing and must be lodged with the Council within 7 days after this meeting. Public submissions may be made up to 13 October 2015. Copies of all submissions received must be referred to Council’s Auditor.
Internal Consultation
All departments have been consulted on the end of year financial results for 2014/15.
Summary
The Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 and audit reports from Council’s external auditor, UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants are presented to Council. Written submissions from the public have been invited, and may be made up to 13 October 2015. Copies of all submissions must be referred to Council’s auditor. This is the final stage of the process of adopting Council’s Annual Financial Statements for 2014/2015.
That Council receives the audited Financial Statements and the external auditor’s report from UHY Haines Norton Chartered Accountants
|
Angela Apostol Manager Finance |
David Marshall Director Corporate |
A1View |
Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 |
|
2015/256079 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.2 / 156 |
|
|
Item GB.2 |
S05273 |
|
18 September 2015 |
Investment Report as at 31 August 2015
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To present Council’s investment portfolio performance for August 2015. |
|
|
background: |
Council’s investments are reported monthly to Council in accordance with the Local Government Act 1993, the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 and Council’s Investment Policy. |
|
|
comments: |
The net return on investments for the financial year to August 2015 was $622,000 against a budget of $619,000 giving a YTD favourable variance of $3,000. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That the summary of investments performance for August 2015 be received and noted; and that the Certificate of the Responsible Accounting Officer be noted and report adopted. |
Purpose of Report
To present Council’s investment portfolio performance for August 2015.
Background
Council’s investments are reported monthly to Council in accordance with the Local Government Act 1993, the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 and Council’s Investment Policy.
Comments
Investment Portfolio Performance Snapshot
The table below provides the investments portfolio performance against targets identified in Council’s Investment Policy as well as other key performance indicators based on industry benchmarks.
Cumulative Investment Returns against Budget
The net return on investments for the financial year to August 2015 was $622,000 against a budget of $619,000 giving a YTD favourable variance of $3,000. Council will monitor the investment performance and budget target and make adjustments if required in Quarterly Budget Reviews.
The total return on investments (interest and net capital gain) for the month of August is provided below.
A comparison of the cumulative investment returns against year to date original budget is shown in the Chart below.
Cash Flow and Investment Movements
Council’s total cash and investment portfolio at the end of August 2015 was $110,535,000. This compares to $99,812,000 at the end of July 2015, the net cash inflow for the month was $10,723,000. This was mainly due to the first instalment of rates income.
Two investments have matured/traded in August 2015 and three new investments were made during the month.
Table 1 below provides detailed movements of the investment by institution name, investment rating and interest rate.
Table 1 – Investment Movements – August 2015
Investment Performance against Industry Benchmarks
Overall during the month of August the investments performance was well above industry benchmark. The benchmark is specific to the type of investment and details are provided below.
Ø UBS Bank Bill Index is used for all Council’s investments
A comparison of the portfolio returns against investment benchmark is provided in Table 2 below.
Table 2 - Investments Performance against Industry Benchmarks
Table 3 below provides a summary of all investments by type and performance during the month.
Attachment A1 provides definitions in relation to different types of investments.
Table 3 - Investments Portfolio Summary during August 2015
Investment by Credit rating and Maturity Profile
The allocation of Council’s investments by credit rating and the maturity profile are shown below:
integrated planning and reporting
Leadership & Governance
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
L2.1 Council rigorously manages its financial resources and assets to maximise delivery of services |
Council maintains and improves its long term financial position and performance. |
Continue to analyse opportunities to expand the revenue base of Council |
Governance Matters
Council’s investments are made in accordance with the Local Government Act (1993), the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 and Council’s Investment Policy.
A revised Investment Policy was adopted by Council on 10 December 2013.
Section 212 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 states:
(1) The responsible accounting officer of a council:
(a) must provide the council with a written report (setting out details of all money that the council has invested under section 625 of the Act) to be presented:
(i) if only one ordinary meeting of the council is held in a month, at that meeting, or
(ii) if more than one such meeting is held in a month, at whichever of those meetings the council by resolution determines, and
(b) must include in the report a certificate as to whether or not the investment has been made in accordance with the Act, the regulations and the council’s investment policies.
(2) The report must be made up to the last day of the month immediately preceding the meeting.
Risk Management
Council manages the risk associated with investments by diversifying the types of investment, credit quality, counterparty exposure and term to maturity profile.
Council invests its funds in accordance with The Ministerial Investment Order.
All investments are made with consideration of advice from Council’s appointed investment advisor, CPG Research & Advisory.
Council has one “Grandfathered” investment in structured products that was previously entered into in accordance with The Ministerial Investment Order at the time. The Ministerial Investment Order no longer allows investment in this product. This investment is:
CPDO PP – Royal Bank of Scotland
This Constant Proportion Debt Obligations Principal Protected (CPDO PP), with a face value of $6,000,000, is invested by Council on a “held to maturity” basis being September 2016. This CPDO is capital protected at maturity date by Royal Bank of Scotland. Since December 2011 it ceased to pay interest, due to a decrease in the credit indices it was linked to, creating an unwind event. The investment now takes the form of a zero coupon senior bank bond with a value of $6M. While Council intends to hold this investment to maturity, the market value at 31 August 2015 was quoted by RBS Morgan at $5,785,000.
Financial Considerations
The budget for interest on investments for the financial year 2015/2016 is $4,068,000. Of this amount approximately $2,812,000 is restricted for the benefit of future expenditure relating to development contributions, $687,400 transferred to the internally restricted Infrastructure & Facility Reserve, and the remainder of $568,600 is available for operations.
Social Considerations
Not applicable.
Environmental Considerations
Not applicable.
Community Consultation
None undertaken or required.
Internal Consultation
None undertaken or required.
Certification - Responsible Accounting Officer
I hereby certify that the investments listed in the attached report have been made in accordance with Section 625 of the Local Government Act 1993, clause 212 of the Local Government General Regulation 2005 and Council’s Investment Policy.
Summary
As at 31 August 2015:
Ø Council’s total cash and investment portfolio is $110,535,000.
Ø Council’s net return on investments for the financial year to August 2015 was $622,000 against a budget of $619,000, giving a YTD favourable variance of $3,000.
A. That the summary of investments and performance for August 2015 be received and noted.
B. That the Certificate of the Responsible Accounting Officer be noted and the report adopted.
|
Tony Ly Financial Accounting Officer |
Angela Apostol Manager Finance |
David Marshall Director Corporate |
|
A1View |
Investments definitions specific to Council’s investment portfolio |
|
2015/017138 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.3 / 165 |
|
|
Item GB.3 |
S03779/2 |
|
25 August 2015 |
Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To re-adopt the Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provisions of Facilities to Councillors. |
|
|
background: |
Each Council must adopt a policy concerning the payment of expenses incurred or to be incurred by, and the provision of facilities to, the mayor, the deputy mayor and the other councillors in relation to discharging the functions of civic office. On 25 November 2014 Council adopted the revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provisions of Facilities to Councillors. There were minor changes in this policy being: · Increase on all monetary limits throughout the policy in line with the CPI index for Sydney at 2.9% for the 2014/2015 financial year. · Reformatting into the new policy template. |
|
|
comments: |
Section 252 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires Council to re-adopt such a policy within five (5) months of 30 June each year. Section 253 (3) of the Act states that a council need not give public notice of amendments to its policy for the payment of expenses or provision of facilities if the council is of the opinion that the proposed amendment is not substantial. There are minor changes to the policy: · an increase of 2.2% being the CPI index for Sydney for the 2014/2015 financial year, and · Clarification that Councillors receive complimentary tickets to all Council functions and events. These changes are not considered to be substantial amendments to the policy and do not require the policy to go on public exhibition. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That the revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors be adopted. |
Purpose of Report
To re-adopt the Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provisions of Facilities to Councillors.
Background
Each Council must adopt a policy concerning the payment of expenses incurred or to be incurred by, and the provision of facilities to, the mayor, the deputy mayor and the other councillors in relation to discharging the functions of civic office. Council must not pay any expenses incurred or to be incurred by, or provide any facilities to, the mayor, the deputy mayor or a councillor otherwise than in accordance with the policy.
On 25 November 2014, Council adopted a revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors (see Attachment A1). Section 252 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires Council to re-adopt such a policy by November each year.
Comments
The purpose of the policy is to ensure that councillors receive adequate and reasonable expenses and facilities provided to the councillors, the cost of which shall be met by Council.
The current policy has now been reviewed (see Attachment A2). The only changes to the previously adopted policy are listed as follows:
· For the 2015/2016 financial year increase on all monetary limits within the policy in line with the CPI index for Sydney at 2.2% for the 2014/2015 financial year.
· Spouse and Partner Expenses to include costs associated with attendance at Council functions and events
· Clarification that Councillors are entitled to complimentary tickets to all Council functions and events.
Section 252 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires Council to re-adopt such a policy within five (5) months of 30 June each year.
Section 253 (3) of the Act states that a council need not give public notice of amendments to its policy for the payment of expenses or provision of facilities to Councillors if the council is of the opinion that the proposed amendment is not substantial.
Risk Management
This policy establishes the provision of councillor expenses and facilities in a manner that is transparent and accountable.
Financial Considerations
As the monetary limits throughout the policy have been increased in accordance with the CPI index for Sydney of 2.2% for 2014/2015 there will be a minor increase in costs to Council for the 2015/2016 financial year. The increase has been provided for in the 2015/16 budget.
Social Considerations
It is considered that council’s policy adequately reflects the needs of Councillors in carrying out their civic roles.
Environmental Considerations
There are no environmental considerations associated with the recommendation in this report.
Community Consultation
There was no community consultation in line with Section 253(3) of the Local Government Act 1993 which states that public exhibition of the policy is not required if the amendments to the policy are not considered to be substantial.
Internal Consultation
None undertaken or required.
Summary
On 25 November 2014, Council adopted a revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors. Section 252 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires Council to have such a policy and re-adopt the policy within five (5) months of 30 June each year.
The current policy has now been reviewed. Section 253 (3) of the Act states that a council need not give public notice of amendments to its policy for the payment of expenses or provision of facilities to Councillors if the Council is of the opinion that the proposed amendment is not substantial.
Attachment A1 is the draft policy with all monetary limits increased by 2.2% being the CPI increase for Sydney for 2014/2015 financial year. Together with clarification that Councillors are entitled to complimentary tickets to all Council functions and events.
Attachment A2 is the existing policy adopted by Council on 25/11/2014.
That the revised Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities be adopted.
|
Christine Dunand Governance Officer |
David Marshall Director Corporate |
A1View |
Draft Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors |
|
2015/247399 |
|
|
A2View |
Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors adopted by Council on 25/11/2014 |
|
2015/254432 |
APPENDIX No: 1 - Draft Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors |
|
Item No: GB.3 |
APPENDIX No: 2 - Policy for the Payment of Expenses and Provision of Facilities to Councillors adopted by Council on 25/11/2014 |
|
Item No: GB.3 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.4 / 224 |
|
|
Item GB.4 |
CY00440/3 |
|
4 September 2015 |
Disclosures of Interest Returns Register
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To table Council’s Disclosure of Interest Returns Register in accordance with Section 449 of the Local Government Act 1993. |
|
|
background: |
The Act places specific obligations on Councillors, council delegates and council staff involved in making decisions or giving advice on council matters to act honestly and responsibly in carrying out their functions. Councillors or designated persons need to complete and lodge a written disclosure of interest return. The form of the return is prescribed in Schedule 3 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005. This obligation to lodge returns is as much a protection for Councillors and designated persons as it is for the community. Section 450A of the Act requires that the Disclosure of Interest Return Register be tabled at the first meeting after 30 September 2015 |
|
|
comments: |
All returns from Councillors and designated persons have now been received and collated into a register. The register will be tabled at the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 6 October 2015 which is Council’s first meeting after the lodgement date of 30 September 2015. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That the tabling of the Disclosure of Interest Returns Register be noted. |
Purpose of Report
To table Council’s Disclosure of Interest Returns Register in accordance with Section 449 of the Local Government Act 1993.
Background
The Act places specific obligations on Councillors, council delegates and council staff involved in making decisions or giving advice on council matters to act honestly and responsibly in carrying out their functions.
Councillors or designated persons need to complete and lodge a written disclosure of interest return. The form of the return is prescribed in Schedule 3 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005. This obligation to lodge returns is as much a protection for Councillors and designated persons as it is for the community.
The General Manager must table the register of returns at the first meeting after the lodgement date. The register is an important public record. Councils must make it available for inspection to any member of the public upon request. The return is also relied upon in complaints concerning pecuniary interest breaches and issues relating to probity.
Comments
All returns from Councillors and designated persons have now been received and collated into a register. The register will be tabled at the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 6 October 2015 which is Council’s first meeting after the lodgement date of 30 September 2015.
Governance Matters
Section 449 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires the lodgement of returns disclosing interests of Councillors and designated persons.
Under Section 450A(2) of the Act, returns for the period 1
July 2014 to 30 June 2015 must be tabled at the first Council meeting held
after the last day of lodgement. The last day of lodgement is
30 September 2015.
Risk Management
The provision of Disclosure of Interest Returns reduces the risk of decisions being made or advice being provided that has been influenced by competing interests. If Councillors and staff who are deemed designated persons fail to submit a return, or complete the return inaccurately, it may potentially expose the Councillor or designated person to action against them at some time in the future.
Financial Considerations
There are no financial considerations associated with the recommendation in this report.
Social Considerations
There are no social considerations associated with the recommendation in this report.
Environmental Considerations
There are no environmental considerations associated with the recommendation in this report.
Community Consultation
None required or undertaken.
Internal Consultation
None required or undertaken.
Summary
The Act places specific obligations on Councillors, council delegates and council staff involved in making decisions or giving advice on council matters to act honestly and responsibly in carrying out their functions.
Section 449 of the Local Government Act 1993 requires Councillors or designated persons to complete and lodge a written disclosure of interests return. The form of the return is prescribed in Schedule 3 of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005. This obligation to lodge returns is as much a protection for Councillors and designated persons as it is for the community.
Under Section 450A(2) of the Act, returns for the period 1
July 2014 to 30 June 2015 must be tabled at the first Council meeting held
after the last day of lodgement. The last day of lodgement is
30 September 2015.
The Register will be tabled at the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 6 October 2015.
That the tabling of the Disclosure of Interest Returns Register be noted.
|
Christine Dunand Governance Officer |
David Marshall Director Corporate |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.5 / 227 |
|
|
Item GB.5 |
CY00259/7 |
|
18 September 2015 |
Delegation of Authority - Mayor and Deputy Mayor - 2015/2016
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
For Council to give consideration to granting Delegations of Authority to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor. |
|
|
background: |
It has been Council’s practice to delegate some additional functions to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor. |
|
|
comments: |
These functions are practical delegations which assist the smooth functioning of the Mayoral Office. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A1 be granted to the Mayor and that the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A2 be granted to the Deputy Mayor. |
Purpose of Report
For Council to give consideration to granting Delegations of Authority to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor.
Background
Section 226 of the Local Government Act 1993 outlines the role of the Mayor. Section 226 states:
The role of the mayor is:
To exercise, in case of necessity, the policy-making functions of the governing body of the Council between meetings of the Council;
To exercise such other functions of the Council as the Council determines;
To preside at meetings of the Council;
To carry out the civic and ceremonial functions of the Mayoral Office.
It has been Council’s practice to delegate some additional functions to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor. These additional delegations for the Mayor are outlined in Attachment A1 and for the Deputy Mayor in Attachment A2.
Comments
These additional functions are practical delegations which assist the smooth functioning of the Mayoral office.
integrated planning and reporting
Leadership and Governance
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
Ku-ring-gai is well led, managed and supported by ethical organisations which deliver projects and services to the community in listening, advocating and responding to their needs.
|
Council’s Governance framework is developed to ensure probity, transparency and the principles of sustainability are integrated and applied into our policies, plans, guidelines and decision-making processes.
|
Compliance with the requirements of relevant Acts and Regulations.
|
Governance Matters
Section 226 of the Local Government act 1993 outlines the role of the Mayor.
Risk Management
There are no risk management considerations associated with the recommendations in this report.
Financial Considerations
There are no financial considerations associated with the recommendations in this report.
Social Considerations
There are no social considerations associated with the recommendations in this report.
Environmental Considerations
There are no environmental considerations associated with the recommendations in this report.
Community Consultation
None undertaken or required.
Internal Consultation
None undertaken or required.
Summary
For Council to give consideration to granting Delegations of Authority to the Mayor and Deputy Mayor.
That the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A1 be granted to the Mayor, and that the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A2 be granted to the Deputy Mayor.
A. That the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A1 be granted to the Mayor.
B. That the Delegations of Authority as outlined in Attachment A2 be granted to the Deputy Mayor.
|
Christine Dunand Governance Officer |
David Marshall Director Corporate |
A1View |
Delegation of Authority - Mayor |
|
2015/250375 |
|
|
A2View |
Delegation of Authority - Deputy Mayor |
|
2015/250376 |
|
Item No: GB.5 |
ATTACHMENT A1
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY – MAYOR
That, in addition of the role referred to in Section 226 of the Local Government Act 1993 and by authority of Section 377 of the Local Government Act 1993 and subject to compliance with any other requirements of the Local Government Act or Regulations and expressed Policy of the Council or regulations of any public authority concerned other than the Council, the Mayor, Councillor Cheryl Szatow, be and is hereby authorised to exercise or perform on behalf of the Council, the following powers, authorities, duties and functions, and that such delegations shall remain in force unless otherwise revoked or amended in whole or in part, as Council may from time to time determine:
1. Donations
To approve donations up to the sum of $250 subject to Council being informed of any such decision, provided that funds are available within the sum voted by Council for donations in the adopted Delivery Program and Operation Plan.
2. Purchase Artwork from Ku-ring-gai Art Society
To purchase artwork from Ku-ring-gai Art Society to the value of $1,000, provided that funds are available within the sum voted by Council in the adopted Delivery Program and Operation Plan.
3. Mayoral Reception
To authorise expenditure for minor civic receptions for visitors up to a maximum of $500 for any one reception, provided that funds are available within the sum voted by Council in the adopted Delivery Program and Operation Plan.
4. Temporary General Manager during the General Manager’s Leave
In accordance with Section 351(1)(a) of the Local Government Act, the Mayor be given the authority to appoint, after consultation with the General Manager, a temporary General Manager during the absence of the General Manager on leave.
5. General Manager – Leave
Authority to approve applications for holidays and leave of absence to the General Manager.
|
Item No: GB.5 |
ATTACHMENT A2
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY – DEPUTY MAYOR
Pursuant to Section 231(3) of the Local Government Act 1993 the Deputy Mayor may exercise any function of the Mayor at the request of the Mayor or if the Mayor is prevented by illness, absence or otherwise from exercising the function or if there is a casual vacancy in the office of Mayor.
That the Deputy Mayor, Councillor David Ossip, shall exercise the Delegation of Authority of the Mayor in those cases where the General Manager certifies that the matter is of such an urgent nature that it will not wait until the return of the Mayor.
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.6 / 232 |
|
|
Item GB.6 |
DA0050/15 |
|
13 July 2015 |
Release of a restriction on the use of land - 33 Miowera Road North Turramurra
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To consider a request for the release of a restriction on the use of land. |
|
|
background: |
Development Application DA0050/15 was approved under delegated authority on 15 June 2015 for construction of a swimming pool and cabana at 33 Miowera Road, North Turramurra. The approval was conditional on the applicant meeting a number of conditions, including obtaining approval, by resolution of Council, for the release of a restriction which prohibits excavation, soil level change and construction works in the vicinity of a tree which previously existed on the site. |
|
|
comments: |
The property at 33 Miowera Road North Turramurra (Lot 14 DP1094029) is burdened by a restriction on the use of land for the purpose of protection of a Sydney Blue Gum which has been removed pursuant to the NSW RFS 10/50 Vegetation Clearing Scheme. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council resolve to release the restriction, subject to conditions. |
Purpose of Report
To consider a request for the release of a restriction on the use of land.
Background
The property is currently burdened by a restriction on the use of land for the protection of a Eucalyptus saligna (Sydney Blue Gum) tree.
The restriction was created pursuant to a condition in the original consent for the subdivision of the land (DA0440/04, Torrens title subdivision of 1 lot into 4 lots) which was approved by Council on 14 December 2004. Condition 48 of the development consent reads:
48. The creation of a Restriction on the Use of Land under Section 88B of the Conveyancing Act 1919, burdening the area of land beneath the canopy of the following tree/s for a specified radius in metres from the trunk of that tree, the terms of which state that any excavations, soil level changes or construction works are prohibited with the exception of any driveway as approved by Council:
No./Tree/Location Radius in Metres
1 / Eucalyptus saligna (Sydney Blue Gum) 9 metres
Adjacent to the central eastern boundary of Lot 14.
The restriction was created with the registration of the subdivision on 12 April 2006 consistent with Condition 48.
The applicant has sought to have the restriction released as the tree protected by the instrument has since been removed under the NSW Rural Fire Service 10/50 Vegetation Clearing Scheme.
Development Application DA0050/15 for construction of a swimming pool and cabana at 33 Miowera Road, North Turramurra was approved under delegated authority on 15 June 2015.
DA0050/15 includes a condition that requires the applicant to obtain approval, by resolution of Council, for the release of the restriction on the use of land.
Condition 10 of the development consent reads as follows:
10. s.88B
A s.88B instrument for the protection of a tree exists over the land. The instrument states that no “excavations, soil level changes or construction works are prohibited with the exception of any driveway nor shall the said trees be removed, except with the prior written consent of Ku-ring-gai Council”. The instrument was enacted in 2006 due to a condition put on the original consent (DA0440/04 for subdivision) approved by Council on 14 December 2004. This s.88B instrument shall be removed prior to excavation or construction of the pool.
Reason: To comply with legal considerations.
The applicant has made the required application seeking to release the restriction. These requirements include an undertaking from the applicant to cover all of Council’s costs associated with the extinguishment in the event that Council agrees to release the restriction on the title.
The acceptance of the application and the accompanying assessment fee does not bind Council in any way to release the restriction.
Comments
The property, 33 Miowera Road, is currently burdened by a restriction on the use of land for the protection of a Eucalyptus saligna (Sydney Blue Gum) tree.
As the tree no longer exists (confirmed by site inspection), the restriction no longer serves any useful planning purpose and may be extinguished.
integrated planning and reporting
PLACES, SPACES & INFRASTRUCTURE
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P2.1 A robust planning framework is in place to deliver quality design outcomes and maintain the identity and character of Ku-ring-gai
|
Applications are assessed in accordance with State and local plans
|
Assessments are of a high quality, accurate and consider all relevant legislative requirements
|
Governance Matters
There are no governance matters.
Risk Management
There are no risk management matters.
Financial Considerations
There are no financial considerations that result as a consequence of the resolution to extinguish the restriction. All legal costs and applicable fees will be borne by the applicant.
Social Considerations
There are no social considerations.
Environmental Considerations
Environmental impacts have been determined and mitigated through a separate development assessment and approval process undertaken for DA0050/15.
Community Consultation
No community consultation is required.
Internal Consultation
Relevant staff from Council’s Planning and Landscaping sections of the Development and Regulation Department and Council’s Corporate Lawyer have been consulted.
Summary
The subject property is burdened by a restriction on the use of land for the protection of a Sydney Blue Gum which has been removed, under the 10/50 Vegetation Clearing Code.
The applicant has submitted the required application seeking the release of the restriction.
The restriction is no longer necessary and may therefore be extinguished.
A. That Council grants approval to release the restriction on the use of land burdening 33 Miowera Road North Turramurra (Lot 14 DP1094029).
B. That authority be given to the General Manager and the Mayor to affix the Common Seal of the Council to any required documentation for the release of the restriction.
C. That all costs associated with the release of the restriction, including any legal costs and any further application fees is borne entirely by the applicant.
|
Amy Bentley Senior Assessment Officer |
Selwyn Segall Team Leader - Development Assessment North |
Corrie Swanepoel Manager Development Assessment Services |
Michael Miocic Director Development & Regulation |
A1View |
Location map |
|
2015/231441 |
|
|
A2View |
Zoning map |
|
2015/231448 |
|
A3View |
Approved pool plans DA0050/15 |
|
2015/158811 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.7 / 244 |
|
|
Item GB.7 |
DA0582/14 |
|
23 April 2015 |
development application
Summary Sheet
Report title: |
1 to 3 Nulla Nulla Street - Demolish Existing Structures and Construct a Multi-Dwelling Housing Development comprising 15 Townhouses, Basement Parking and Landscape Works |
ITEM/AGENDA NO: |
GB.7 |
Application No: |
DA0582/14 |
Property Details: |
1 to 3 Nulla Nulla Street, Turramurra NSW 2074 Lot & DP No: Lot 1 DP 17642 (No. 1 Area: 797m2) Lot 5 DP 17642 (No. 3 Area: 2466m2) Site area (m2): 3,254m2 (excluding 239m2 access handle) Zoning: R3 Medium density residential |
Ward: |
|
Proposal/Purpose: |
To determine Development Application No. DA0582/14 for the demolition of two dwellings and the construction of multi dwelling housing, comprising 15 townhouses, basement parking and landscape works. |
Type of Consent: |
Local |
Applicant: |
Mackenzie Architects International |
Owner: |
Mrs LM Arthur (1 Nulla Nulla Street) Mr AI Topfer & Mrs S Topfer (3 Nulla Nulla Street) |
Date Lodged: |
19 December 2014 |
Recommendation: |
Approval |
Purpose of Report
To determine Development Application No. DA0582/14 for the demolition of two dwellings and the construction of a multi dwelling housing development, comprising 15 townhouses, basement parking and landscape works.
integrated planning and reporting
Places, Spaces & Infrastructure
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P3.1 The built environment delivers attractive, interactive and sustainable living and working environments.
|
A high standard of design quality and building environmental performance is achieved in new development
|
Assessment of applications is consistent with Council’s adopted LEPs and DCPs.
|
Executive Summary
Issues: Minimum street frontage
Submissions: 19 submissions received
Land & Environment Court: N/A
Recommendation: Approval
History
Site
Council’s records indicate that the site has historically been used for residential purposes.
Pre-DA
There was no Pre-DA consultation.
DA History |
|
19 December 2014 |
Application lodged |
16 January 2015 to 16 February 2015 |
The application was notified to neighbouring property owners for a period of 30 days. 19 submissions were received. |
13 May 2015 |
A letter was sent to the applicant advising of outstanding issues relating to: Building Code of Australia - Provision of sanitary compartment in basement;
Planning - submission of Clause 4.6 exception to development standard for minimum street frontage - solar access to principal private open space - dwelling depth, width and room size - building articulation - top storey design for Building B - external air clothes drying facilities - updated access report
Urban Design - basement car park ventilation stacks - front fence details - air conditioning units - inaccuracies on the plans
Landscaping - amended BASIX - Deep soil landscaping |
23 June 2015 |
Amended plans and additional information was received from the applicant. |
22 July 2014 |
A letter was sent to the applicant advising of remaining outstanding issues relating to:
Urban Design - inaccuracies on the landscaping plans - cavity walls for subterranean units - courtyard walls at Building A
Landscaping - deep soil landscaping - inaccuracies on the landscaping plans |
29 July 2015 |
Amended plans and additional information was received from the applicant. |
13 August 2015 |
A letter was sent to the applicant advising of remaining outstanding issues relating to: Landscaping - deep soil landscaping - inaccuracies on the landscaping plans - courtyard fencing |
18 August 2015 |
Amended plans and additional information was received from the applicant. |
The Site
Site description
The site is located on the southern side of Nulla Nulla Steet, to the east of its intersection with Turramurra Avenue.
The site comprises two allotments with a combined frontage of 21.33m to Nulla Nulla Street and a depth of 128.35m. The rear lot is a battle-axe lot with a 72m access handle and contains a tennis court, swimming pool, two storey dwelling and a separate 50m long pedestrian access handle which terminates at Turramurra Avenue and comprises an area of 2,466 m2. The front lot contains a single storey dwelling, detached carport within the street setback and comprises an area of 797m2. The combined site area is 3,254m2 (including the access handle).
The site is located 550m from Turramurra Railway Station.
Surrounding development
The subject site is located within a corridor of land zoned R3 Medium Density Residential (R3). It has an eastern interface with land zoned R2 Low Density Residential (R2) located two blocks to the east at No.11, No.15 and No.17 Nulla Nulla Street. These properties comprise single storey and two storey dwellings with generous street setbacks and formal gardens. The western side of the site is zoned R4 High Density Residential (R4). A residential flat building (RFB) adjoins the site at No. 7 to No. 11 Turramurra Avenue and is the first RFB on the eastern side of Turramurra Avenue. The western side of Turramurra Avenue is zoned R4 and is experiencing significant urban consolidation with a number of recently competed RFBs.
The site represents a transition in density between the R4 and R2 zones.
The Proposal
The proposal involves the demolition of the two existing dwelling houses and the construction of fifteen, two and three storey townhouses, associated basement car parking and landscaping.
The applicant is seeking consent for the following:
· Demolition of all existing buildings and structures, and site preparation works;
· Construction of 15 townhouse dwellings split between 3 buildings:
- Building A 3 x two storey townhouses with roof terrace fronting Nulla Nulla Street;
- Building B 3 x three storey townhouses with attic space;
- Building C 3 x two storey townhouses with roof terrace; and
- Building D 3 x two storey townhouses with roof terrace.
· Three split levels of basement car parking for 34 vehicles to accessed via Nulla Nulla Street;
· Removal of identified on-site trees and significant new tree planting and landscaping of the site; and
· A landscaped pedestrian path to Turramurra Avenue.
Consultation
Community
In accordance with the Local Centres DCP, owners of surrounding properties were given notice of the application. In response, submissions from the following were received:
1. Mrs F Thiele & Mr F Thiele- 22/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
2. Mr R J & Mrs K M Morrison -21/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
3. Mr M Davies -Level 25, 2 Park Street, Sydney
4. Mr C G Middleton-PO Box 178, Turramurra
5. Mr E A & Mrs D M Blom-PO Box 642, Turramurra
6. Mrs L M Logaraj-15 Nulla Nulla Street, Turramurra
7. Mr D Shinde-17/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
8. Mr A Farzanfar-23/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
9. Mr J & Mrs D Colvin-3/1 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
10. Mrs N C A E Aubrey-4/1 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
11. Mr C Qing & Ms J Liu -11/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
12. Mr A C & Mrs M M McDougall-16/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
13. Mrs R Skilbeck-5/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
14. Dr J J & Mrs K M Lowke -6/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
15. Mrs J M Check-3 Moir Place, Green Point
16. Mrs J Crawford-30 Ku-Ring-Gai Avenue, Turramurra
17. Mr G Sideridis- 11 Nulla Nulla Street, Turramurra
18. Mrs S M McNee - PO Box 468, Turramurra
19. Mr I & Mrs A Nieuwland-4/7-11 Turramurra Avenue, Turramurra
Minimum lot frontage for multi-dwelling housing
The site has a lot frontage of 21.335m and does not satisfy the 30m development standard for multi dwelling housing established under Clause 6.5(2) of the Local Centres LEP. The requested variation to the street frontage development standard submitted by the applicant in accordance with Clause 4.6 of the Local Centres LEP is supported.
The reduced lot frontage has not resulted in any significant non-compliances that would suggest the development would result in a development with poor amenity for future residents and the surrounding area. The site benefits from a separate 4.57m wide pedestrian access handle terminating at Turramurra Avenue and will serve as an important line of travel for residents accessing the local centre of Turramurra and the railway station.
The proposed lot configuration will not affect future site amalgamation and redevelopment of adjoining R4 land to the west of the site at No. 3 to 5 Turramurra Avenue or R3 land to the east at No. 5 to 9 Nulla Nulla Street. Any future development at No. 5 Nulla Nulla Street (battle axe block) will rely on a site amalgamation with No. 7 Turramurra Avenue and/or No. 9 Turramurra Avenue.
Building design, streetscape and overdevelopment of the site
The development proposal satisfies all the development standards relating to building bulk, height and landscaping, resulting in an appropriate development for the locality, consistent with the R3 medium density zoning.
Car parking, manoeuvring and access
Council’s Development Engineer has not raised concerns regarding vehicle access, driveway or the basement car parking design.
Traffic generation during construction and during operation
Councils’ Development Engineer has not raised any concerns regarding the potential for the development to generate significant amounts of traffic. Furthermore, 27 car spaces are required in accordance with the Local Centres DCP and the proposal provides 34 off-street car spaces. Accordingly, it would be unreasonable for Council to request additional off-street car parking beyond what is provided.
A construction traffic management plan will be required to be implemented during construction and has been recommended (Condition 11). In addition, a construction works zone will be required along the site frontage. This will assist in minimising impacts in relation to vehicle sight lines, general road safety and conflicts with construction related vehicles (Condition 12).
Inadequate tree retention
Council’s Landscape Assessment Officer has not raised concerns regarding tree retention at the site. The proposal involves the retention of approximately 35 trees and the provision of 10 new canopy replenishment trees to be located within the front, side, rear and along the pedestrian access handle and this is acceptable.
The site does contain vegetation identified as an area of biodiversity significance under the Local Centres LEP. An Eucalyptus punctata (Grey Gum) is located within the street setback. This species is characteristic of the Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest and is an Endangered Ecological Community protected under Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995. The proposal does not propose removal of this tree and conditions are recommended to ensure its protection during construction (Conditions 14, 22 and 64).
Overshadowing
The proposal will not result in less than 3 hours of solar access to the living rooms and principal private open space of adjoining properties during midwinter between 9am and 3pm on June 21. The proposal therefore complies with the Local Centres DCP solar access control.
Visual and acoustic privacy
The potential for unreasonable overlooking resulting from the development is mitigated by compliant front, side and rear setbacks and adequate building separation within the site. In addition, living areas and private open space are designed to face the front of each building and are not orientated to side boundaries.
The periphery of the site will be in common ownership, allowing for uniform planting along the side and rear boundaries to form a visual screen which will soften the built form from adjoining properties. To minimise overlooking of the principal private open space at No. 4/1 Turramurra Avenue, the window to Bedroom No. 2 at Townhouse No.13 (Building E) was amended by the applicant to a highlight window.
Construction noise will be managed via a condition requiring a noise and vibration management plan to be prepared in accordance with AS 2436-2010 and the Office of Environment and Heritage Interim Construction Noise Guidelines to ensure minimal impacts for sensitive receptors (Condition 18).
Conditions 33, 34 and 73 are recommended to ensure ongoing noise management of air conditioning units and other plant at the site.
View loss
The development proposal will not result in significant view loss, noting there are no
iconic or significant views across the subject site. Further, the proposal complies with the
height, FSR, setbacks and landscaping controls of the Local Centres LEP and DCP.
Communal open space
The proposal provides 235m2 of communal space with a minimum dimension of 8m. This communal space does not satisfy the Local Centres DCP control but is sufficient given the allocation of common area for planting and the over provision of private open space that will ensure a high level of amenity.
Roof top terraces
The proposed roof top terraces areas do not exceed the 11.5m building height development standard and provide a high level of residential amenity in terms of solar access. They do not result in unreasonable privacy impacts, noting the terrace areas are orientated internally within the development site, have adequate building separation and adequate setbacks (3m) to the side boundaries.
Excavation impact
Council’s Development Engineer did not raise any concerns regarding the excavation impact. Conditions requiring dilapidation surveys in order to document the baseline structural condition of neighbouring dwellings are recommended as contingency against damage caused during excavation and construction (Condition 9 and 10).
Property devaluation
The devaluation of property is not a consideration under Section 79C (1) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
Within Council
Engineering
Council’s Development Engineer commented on the proposal as follows:
“Stormwater disposal
It is proposed to have the site discharge directed to the existing kerb inlet pit in Nulla Nulla Street via a 150mm diameter pipe.
The stormwater plans submitted detail a system which complies with Council’s Local Centres DCP in relation to on-site detention and retention, water quality and discharge from the site. The stormwater plans shows a combined on-site detention and retention tank comprising 62m3 and 20,000 Litres (L) of storage, respectively, located within the Building A basement and accessed externally from the landscaped area within the street setback.
The rainwater retention and re-use (OSD tanks) meet the BASIX commitments, and satisfied the 50% reduction in runoff days required under Volume C Part 4B.3 of the Local Centres DCP. The results confirm that a 15,000L rainwater tank will reduce site runoff days by 89%. The sizing of the on-site detention volume has also satisfied the requirements described in Volume C Part 4B.5 of the Local Centres DCP with an offset of 10% allowed for rainwater re-use. The design of the OSD system also provides a freeboard of 700 millimetres (mm) from the top water level to the habitable finished floor levels of the development which is more than adequate.
A pump-out system with storage capacity of 4.4m3 has been provided within the basement carpark to drain the driveway area only. It has been designed to have the rising main discharge to the water quality chamber within the OSD tank. Refer to discussion below regarding tanked basement construction.
The BASIX commitments are for re-use of stored rainwater for irrigation of 983m2 of common landscaped areas. The stormwater report also suggests the collected water will be reused for laundry and toilet flushing. A central rainwater tank of 15m3 is proposed which satisfies the water commitments.
Water quality measures using MUSIC Modelling have been implemented into the design. The applicant has provided a proprietary pollution chamber Stormwater360 ‘StormFilter’ located within the OSD tank prior to connection into Councils public drainage system which is an acceptable and effective measure for nutrient reduction. The results of the post-development nutrient control measures have been achieved when compared to the stormwater treatment standards / targets outlined in Volume C Part 4B.6 of the Local Centres DCP.
Traffic generation
According to the traffic generation rates nominated by The Roads & Maritime Services (RMS) ‘Guide to Traffic Generating Developments’, the development would generate 8 additional peak hour vehicle trips which would represent one vehicle trip every 7.5 minutes during the peak hour. According to the above guidelines the vehicle trips are relatively minor. The increase in traffic flows in Nulla Nulla Street is not expected to have a significant effect on traffic flows or on the operation of the intersection with the arterial road network.
Vehicle access and accommodation arrangements
The site is zoned R3 under the Local Centres LEP. The parking provisions have been determined using the Local Centres DCP for multi-dwelling housing. The site is located greater than 400m walking distance from the Turramurra Railway Station. The following parking provisions have been adopted:
Volume C Part 2R.2 ‘Car Parking Rates’ Local Centres DCP
Multi Dwelling Housing |
Parking Space Requirement |
1 bedroom unit |
1 space per unit |
2 bedroom unit |
1.25 space per unit |
3 bedroom unit |
1.5 spaces per unit |
Visitor car spaces |
1 space per 4 units |
15 x 3 bedrooms = 15 x 1.5 spaces/unit = 23 spaces
15 dwellings - visitor space/4 dwellings = 4 visitor spaces
Total parking spaces required = 27 spaces
The development proposes 34 off-street parking spaces, comprising 29 residents’ spaces (includes 2 adaptable space) and 5 visitor spaces.
Vehicular access to the car parking facility is to be provided via a new 6.1m wide entry / exit driveway crossing which narrows internally from the ramp down to 5.0m at the basement entry level. The driveway clear width satisfies the requirements of Volume C Part 2.2 of the Local Centres DCP.
A temporary service space can be provided which can be shared with the dedicated loading bay. The minimum dimension of 3.5m x 6m has been satisfied and provides adequate manoeuvring for a service/removalist vehicle and easily accessible by Council’s waste collection vehicle.
The driveway gradients comply with Australian Standard 2890.1 (2004) “Off-Street car parking” as do the dimensions of the parking bay, ramp grades and aisle widths. The adaptable parking space width also complies with AS2890.6 (2009).
A driveway longitudinal section has been shown on the engineering plan which satisfies Council’s Standard High Level vehicular crossing profile.
Waste collection
The development allows a garbage truck to enter and depart the garbage/room recycle storage area in a forward direction. The driveway grades and turning manoeuvrability are suitable for the small waste collection vehicle.
A clear head height of 2.6m has been provided to access the basement area as indicated on the driveway longitudinal section plan. The section plan also indicates approximately 3m clearance over the travel path of the waste service vehicle.
The proposed 38x240L bins for waste, paper and recycling satisfies the minimum bin requirements.
The requirements as per Volume C Part 3.4 of the Local Centres DCP have been satisfied.
Construction management
An indicative construction traffic management plan (CTMP) has been discussed within the traffic report which is acceptable for DA purposes. Based on the scale of works and expected construction vehicle movements, a detailed construction traffic management plan (CTMP) must be submitted for review by Council’s Engineers prior to the commencement of any works on site.
The CTMP would also need to show turning path diagrams demonstrating how construction vehicles for all stages of development will turn into the site. A swept path diagram has been shown within the appendix of the traffic report for the demolition and excavation works indicating that only medium rigid trucks are to access the site. For tree protection purposes, the use of the existing driveway and crossing for construction access is encouraged.
The submitted Construction Traffic Management Plan shows a Work Zone along the site frontage and has been proposed. Parking restrictions currently exist between 7am to 10am Monday to Friday along the site frontage and also opposite the site. These restrictions will need to be changed to ‘No Stopping’ for the duration of the construction period. The Work Zone and Parking Restriction would need to be approved by Council’s Traffic Section (Condition 12).
Geotechnical investigation
A desktop study of previous geotechnical investigations carried out in the immediate vicinities has been used. The boreholes for those investigations encountered shallow fill over very stiff to hard clayey soils, varying in depth from 6m to 9m, then underlain by deeply weathered shale. The report suggests that groundwater was encountered at depth of about 3m to 6m with the proposed depths of basement excavation of up to 8m. Given that groundwater was encountered, it is conditioned that the basement is to be fully tanked to prevent unnecessary subsurface or groundwater extraction as per the requirement of Volume C Part 2.3.4 of the Local Centres DCP.
The report suggests a dilapidation report is to be submitted to include a survey of adjoining dwelling to the east and west.
All other recommendations during the construction phase shall be carried out as specified within the report. It is also recommended that further geotechnical input be required in particular to groundwater monitoring,
Recommendation
The application is acceptable, subject to conditions.”
Building
Council’s Building Surveyor commented on the proposal as follows:
“The building class is categorised as a Class 2 dwelling with Class 7a basement carpark.
The proposed building design complies in general with the Building Code of Australia (BCA) requirements.”
Health
Council’s Environmental Health Officer commented on the proposal as follows:
“The application is acceptable, subject to conditions.
Note: it may be prudent to give consideration to an advisory note/condition drawing attention to the need to give consideration to the location and installation of individual unit air conditioners within the development and the potential impact that they might have on adjoining allotments within the subject development.”
Planners comment: Air conditioning condensers are to be located within two basement areas where ceiling heights exceed 3m to ensure there is adequate ventilation space. Conditions are recommended to ensure they remain in the basement and do not impact on the amenity of neighbouring properties (Conditions 33, 34 and 73).
Landscaping
Council’s Landscape Assessment Officer commented on the proposal as follows:
“Tree impacts
A total of 78 trees are to be removed for the proposed development and 35 trees are to be retained, most of which are located within the pedestrian access handle. Most of the trees to be removed (65) are Alnus jorullensis (Evergreen Alder) which are exempt under the Tree Preservation Order, with the remaining 13 trees having low to moderate landscape value.
No objections are raised to the proposed tree removal.
To preserve T2 – Jacaranda mimosifolia (Jacaranda) and T4 – Eucalyptus punctata (Grey Gum) the plans have been amended to delete the front brick fence.
The new driveway is within the footprint of the existing driveway, however it will be approximately 200mm lower than existing levels. The impacts are within acceptable limits in relation to T4 – Eucalyptus punctata (Grey Gum). Conditions are recommended to preserve T4 (Conditions 14, 22 and 64).
Deep soil landscaping (DSL)
The amended DSL plan indicates a deep soil area of 1210.4 m2 or 40.17% which is compliant with Part 6A.5 of the Local Centres DCP.
The landscape plan is to be amended to reflect the latest deep soil plan. A condition has been recommended to address this issue (Condition 20).
Landscape plan
The planting detailed on the landscape plan is acceptable except for some minor changes in relation to deep soil requirements.
In accordance with Part 6A.5 of the Local Centres DCP, the development will replenish the site with 10 new canopy trees.
A condition has been recommended to address changes to the landscape plan (Condition 20).
Communal open space (COS)
The principal COS between Building C and D provides an area of approximately 235m2 with a minimum dimension of 8 metres which complies with Part 6C.1 Control 3 of the Local Centres DCP. The principal communal open space provided is acceptable in relation to amenity and usability.
BASIX
The BASIX certificate indicates that 90m2 of indigenous or native planting is required. The landscape plan satisfactorily addresses this issue.
Stormwater
A condition is recommended to amend the stormwater plan to preserve Trees 4, 34, 35, 36, 37 & 38. This issue has been confirmed with Councils’ Development Engineer (Condition 22).
Access report
The access issues have been satisfactorily addressed
Conclusion
The application is acceptable, subject to conditions.”
Urban design
Council's Urban Design Consultant reviewed the application against the provisions of State Environmental Planning Policy No 65-Design Quality of Residential Flat Development (SEPP65) and provided the following comments:
Principle 1 - Context
“Good design responds and contributes to its context. Context can be defined as the key natural and built features of an area. Responding to context involves identifying the desirable elements of a location’s current character or, in the case of precincts undergoing a transition, the desired future character as stated in planning and design policies. New buildings will thereby contribute to the quality and identity of the area.
While is acknowledged that the proposal triggers SEPP 65 due to the 3-storey element (Building B) of the proposal and the Class 2 characterisation of the building under the BCA . The proposal must be considered as 'multi dwelling housing' and that the greater standards of Local Centres DCP Part 6 must be upheld. Borrowing lesser standards from the Residential Flat Design Code to justify non-compliances is not considered to be appropriate. The proposal must be considered as townhouse development, so it should be assessed as such.
The site is a transition site between recently constructed residential flat development to the west (corner of Nulla Nulla Street and Turramurra Avenue), an existing townhouse development to the south-west, and R3 zoned properties adjacent to the east.
The amalgamation of 1 and 3 Nulla Nulla Street results in a long narrow allotment that achieves significantly less (approximately 30%) than the 30 metre required street frontage.
Analysis of the surrounding subdivision pattern and location of the R3 zone tends to dictate the likely amalgamation scenarios. In this case, the proposed amalgamation is the most logical and likely arrangement due to the depth of the street block, resultant battle-axe allotments, and subsequent boundary alignments. It is difficult to see how an alternative rational site configuration could be achieved.
Streetscape address: The three dwellings addressing Nulla Nulla Street (Building A) do not propose front entries. Rather, there is a shared entry path along the western boundary (consistent with the Multi-dwelling housing section of the Local Centres DCP) that leads to the townhouse entries at the rear of Building.
The proposal’s response to its context is satisfactory.
Principle 2 – Scale
SEPP 65: Good design provides an appropriate scale in terms of the bulk and height that suits the scale of the street and the surrounding buildings. Establishing an appropriate scale requires a considered response to the scale of existing development. In precincts undergoing transition proposed bulk and height needs to achieve the scale identified for the desired future character of the area.
Scale is generally satisfactory being consistent with the permitted building height and Floor Space Ratio (FSR) for the site.
The proposed building typology is consistent with R3 townhouse typology and has broken down the building envelope into 5 separate buildings across the site.
The proposal’s response to scale is satisfactory.
Principle 3 - Built form
Good design achieves an appropriate built form for a site and the building’s purpose, in terms of building alignments, proportions, building type and the manipulation of building elements. Appropriate built form defines the public domain, contributes to the character of streetscapes and parks, including their views and vistas, and provides internal amenity and outlook.
The eastern and western facades have been amended, with building elements (secondary windows and hoods) that successfully punctuate the wall planes that previously had no openings and inadequate articulation and provide a desirable outlook from the residential flat building to the west and future medium density development to the east. Sill heights of windows proposed in Building E Townhouse 13 Bed 2 are to ensure that privacy is retained to the neighbouring townhouse.
Townhouses with partial subterranean levels have been amended to incorporate retention walls on elevations which have an interface with bare earth to minimise water damage and minimise reliance on just waterproofing.
These amendments satisfactorily resolve all outstanding issues.
The proposal’s response to built form is now satisfactory.
Principle 4 - Density
Good design has a density appropriate for a site and its context, in terms of floor space yields (or number of units or residents). Appropriate densities are sustainable and consistent with the existing density in an area or, in precincts undergoing a transition, are consistent with the stated desired future density. Sustainable densities respond to the regional context, availability of infrastructure, public transport, community facilities and environmental quality.
The proposed density is within the permitted FSR development standard.
Opportunities to increase landscaping within common areas have been maximised to ensure the landscape is consistently maintained across the site so that achieving visual privacy, a landscape outlook, and the desired landscape setting is not dependent on individual residents maintaining private landscape areas.
The proposal’s response to density is acceptable.
Principle 5 - Resources, energy and water efficiency
Good design makes efficient use of natural resources, energy and water throughout its full life cycle, including construction. Sustainability is integral to the design process. Aspects include demolition of existing structures, recycling of materials, selection of appropriate and sustainable materials, adaptability and reuse of buildings, layouts and built form, passive solar design principles, efficient appliances and mechanical services, soil zones for vegetation and reuse of water.
There are no materials currently onsite that appear to be proposed for onsite re-use, however, the materials palette does include face brickwork which achieves a robust, long lasting and generally maintenance free finish that is supported and consistent with Volume C, Building Design and Sustainability Part 3.7 of the Local Centres DCP.
Airconditioning units are to be integrated into the design and will be located within the basement.
Clothes drying areas have not been nominated; however, a condition has been recommended that they are provided for each townhouse (Condition 26).
The proposal’s response to resources, energy and water efficiency is acceptable.
Principle 6 - Landscape
Good design recognises that together landscape and buildings operate as an integrated and sustainable system, resulting in greater aesthetic quality and amenity for both occupants and the adjoining public domain. Landscape design builds on the existing site’s natural and cultural features in responsible and creative ways. It enhances the development’s natural environmental performance by co-ordinating water and soil management, solar access, micro-climate, tree canopy and habitat values. It contributes to the positive image and contextual fit of development through respect for streetscape and neighbourhood character, or desired future character. Landscape design should optimise useability, privacy and social opportunity, equitable access and respect for neighbours’ amenity, and provide for practical establishment and long term management.
The proposed landscape character is generally acceptable. The dominant outlook will eventually consist of established tree canopies in a leafy surround. These assist greatly in screening from the neighbouring lower density R2 zone to the east.
Retention of the Eucalyptus punctata (Grey Gum) in the Nulla Nulla Street frontage is supported and retains the distinct established landscape character of the street.
The proposal’s response to landscape is acceptable.
Principle 7 - Amenity
Good design provides amenity through the physical, spatial and environmental quality of a development. Optimising amenity requires appropriate room dimensions and shapes, access to sunlight, natural ventilation, visual and acoustic privacy, storage, indoor and outdoor space, efficient layouts, and service areas, outlook and ease of access for all age groups and degrees of mobility.
The subterranean units have been sufficiently addressed by providing an additional external retaining wall to components thus affected. It is acknowledged that overall amenity is generally satisfactory.
The proposal’s response to amenity is acceptable.
Principle 8 - Safety and Security
Good design optimises safety and security, both internal to the development and for the public domain. This is achieved by maximising overlooking of public and communal spaces while maintaining internal privacy, avoiding dark and non-visible areas, maximising activity on streets, providing clear, safe access points, providing quality public spaces that cater for desired recreational uses, providing lighting appropriate to the location and desired activities, and clear definition between public and private spaces.
The proposal’s response to safety and security is acceptable.
Principle 9 - Social dimensions
SEPP 65 : Good design responds to the social context and needs of the local community in terms of lifestyles, affordability and access to social facilities. New developments should optimise the provision of housing to suit the social mix and needs in the neighbourhood, or, in the case of precincts undergoing transition, provide for the desired future community.
The proposal’s response to social dimensions is satisfactory.
Planning Comment:
The proposal has provided eleven visitable townhouses and two accessible townhouses which satisfies Volume A, Part 6C.6 ‘dwelling mix’ and Volume C, Part 2.1 ‘equitable access’ of the Local Centres DCP. An amended access report has been provided and demonstrates how the above townhouses will satisfy the Local Centres DCP and relevant legislation.
Principle 10 - Aesthetics
SEPP 65: Quality aesthetics require the appropriate composition of building elements, textures, materials and colours and reflect the use, internal design and structure of the development. Aesthetics should respond to the environment and context, particularly to desirable elements of the existing streetscape or, in precincts undergoing transition, contribute to the desired future character of the area.
The issue regarding articulation of the eastern and western facade design has been satisfactorily resolved. The proposed aesthetic is satisfactory and will make a positive contribution to changing urban character of Nulla Nulla Street and Turramurra.
The materials selection and colour palette presents a contemporary aesthetic that is expressed through the architectural language of the built form that creates a clear narrative of the proposed development.
The proposal’s response to aesthetics is acceptable.”
Statutory Provisions
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act)
The proposal is “Local Development” under Part 4 of the EP&A Act and requires development consent.
The provisions of Section 79C (1) of the EP&A Act determine the matters for consideration in assessing a development application as stated below:
(a) The provisions of:
(i) any environmental planning instrument, and
(ii) any proposed instrument that is or has been the subject of public consultation under this Act and that has been notified to the consent authority (unless the Director General has notified the consent authority that the making of the proposed instrument has been deferred indefinitely or has not been approved), and
(iii) any development control plan; and
(iv) any planning agreement that has been entered into under section 93F, or any draft planning agreement that a developer has offered to enter into under section 93F, and
(v) the regulations (to the extent that they prescribe matters for the purposes of this paragraph), and
(vi) any coastal zone management plan (within the meaning of the Coastal Protection Act 1979), that apply to the land to which the development application relates.
(b) the likely impacts of that development, including environmental impacts on both the natural and built environments, and social and economic impacts in the locality,
(c) the suitability of the site for the development,
(d) any submissions made in accordance with this Act or the regulations,
(e) the public interest.
The relevant provisions of environmental planning instruments, proposed instruments, DCPs, the regulations and policies are addressed in the following sections of this report. The likely impacts, suitability of the site and public interest are also addressed below and the submissions received have previously been addressed.
Sydney Regional Environmental Plan No.20 Hawkesbury Nepean River (SREP 20)
SREP 20 applies to land within the catchment of the Hawkesbury Nepean River. The general aim of the plan is to ensure that development and future land uses within the catchment are considered in a regional context. The Plan includes strategies for the assessment of development in relation to water quality and quantity, scenic quality, aquaculture, recreation and tourism.
The proposal is considered to achieve the relevant aims under this policy on the basis of the proposal not being located within close proximity to a waterway and Council’s Development Engineer has not raised any objections regarding stormwater drainage.
State Environmental Planning Policy No. 55 - Remediation of Land (SEPP 55)
The provisions of SEPP 55 require consideration of the potential for a site to be contaminated. The site has a history of residential use and is unlikely to be contaminated. Further investigation is not warranted.
State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004 (BASIX)
An amended BASIX certificate was submitted with the amended plans. The application documentation is consistent with the commitments identified in the BASIX certificates.
State Environmental Planning Policy No 65-Design Quality of Residential Flat Development (SEPP65)
SEPP 65 applies typically to high density residential flat developments. The objective of the controls are to ensure residential flat developments are of a quality design and provide high quality amenity to the future residents and those surrounding.
The development application being considered by Council has been lodged, and designed as a multi dwelling development pursuant of the Local Centres LEP and its supporting DCP.
Within SEPP 65, a residential flat development is in part, defined as:
….a building that comprises or includes:
(a) 3 or more storeys (not including levels below ground level provided for car parking or storage, or both, that protrude less than 1.2m above ground level), and
(b) 4 or more self-contained dwellings (whether or not the building includes uses for other purposes, such as shops)….
The development proposed is 3 storeys and contains more than 4 dwellings, satisfying parts A and B of the definition.
The development is therefore, for the purposes of SEPP 65 defined as a residential flat building and the Policy applies.
Clause 50(1A) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 requires that an application made to Council for a residential flat development as defined by SEPP 65 be accompanied by a design verification statement that the designing architect has incorporated through the designing process of the project, the design principals of the SEPP and that the designing architect is a qualified designer. Council has been provided with the necessary design verification statement.
The application therefore satisfies this requirement of SEPP 65.
The proposal has been assessed by Council’s Urban Design Consultant against the ten design quality principles under SEPP65 and it is concluded that the proposal, subject to conditions, is satisfactory in this regard.
Residential Flat Design Code Compliance Table
Pursuant to Clause 30(2) of SEPP 65, in determining a development application for a residential flat building, the consent authority is to take into consideration the Residential Flat Design Code (RFDC). The following table is an assessment of the proposal against the guidelines provided in the RFDC.
PART 02 SITE DESIGN |
||
Site Configuration |
||
Deep Soil Zones |
A minimum of 25 percent of the open space area of a site should be a deep soil zone; more is desirable. Exceptions may be made in urban areas where sites are built out and there is no capacity for water infiltration. In these instances, stormwater treatment measures must be integrated with the design of the residential flat building. |
YES |
Fences + walls |
Define the edges between public and private land to provide privacy and security and contribute positively to the public domain. |
YES |
Open Space |
The area of communal open space required should generally be at least between 25 and 30 percent of the site area. Larger sites and brown field sites may have potential for more than 30 percent. |
YES |
|
The minimum recommended area of private open space for each apartment at ground level or similar space on a structure, such as on a podium or car park, is 25m2 . |
YES |
Orientation |
Optimise solar access, contribute positively to desired streetscape character, support landscape design with consolidated open space areas, protect amenity of existing development and improve thermal efficiency. |
YES |
Stormwater management |
Minimise impact on the health and amenity of natural waterways, preserve existing topographic and natural features and minimise the discharge of sediment and other pollutants to the stormwater drainage system. |
YES |
Safety
|
Carry out a formal crime risk assessment for all residential developments of more than 20 new dwellings. |
YES |
|
Ensure Residential flat developments are safe and secure for residents and visitors. |
YES |
Visual Privacy |
up to four storeys/12 metres
- 12 metres between habitable rooms/balconies - 9 metres between habitable/balconies and non-habitable rooms - 6 metres between non-habitable rooms
five to eight storeys/up to 25 metres
- 18 metres between habitable rooms/balconies - 13 metres between habitable/balconies and non-habitable rooms - 9 metres between non-habitable rooms |
YES |
Building Entry |
Create entrances which provide a desirable residential identity, provide clear orientation for visitors and contribute positively to the streetscape and building façade design. |
YES |
Parking |
Provide adequate parking for occupants, visitors and disabled. |
YES |
Pedestrian Access |
Identify the access requirements from the street or car parking area to the apartment entrance. |
YES |
|
Follow the accessibility standard set out in Australian Standard AS 1428 (parts 1 and 2), as a minimum.
Provide barrier free access to at least 20 percent of dwellings in the development. |
YES |
PART 03 BUILDING DESIGN |
||
Building Configuration |
||
Apartment layout |
Single-aspect apartments should be limited in depth to 8 metres from a window. |
YES |
|
The back of a kitchen should be no more than 8 metres from a window. |
YES |
|
The width of cross-over or cross-through apartments over 15 metres deep should be 4 metres or greater to avoid deep narrow apartment layouts. |
YES |
|
If Council chooses to standardise apartment sizes, a range of sizes that do not exclude affordable housing should be used. As a guide, the Affordable Housing Service suggest the following minimum apartment sizes, which can contribute to housing affordability: (apartment size is only one factor influencing affordability)
- 1 bedroom apartment 50m² - 2 bedroom apartment 70m² - 3 bedroom apartment 95m² |
YES |
Apartment Mix |
Include a mixture of unit types for increased housing choice. |
YES |
Balconies |
Provide primary balconies for all apartments with a minimum depth of 2 metres. Developments which seek to vary from the minimum standards must demonstrate that negative impacts from the context-noise, wind – can be satisfactorily mitigated with design solutions. |
YES |
Ceiling Heights |
The following recommended minimum dimensions are measured from finished floor level (FFL) to finished ceiling level (FCL).
- in residential flat buildings or other residential floors in mixed use buildings: - in general, 2.7 metres minimum for all habitable rooms on all floors, 2.4 metres is the preferred minimum for all non-habitable rooms, however 2.25m is permitted. |
YES |
Ground Floor Apartments |
Optimise the number of ground floor apartments with separate entries and consider requiring an appropriate percentage of accessible units. This relates to the desired streetscape and topography of the site.
|
YES |
|
Provide ground floor apartments with access to private open space, preferably as a terrace or garden.
|
YES |
Internal Circulation |
In general, where units are arranged off a double-loaded corridor, the number of units accessible from a single core/corridor should be limited to eight.
|
YES |
Storage |
In addition to kitchen cupboards and bedroom wardrobes, provide accessible storage facilities at the following rates:
- studio apartments 6m³ - one-bedroom apartments 6m³ - two-bedroom apartments 8m³ - three plus bedroom apartments 10m³ |
YES |
Building Amenity |
||
Acoustic Privacy |
Ensure a high level of amenity by protecting the privacy of residents within apartments and private open space |
YES |
Daylight Access |
Living rooms and private open spaces for at least 70% of apartments in a development should receive a minimum of three hours direct sunlight between 9am and 3pm in mid-winter. |
YES |
|
Limit the number of single-aspect apartments with a southerly aspect (SW-SE) to a maximum of 10% of the total units proposed. |
YES |
Natural Ventilation |
Building depths, which support natural ventilation typically, range from 10 to 18 metres. |
YES |
|
Sixty percent (60%) of residential units should be naturally cross ventilated. |
YES |
|
Twenty five percent (25%) of kitchens within a development should have access to natural ventilation. |
YES |
Building Performance |
||
Waste Management |
Supply waste management plans as part of the development application submission as per the NSW Waste Board.
|
YES |
Water Conservation |
Rainwater is not to be collected from roofs coated with lead- or bitumen-based paints, or from asbestos- cement roofs. Normal guttering is sufficient for water collections provided that it is kept clear of leaves and debris. |
YES |
Draft State Environmental Planning Policy No 65—Design Quality of Residential Flat Development (Draft SEPP 65)
On 23 September 2014, the Department of Planning and Environment exhibited the proposed changes to SEPP 65 which includes the replacement of the RFDC with an Apartment Design Guideline.
These amendments have been considered in the assessment of the application. The proposal is considered to be generally consistent with draft SEPP 65 and the draft Apartment Design Guideline which is mostly reflected in the RFDC.
LOCAL Provisions
Ku-ring-gai LEP (Local Centres) 2012 (Local Centres LEP)
Part 1:Preliminary
Clause 1.2: Aims of plan
(a) to establish a hierarchy of centres for Ku-ring-gai,
(b) to guide the future development of land and the management of environmental, social, economic, heritage and cultural resources in Ku-ring-gai for the benefit of present and future generations,
(c) to facilitate the development of the centres to enhance Ku-ring-gai’s economic role and cater to the retail and commercial needs of the local community,
(d) to provide a variety of housing choice within and adjacent to the centres,
(e) to protect, enhance and sustainably manage the biodiversity, natural ecosystems, water resources and ecological processes within the catchments of Ku-ring-gai,
(f) to recognise, protect and conserve Ku-ring-gai’s indigenous and non-indigenous cultural heritage,
(g) to encourage a diversity of employment in Ku-ring-gai,
(h) to achieve land use relationships that promote the efficient use of infrastructure,
(i) to facilitate good management of public assets and promote opportunities for social, cultural and community activities,
(j) to protect the character of low density residential areas, and the special aesthetic values of land in the Ku-ring-gai area.
The proposed development has been considered against the aims set out under this clause of Local Centres LEP. For the reasons outlined within this report, the proposed development has been found to be acceptable in all relevant respects.
Part 2: Permitted or permissible development
The site is located within the ‘R3 Medium Density Residential’ zoning.
The objectives of the R3 Medium Density Residential zone are as follows:
· To provide for the housing needs of the community within a medium density residential environment.
• To provide a variety of housing types within a medium density residential environment.
• To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.
• To provide a transition between low density residential housing and higher density forms of development.
The proposed development is permissible with consent within the ‘R3 Medium Density Residential’ zoning and satisfies the objectives for this zone.
Part 4: Principal development standards
Development standard |
Proposed |
Complies |
Site area: 3,024m2 |
||
Cl. 4.3 Height of buildings 11.5m (max) |
<11.5m |
YES |
Cl. 4.4 FSR 0.8:1 |
0.64:1 |
YES |
Part 5: Miscellaneous provisions
Clause 5.9 Preservation of trees or vegetation
Councils Landscape Assessment Officer has given consideration to the objective of this clause which involves preserving the amenity of the area and biodiversity values of the vegetation on site. The proposal seeks to retain 35 trees in line with the objectives of this clause. It is proposed to remove 78 trees of which, 65 are Alnus jorullensis (Evergreen Alder) which are exempt under the Tree Preservation Order and the remaining 13 trees have low to moderate landscape value. Accordingly, there are no objections to the proposed tree removal.
Part 6: Additional local provisions
Clause 6.1 Earthworks
The proposal involves a large amount of excavation to construct the basement podium. The excavation plan has demonstrated that the works will not affect adjoining properties and will not have a detrimental impact on the site and its surrounding environment.
Clause 6.2 Storm water and water sensitive urban design
Council’s Development Engineer has given consideration to the objective of this clause which seeks to minimise the adverse impacts of urban water on the site and within the catchment. The stormwater design corporates a combined onsite detention and retention tank (OSD) to manage water quality and control discharge volumes and frequency. The proposal also incorporates a pollution chamber and stormwater filter within the OSD to measure and reduce the release of nutrients into the Hawkesbury Nepean River catchment. The proposal is satisfactory in this regard.
Clause 6.5: Site requirements for multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings
Development standard |
Proposed |
Complies |
Cl. 6.5 Site area 1,200m² (min) |
3,024m2 (Excluding access handle) |
YES |
Cl. 6.5 Street frontage Site area >1,800m² = 30m (min) |
21.33m |
NO
|
The proposal does not satisfy the Local Centres LEP street frontage development standard of 30m for multi dwelling sites greater than 1800m2, the site has a frontage of 21.33m. A clause 4.6 variation request has been lodged in support of the 29% variation to the standard. A detailed assessment is included below.
Clause 4.6 Exceptions to development standards (Site requirements for multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings):
Clause 4.6 seeks to provide an appropriate degree of flexibility in applying certain development standards to particular development, the premise being to achieve better outcome for and from development by allowing flexibility in particular circumstances.
As shown in the above table, the site falls short of the minimum frontage standard for multi dwelling housing on allotments more than 1,800m2, which is 30m. Having regard to the object and purpose of Clause 4.6, the applicant has sought to exercise its provisions in order for the proposed development to proceed.
Within Clause 4.6 is a ‘test’ in which any variation sought to a development standard is to be considered and assessed against. The relevant sections of Clause 4.6 are:
…(2) Development consent may, subject to this clause, be granted for development even though the development would contravene a development standard imposed by this or any other environmental planning instrument. However, this clause does not apply to a development standard that is expressly excluded from the operation of the clause.
(3) Development consent must not be granted for development that contravenes a development standard unless the consent authority has considered a written request from the applicant that seeks to justify the contravention of the development standard by demonstrating:
(a) that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstance of the case, and
(b) that there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.
(4) Development consent must not be granted for development that contravenes a development standard unless:
(a) the consent authority is satisfied that:
(i) the applicant’s written request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated by subclause (3), and
(ii) the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives for development within the zone in which the development is proposed to be carried out, and
(b) the concurrence of the Director-General has been obtained.
The frontage of the site fails to satisfy the minimum width required of 30m, with 21.33m, representing a variation to the development standard of 8.67m or 29%.
The applicant has demonstrated through a written submission (refer to Attachment A4) that the development, with albeit a marginally decreased frontage can meet all the requirements under the Local Centres LEP and DCP with regard to FSR, height, landscaping, deep soil and setbacks. The 8.67m shortfall does not prevent the site from being developed in an orderly or economic manner.
With regard to the applicants’ written request, the following assessment has been carried out:
1. Demonstrate that there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.
The applicant has provided the following arguments to justify why compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary:
· “The subject site is 3,024m2 (excluding the access handle) meeting the minimum site area requirement of 1200m2 for multi dwelling housing contained in clause 6.5(2) of the Local Centres LEP.
· The development proposal confirms a suitable multi dwelling housing development can be accommodated on the allotment in accordance with the building height and FSR development standards and planning controls contained in the Local Centres DCP.
· The proposed development meets the site coverage and deep soil landscape area development controls, and the proposed landscape works contribute to the landscape setting of the site.
· The proposed site amalgamation for the multi-dwelling housing development is acceptable and consolidation with 5 Nulla Nulla Street to achieve a 30m frontage is not necessary noting the configuration of the adjoining allotments ensures a suitable consolidation pattern with 5– 7 Nulla Nulla Street, Turramurra can be achieved”.
The applicant has demonstrated that the development, even with the decreased frontage can easily meet all the requirements of the Local Centres LEP and DCP with regard to FSR, height, landscaping deep soil and setbacks. The 8.67m shortfall does not prevent the site from being developed in an orderly or economic manner.
The proposal will maintain the existing established character of the locality in terms of bulk and scale, three two-storey townhouses fronting the street is considered an appropriate scale for the site and its context.
2. The applicant’s written variation request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated and the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives of the particular standard and the objectives for development within the zone in which the development is proposed to be carried out.
There are sufficient environmental planning grounds to allow the variation to the street frontage, particularly when the proposal is assessed against the objectives of Clause 6.5, which are:
(a) to provide site requirements for development for the purposes of multi dwelling housing and residential flat buildings so as to provide for the orderly and economic development of residential land while maintaining the local character, and
(b) to ensure that lot sizes and dimensions of medium and high density residential sites allow for generous landscape areas and setbacks to ensure the amenity to adjoining properties and to support the desired future character of those areas.
The applicant has provided the following arguments to justify why the proposal meets the objectives of the site requirements for multi dwelling housing based on the following:
· “The development proposal confirms the street frontage is adequate for the multi dwelling housing development meeting the height, floor area, site coverage and deep soil landscape area controls with access to basement parking.
· The proposed development and configuration of the adjoining allotments confirms the proposal is an orderly and economic use of the subject site.
· The development proposal meets the deep soil landscape area and setback controls, and the proposed landscape works ensure the building will be viewed within a landscape setting”.
The applicant has provided an adequate written request with justification to vary the development standard. The applicant has argued that the development is in the public interest as variation results in no material environmental impact. Further to this, it has also been submitted that the development satisfies the fundamental development controls of height, FSR, setback and deep soil.
3. The Applicant’s clause 4.6 variation request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated and the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives of the particular standard and the objectives for development within the zone in which the development is proposed to be carried out.
The applicant has provided an adequate written request with justification to vary the development standard. The applicant has demonstrated that the development is in the public interest in that it maintains the objectives of the clause, as discussed above.
4. Assessment against R3 medium density zone objectives
The objectives of the R3 zoning are:
· To provide for the housing needs of the community within a medium density residential environment.
· To provide a variety of housing types within a medium density residential environment.
· To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.
· To provide a transition between low density residential housing and higher density forms of development.
The proposal has a built form which is compatible with the medium density residential environment of the area and the land to be developed. The proposal provides for the housing needs of the community through a multi dwelling development and represents an appropriate scale with the adjoining R2 land to the east.
5. The concurrence of the Director-General has been obtained
Under Planning Circular PS08-003 issued 9 May 2008:
Notification of assumed concurrence of the Director-General under clause 4.6(4) (and the former clause 24(4)) of the Standard Instrument
(1) Under clause 64 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000, council is notified that it may assume the Director-General’s concurrence for exceptions to development standards, subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), in respect of all applications made under:
(a) clause 4.6 (or the former clause 24, or any future amended version of this clause) of the Standard Instrument (Local Environmental Plans) Order 2006, or
(b) any other clause that is based on a substantially similar format and has a substantially similar effect to the clause described in (1)(a),
where such a clause is adopted in an environmental planning instrument to provide for exceptions to development standards.
Accordingly, concurrence is assumed as the Local Centres LEP has adopted Clause 4.6 of the Standard Instrument.
For the reasons discussed and in satisfying the ‘test’ of Cl. 4.6 of the LEP, the frontage variation to the minimum site frontage development standard is supported.
Clause 6.3 Biodiversity protection
The site does contain vegetation identified as an area of ‘biodiversity significance’ under the Local Centres LEP. The tree is a Eucalyptus punctata (Grey Gum) and is located within the street setback. This species is characteristic of the Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest and is an Endangered Ecological Community protected under Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995, however, the proposal does not involve its removal and conditions have been recommended by Councils Landscape Assessment Officer to ensure its protection during construction (Conditions 14, 22 and 64).
Policy Provisions (DCPs, Council policies, strategies and management plans)
Ku-ring-gai Local Centres Development Control Plan
Volume A
Clause 1A.5: General aims of the DCP
The general aims of the DCP are:
· the establishment of a future character for the local centres;
· provision of high quality public domain areas;
· provision of a range of building types;
· provision of high quality urban and architectural design;
· assurance of a good relationship between development and the public domain and local landscape qualities;
· assurance of a high level of residential amenity in building design;
· promotion of principles of ecologically sustainable development;
· provision of equitable access;
· promotion of increased use of public transport, walking and cycling;
· provision of measures and outcomes to ensure appropriate control of traffic;
· recognition of heritage items and heritage conservation areas;
· promotion and support of biodiversity conservation, riparian restoration and ecological integrity;
· assurance of the long term survival of native and exotic tree and vegetation cover
· the appropriate management of risks related to flooding, bushfire and land contamination; and
· the allowance for public participation through the notification process.
The proposed development has been assessed against these aims and is found to be acceptable in all relevant respects.
Part 2: Site analysis
A site analysis which identifies the existing characteristics of the site and the surrounding area has been provided as part of the development application. The site analysis is considered to satisfy the objectives of this part of the Local Centres DCP.
COMPLIANCE TABLE |
|||
Development control |
Proposed |
Complies |
|
Volume A |
|||
Part 6 Multi Dwelling Housing Controls |
|||
Part 6A Site Design |
|||
6A.1 Site layout |
|||
Site layout to respond to site analysis
|
Site analysis provided |
YES |
|
Any dwelling with a frontage to the street must address the street
|
Three townhouses have frontage to, and address, the street
|
YES
|
|
Minimum of one dwelling to address the street
|
Three townhouses face the street |
YES |
|
Minimise hard surface to maximise landscaping
|
Hard surface kept to minimum |
YES |
|
Long straight driveways will not be permitted. Buildings and fences to be staggered
|
Short straight driveway proposed
|
YES |
|
Provide single pedestrian entry from street level
|
Two pedestrian entries provided at street level from Turramurra Avenue and Nulla Nulla Street
|
YES |
|
Layout to be based on figure 6A.1-2
|
Site layout does reflect the recommended layout
|
YES |
|
6A.2 Building setbacks |
|||
10m from primary street boundary (min) |
12m |
YES
|
|
Parallel to prevailing building line |
Parallel to building line |
YES
|
|
3m side setback from any side boundary (min)
|
3m
|
YES
|
|
Driveways set back 3m from side boundary (min) to allow for deep soil planting
|
0.2m
|
NO (refer to discussion below) |
|
Setback areas not be used for at grade parking |
No at grade parking |
N/A
|
|
6m rear setback (min)
|
6m |
YES
|
|
Basement areas must meet the street and rear setback requirements and be a minimum of 3m from any side boundary
|
Rear: 6m
Street: 12m
Side: 0.2m to 3m |
YES
YES
NO (refer to discussion below)
|
|
Ground floor private terraces/courtyards must have: 8m setback from street boundary (min) 3m setback from side boundary (min)
4m setback from rear boundary (min)
|
8m
No private terraces/courtyards provided in side setback area
4m
|
YES
N/A
YES
|
|
Ground floor side setback encroachment by private terraces/courtyards only if deep soil planting requirements are met.
|
No private terraces/courtyards provided in side setback area.
|
N/A
|
|
15% (max) of the total area of any street setback is to be occupied by private terraces/courtyards.
|
13%
|
YES
|
|
6A.3 Building separation |
|||
The minimum separation between residential buildings on the development site and the adjoining sites must comply with the following:
Up to 2nd Storey: i) 3m between non habitable rooms ii) 6m between rooms/balconies in all other cases
3rd Storey: i) 12m between habitable rooms/balconies ii) 7m between habitable rooms/balcony and non-habitable room iii) 3m between non-habitable rooms |
>8m >8m
N/A 8m N/A
|
YES YES
N/A YES N/A
|
|
6A.4 Site coverage |
|||
Maximum site coverage of 40% for townhouses
|
38% |
YES |
|
6A.5 Deep soil landscaping |
|||
Multi-unit dwelling development must have deep soil landscaping of 40% (min) |
40% |
YES |
|
Lots with the following sizes are to support a minimum number of tall trees capable of attaining a mature height of 13m on shale transitional soil or 10m on sandstone derived soils:
1200m2 or less: 1 per 400m2 of site area 1201-1800m2 : 1 per 350m2 of site area 1801m2 or more: 1 per 300m2 of site area
|
10 canopy trees |
YES |
|
At least 50% of all tree plantings are to be locally occurring trees and spread around the site.
|
>50% |
YES |
|
Part 6B Access and Parking |
|||
6B.1 Vehicle Access |
|||
Driveway located 3m (min) from side boundary and separated by a continuous landscaped verge & screen planting
|
Driveway located 0.2mm from boundary |
NO (refer to discussion below) |
|
One driveway (max)
|
Only one driveway is proposed |
YES |
|
Driveway designed to avoid straight, long gun barrel appearance by use of landscaping and variations in alignment
|
Driveway design avoids long gun barrel appearance |
YES |
|
On-site vehicle turning areas designed to permit turning in a single reversing movement
|
Vehicle turning areas allow turning in a single reversing movement |
YES |
|
On-site vehicle turning areas must be located within the basement or concealed from the view of the public domain
|
Turning areas located in the basement |
YES |
|
If provided in basement, waste and recycling room to be 2.6m ceiling height (min) along path of travel from street to residential waste collection and manoeuvring area and kept free of overhead ducts, services and other obstructions
|
>2.6m ceiling height along path of travel |
YES |
|
6B.2 Car parking provision |
|||
Basement car parking must be consolidated under building footprint
|
Basement consolidated under building footprint |
YES |
|
The basement car park must not project more than 1m above existing ground level to the floor level of the storey immediately above
|
Maximum 900mm projection
|
YES |
|
Wherever possible, direct access must be provided from basement car parks to entry
|
Direct access provided from basement car parks to entry |
YES |
|
Car parking spaces, circulation areas, roadways and ramps are to comply with AS2890.1
|
Council’s Senior Development Engineer is satisfied that compliance is achieved |
YES |
|
Car parking rates: (Volume C Part 2R.2)
1 bedroom unit: 1 space 2 bedroom unit: min. multiple of 1.25 spaces per unit 3 bedroom unit: min. multiple of 1.5 spaces per unit
|
The development proposes 15 dwellings, each containing 3 bedrooms. Therefore: 15 x 1.5 spaces/unit = 23 spaces. 29 spaces are proposed |
YES |
|
Visitor parking: 1 space per 4 units
1 space to be adaptable by complying with dimensional and locational requirements of AS2890.6.
One space to be provided with tap to make provision for on-site car washing
|
5 visitor spaces
Council’s Senior Development Engineer is satisfied that compliance is achieved
Car wash space has been provided |
YES
YES
YES |
|
Clearly signposted space for temporary parking of service and removalist vehicles with min. dimension of 3.5m x 6m and min. manoeuvring area 7m wide (where not provided, one of visitor spaces may be used if it meets these dimensions)
|
Temporary service/car wash space provided which satisfies minimum dimensions. |
YES
|
|
6B.3 Bicycle parking provision |
|||
Where basement parking is provided:
1 bicycle parking space per 5 units (or part thereof) for residents within residential car park area; and 1 bicycle parking space (in the form of a bicycle rail) per 10 units (or part thereof) for visitors within visitor car park area
|
Sufficient bicycle parking spaces have been provided and are convenient to the street.
|
YES
|
|
Part 6C. Building Design and Sustainability |
|||
6C.1 Communal open space |
|||
Communal open space must be provided where more than 10 dwellings are proposed that do not address the street and must be 8% of the site area with a minimum dimension of 8m.
242m2 of communal open space required
|
235m2
|
NO (refer to discussion below) |
|
6C.2 Private open space |
|||
Multi-dwelling housing development must provide a minimum (internal dimension) 35m² of private open space per dwelling at ground floor, and must ensure:
i) a single space of minimum 25m² with a minimum internal dimension of 4m and direct access from a living area of the dwelling; and ii) the remaining spaces must have a minimum internal dimension of 2m |
>25m2 and 4m min dimension
2m
|
YES
YES
|
|
Primary private open space is to have direct access from the main living areas
|
All primary private open space areas have direct access from main living area |
YES |
|
Private open space (outdoor) for ground floor dwellings is to be differentiated from common areas by:
i) Change in level and/or: ii) screen planting such as hedges or shrubs and/or; iii) fence/wall to max height of 1.8m. Any solid wall component to have max 1.2m height with 30% transparent component on top. Gate to be provided from common area |
Landscape plan indicates fence to define the line of private open space. |
YES |
|
6C.3 Solar access |
|||
Dwellings must receive min 3 hours direct sunlight to at least one living room & primary private open space between 9am - 3pm on 21st June
|
All townhouses receive 3 hours of direct sunlight to one living room.
Townhouses 4, 7 and 14 do not receive 3 hours of direct sunlight to principal private open space. |
YES
NO (refer to discussion below) |
|
Min. 3 hours between 9am – 3pm on 21st June to living areas and principal portion of private open space of existing residential flat buildings and multi-dwelling housing on adjoining lots and residential development in adjoining lower density zones
|
3 hours of sunlight retained
|
YES |
|
Overshadowing must not compromise the development potential of the adjoining under-developed site(s)
|
Adjoining undeveloped sites will not be affected with more than 3 hours of overshadowing. |
YES |
|
All development must utilise shading and glare control
|
Eaves, window hoods and general roof form will provide shade to the majority of windows to habitable rooms |
YES |
|
6C.4 Natural ventilation |
|||
All habitable rooms are to have windows or doors that can be opened and closed
|
All habitable rooms have windows or doors that can be opened and closed |
YES |
|
All dwellings must have natural cross ventilation
|
All dwellings have natural cross ventilation |
YES |
|
At least 25% of all kitchens are to be immediately adjacent to an operable window
|
26% of kitchens immediately adjacent to an operable window |
YES |
|
All habitable rooms are to be naturally ventilated without relying solely on lightwells or skylights
|
All habitable rooms are naturally ventilated without relying solely on lightwells or skylights |
YES |
|
6C.5 Dwelling depth, width and room size |
|||
Maximum internal plan depth of a dwelling is to be 14m from glass line to glass line
|
Block A: 14.7m (1st floor)
Block B: 14m (2nd floor) Block C: 14m (2nd floor) Block D: 11m (1st floor) Block E: 11m (1st floor)
|
NO (refer to discussion below) YES YES YES YES
|
|
Each dwelling must have 4m dimension (min)
|
Block A: 5m Block B: 5m Block C: 4.8m Block D: 6.6m Block E: 6.6m
|
YES YES YES YES YES |
|
Living areas must have 4m internal plan dimension (min)
|
Block A: 4.7m Block B: 4.7m Block C: 4.7m Block D: 4m Block E: 4.3m |
YES YES YES YES YES |
|
Multi-dwelling housing with two bedrooms must have a minimum internal plan dimension of 3m (excl. wardrobe space) in all bedrooms
|
All dwellings have three bedrooms |
N/A |
|
Multi-dwelling housing with three or more bedrooms are to have at least two bedrooms with a minimum internal plan dimension of 3m (excluding wardrobe space)
|
All dwellings have bedrooms with a minimum internal plan dimension greater than 3m (excl wardrobes) |
YES |
|
Built in wardrobes are to be provided: i) to all studio apartments; ii) to all bedrooms in one and two bedroom apartments iii) to at least two bedrooms in apartments of three or more bedrooms
|
Built in wardrobes are provided in every bedroom. |
YES |
|
6C.6 Dwelling mix |
|||
All multi-dwelling housing developments must contain at least one dwelling for each 10 dwellings (or part thereof) designed as adaptable housing in accordance with the provisions of AS4299-1995: Adaptable Housing Class C |
Townhouse 10 and 11 are designed as adaptable housing. |
YES |
|
6C.7 Building entries |
|||
The entry path is to be directly accessible and visible from the street
|
Entry paths are directly accessible and visible from Turramurra Avenue and Nulla Nulla Street
|
YES |
|
Building entry must be integrated with building facade design. At street level, the entry is to be articulated with awnings, porticos, recesses or projecting bays for clear identification
|
Building entries are articulated with a recessed pathway and entry arbor for clear identification |
YES |
|
All entries must be well lit and designed to avoid any concealment or entrapment areas
|
The entry and communal area do not contain concealment or entrapment areas. |
YES
|
|
All light spill is prohibited
|
Light spill is contained by canopies and awnings |
YES |
|
6C.8 Building facades |
|||
Building length is not to exceed 36m
|
<15m |
YES
|
|
All building facades must be modulated and articulated with wall planes varying in depth by not less than 0.3m. Where external walls are longer than 12m, the building alignment must be stepped by a minimum 0.6m articulation (projection or indentation) in the façade.
|
The proposed building is sufficiently modulated and articulated in its facades |
YES |
|
Building facades must be designed to respond to solar access by using solar protection elements such as eaves and louvres as environmental controls
|
Design incorporates sufficient solar protection elements such as eaves, window hoods and louvres |
YES |
|
All building elements including shading devices and awnings must be coordinated and integrated within the overall façade design
|
All shading devices and awnings coordinated and integrated within overall façade design |
YES |
|
Where individual air conditioning units are used, they must not be located on the building façade or on balconies or terraces
|
Air conditioning plant are to be located in the basement |
YES |
|
Balconies that run the full length of the building façade are not permitted
|
Balconies to Townhouses 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 and 9 run the full length of the northern façade
|
NO (refer discussion below)
|
|
Balconies must not project more than 1.2m from the outermost wall of the building façade
|
1m |
YES |
|
Blade walls are not to be the sole element used to provide articulation
|
Sufficient articulation and recessing of the balconies has been used in-conjunction with blade walls. |
YES |
|
6C.9 Top storey design and roof forms |
|||
Where a third storey is proposed, the gross floor area of the top storey must not exceed 60% of the gross floor area of the storey immediately below it
|
Blocks A,C,D,E and F all two storey
Block B:36% |
N/A
YES |
|
Where the third storey is not incorporated into the roof form, it must be set back from the outer wall of the floor below on all sides
|
Blocks A,C,D,E and F all two storey
Block B: Not sufficiently setback from the outer walls on eastern, western and southern boundary |
N/A
NO (refer to discussion below) |
|
Attics are permissible subject to being within a hipped or gable roof where the maximum roof pitch is 350. They are to be designed to fit within the building envelope(with the exception of dormer windows) and are not to increase the bulk and height of the roof |
No attics are proposed |
N/A |
|
Service elements must be integrated into the overall design of the roof so as not to be visible from the public domain or any surrounding development
|
Service elements are integrated into the overall design of the roof |
YES |
|
Roof design must respond to solar access by using eaves or skillion roofs
|
Design responds to solar access allowing sun to penetrate deep into the lot. |
YES |
|
Roof forms are to be modulated or broken
|
Modulated roof form |
YES |
|
Solar panels to be integrated into the roof line (where provided)
|
Solar panels are not proposed |
YES |
|
6C.10 Internal ceiling heights |
|||
Ceiling height for habitable room: 2.7m min
|
<2.7m |
YES |
|
Ceiling height for non-habitable room: 2.25m min
|
<3m |
YES |
|
6C.11 Visual privacy |
|||
Buildings must be designed to ensure privacy
|
Building designed to ensure privacy |
YES |
|
Continuous transparent balustrades are not permitted to balconies/terraces
|
Masonry walls (800mm high) incorporated into facade and louvres to ensure there are no continuous transparent balustrades |
YES |
|
Screening between dwellings must be integrated with the overall building design
|
Screening integrated into the overall building design |
YES |
|
Landscaped screening must be provided to adjoining sites
|
Landscaped screening is to be provided to adjoining sites |
YES |
|
6C.12 Storage |
|||
Storage space must be provided at the following minimum volumes: 10m³ for two bedroom dwellings 12m³ for dwellings with three or more bedrooms
|
>12m³ |
YES |
|
50% of storage space to be provided within the dwelling. Remaining storage located outside the dwelling to be specifically allocated to the relevant dwellings
|
Storage provision complies |
YES |
|
6C.13 External air clothes drying facilities |
|||
Provide one external air clothes drying area for each dwelling
|
Clothes drying area provided for each townhouse |
YES |
|
External air clothes drying area must be screened from public areas and common areas
|
Screened with fencing |
YES |
|
6C.14 Fencing |
|||
Front fences and walls (to public street) and side fences in the street setback must not be higher than: i) 0.9m closed construction (masonry, lapped and capped timber or brushwood fences) ii) 1.2m open style construction (open paling and picket fencing) Closed front fences with a max height of 1.8m and set back 2m from the front boundary will be considered where the site fronts a busy road. |
Turramurra Avenue pedestrian frontage: 1.2m high open metal pailing fence with 1.4m high columns on boundary at Turramurra Avenue.
Nulla Nulla Street: A Low rise variable .3m to 1.7m high private courtyard retaining wall extends from the driveway to the western side setback and is 8m from the street boundary |
YES
YES
|
|
Fences and walls must be stepped down and follow the natural contours of the site
|
Fences and walls are stepped to follow natural contours of site |
YES |
|
Hedges and shrub planting no higher than 1.2m along entire front boundary
|
No hedges and shrub plantings are proposed at front boundary |
YES |
|
All fences to highlight entrances, and be compatible with buildings, letterboxes and garbage storage areas
|
Fences highlight entrances and are compatible with building and structures |
YES |
|
External finishes must be robust and graffiti resistant
|
External finishes considered suitable |
YES |
|
VOLUME B |
|||
PART 2 Site Design For Water Management |
|||
Assessed by Council’s Development Engineer in relation to the Local Centres LEP clause 6.2 relating to Stormwater and water sensitive urban design and the Local Centres DCP and found to be satisfactory. |
YES |
||
VOLUME C |
|||
PART 1 Site Design |
|||
1.1 General |
|||
The development must respond to site attributes as identified in the site analysis |
Site analysis provided |
YES |
|
Must demonstrate how the proposal responds to the site and contextual attributes |
Site analysis demonstrates adequately how the application has responded to the site and contextual attributes
|
YES |
|
1.2 Earthworks and Slope |
|||
Development must demonstrate consideration of site topography, drainage, soil landscapes, flora, fauna and bushfire hazard |
Consideration of site topography has been provided |
YES |
|
Development must be accommodated within the natural slope of the land |
Design accommodates the slope of the site |
YES |
|
Development is to minimise earthworks on steeply sloping sites Sites with a slope in excess of 15% may require certification from a geotechnical engineer as to the stability of the slope in regards to the proposed design |
4% slope on site |
N/A |
|
Minimum 600mm width is required between retaining walls to provide adequate soil area and depth to ensure that they do not read as a single level change and for the viability of landscaping |
Assessed by Council’s Landscape Officer and found to be satisfactory |
YES |
|
Existing ground level is to be maintained for a distance of 2m from any boundary |
Assessed by Council’s Landscape Officer and found to be satisfactory |
YES |
|
Fill and excavation are not permitted within sensitive environments |
Not applicable |
N/A |
|
Retaining walls, excavated and filled areas shall be located and constructed to have no adverse impact on: i) Structures to be retained on the site ii) Structures on adjacent public or private land iii) Trees to be retained onsite or on adjoining sites |
No adverse impact |
YES |
|
Excavated and filled areas are to be constructed so as not to redirect or concentrate stormwater or surface runoff onto adjoining properties |
Assessed and found to be satisfactory |
YES |
|
Design of proposal must consider the impacts of altered subsurface/groundwater flows or direction on groundwater dependent ecosystems or species |
Assessed and found to be satisfactory |
YES |
|
1.3 Landscape Design |
|||
Assessed by Council’s Senior Landscape Assessment Officer and found to be satisfactory
|
YES |
||
PART 2 Access and Parking |
|||
2.1 Equitable Access |
|||
Applications are to demonstrate how access to and within the development meets the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act 1992 (DDA) |
Application has provided an Access Report demonstrating that the application meets the requirements of the DDA |
YES |
|
At least 70% of the dwellings in medium density residential development are to be ‘visitable’. |
73% (11/15) |
YES |
|
2.2 Vehicle Access, 2.3 Basement Car Parking, 2.4 Visitor Parking, 2.5 Parking For People With A Disability, 2.6 Pedestrian Movement Within Car Parks, 2.7 Bicycle Parking and Facilities |
|||
Assessed by Council’s Development Engineer and found to be satisfactory |
YES |
||
PART 3 Building Design and Sustainability |
|||
3.3 Building Services |
|||
All applicants must consult with service providers |
Standard consent conditions will ensure that this is undertaken |
YES |
|
Services and structures required by the providers are to be located within basements, or concealed within the façade, with appropriate access. |
Standard consent conditions will ensure that this is undertaken |
YES |
|
Air conditioning units located within basements must be screened and have adequate ventilation |
Air conditioner plant room to be located within basement |
YES |
|
3.4 Waste Management |
|||
All waste and recycling facilities must comply with the BCA and all relevant Australian Standards |
Area designed in accordance with BCA & AS |
YES |
|
All waste and recycle to be stored within site |
Garbage collection rooms have been provided |
YES |
|
Access to collection point |
Unimpeded access, suitable grade, exit forward direction and level surface, clear >2.6m clearance height |
YES |
|
Storage Room to be provided and easily accessible |
Storage rooms provided and easily accessible |
YES |
|
Waste 1 x 240L per 2 units: 15 |
15x 240L waste |
YES |
|
Co-mingled 1 x 240L per 4 units: 4 |
4 x 240L |
YES |
|
Recycling: 1 x 240L per 4 units: 4 |
4 x 240L |
YES |
|
3.5 Acoustic Privacy |
|||
Building to comply with separation requirements of DCP |
Adequate design principles have been used and requirements of DCP satisfied |
YES |
|
3.6 Visual Privacy |
|||
Private open spaces and principle living spaces of the proposal and adjacent dwellings to be protected from direct or unreasonable overlooking |
Overlooking has been minimised by orientating all living rooms and associated windows towards the north with adequate building separation to adjacent Townhouses and the use of highlight windows and louvres on the east and west elevations to minimise overlooking onto adjacent properties.
Rooftop terrace levels are proposed for Townhouses 1 to 3 and 7 to 15. The impact of visual privacy of neighbouring occupants has been minimised by: 1. stepping the terraces in from the outer walls by 1m to 2.5m (Townhouse 1 to 12);
2. the top of the terrace slab is recessed 400-500mm below the capping layer of the outer walls with a 1.4m high balustrade; and
3. the enclosed staircases used to access the terraces also provide a 1.8m barrier preventing overlooking for all Townhouses on the eastern and western elevations. Privacy between adjoining terraces is achieved through the use of 2m high dividing walls.
Further, Townhouses 13 to 15 are not stepped in on the southern elevation, it is unlikely that overlooking will occur within this section of the terrace, this portion of the terrace is likely to be used as a trafficable area and the boundary is 6m to the south. 4m of this setback is common area and will be planted out with adequate screening trees with mature heights varying from 2m to 6m.
The use of the terraces is likely to be low given there are no iconic or significant views across the site.
|
YES |
|
3.7 Materials, Finishes and Colours |
|||
Comprehensive details provided with application |
Finishes/materials have been considered by Council’s Urban Design Consultant and assessed as being satisfactory and consistent with the character of the surrounding environment. |
YES |
|
3.8 Roof Terraces and Podiums |
|||
All roof terraces and podiums must provide appropriate building systems to make them trafficable, and to support landscaping. |
Townhouses 1 to 3 and 7 to 15 have rooftop terraces and have adequate trafficable areas and capacity to support soft landscaping. Councils landscape assessment officer has assessed the terraces and raised no issues. |
YES |
|
Roof terraces and podiums are to be designed for optimum conditions for plant growth by appropriate solar access, soil mix, and the provision of water connections and drainage. |
The proposed rooftop terraces have a north-south orientation and are suitable for plant growth. Councils landscape assessment officer has assessed the terraces and raised no issues. |
YES |
|
3.9 Construction, Demolition and Disposal |
|||
Waste management plan provided with application |
A waste management plan was submitted as part of the proposed development. It is considered that the construction waste management plan meets the underlying objectives of waste management as required under the Local Centres DCP. |
YES |
|
PART 4 Water Management |
|||
Council’s Development Engineer has assessed the proposal against the relevant provisions of the Local Centres DCP that relate to water management. The application is considered to be acceptable in this regard, subject to conditions to be imposed. |
|||
An assessment of the variations to the design controls identified in the compliance table is provided below.
6A.2 Building setbacks- driveways and 6B.1 Vehicle access
Driveways are required to be set back a minimum of 3m from a side boundary to allow for deep soil planting. The proposed driveway is located 0.2mm from the side boundary and does not satisfy the control. However, this variation is acceptable given the adequate provision of deep soil planting throughout the site and the retention of a large grey gum within the street setback area which will help soften the built form.
6A.2 Building setbacks- basements
Basements are required to satisfy the 3m side setback to allow for deep soil landscaping on all boundaries. The basement carpark entrance is located on the eastern side boundary for 1.25m before it steps back to 3m in accordance with the control. This variation is minor and acceptable given that it does not prevent the provision of a compliant quantum of deep soil landscaping within all setback areas.
6C.1 Communal open space
Multi dwelling housing developments involving 10 or more townhouses are required to dedicate 8 percent of site area as communal open space, with a minimum dimension of 8m. To avoid the provision of multiple undersized communal areas at least one space must be a minimum of 72m2 in area with a minimum dimension of 6m. Based on a site area of 3,024m2 the proposal is required to provide 242m2 of communal open space. The proposal provides one communal space between Buildings D and E totalling 235m2 and a minimum 8m dimension. This variation is considered to be minor and acceptable given that the area is usable and likely to be used intermittently as each townhouse will have private open space in excess of the 35m2 allocation requirement with north facing terraces and rooftop terraces (all accessed from living/dining rooms). In addition, the proposal provides an acceptable quantum of common area around the periphery of the site.
6C.3 Solar access
Multi housing developments are required to provide a minimum of 3 hours solar access between 9am – 3pm on 21st June to the principal portion of private open space. The proposed principal private open space for Townhouses 4, 7 and 14 (20%) are unlikely to receive 3 hours of direct solar access to their principal open space. However, this variation is acceptable given that the proposed rooftop terraces provide additional private open space for all townhouses and this is an appropriate response to the constraints of the site, the terraces have virtually unrestricted winter solar access, in combination with similarly generous ground level private open space for use at times when such solar access is not considered vital by the occupants.
6C.5 Dwelling depth, width and room size
The maximum internal plan depth of a dwelling is to be 14m from glass line to glass line. The objective of this control is to ensure adequate amenity for the occupants in terms of solar access, natural ventilation and functionality of rooms. Townhouses 1 to 3 (Building A) exceed the control by 800mm due to the provision of a ground floor bathroom as part of the visitable dwelling requirements. The townhouses are orientated to utilise the northern aspect via the location of living spaces in the northern half of the townhouse and the inactive rooms towards the south with cross ventilation achieved along the eastern elevation.
The townhouses within the development have generally been designed maximise solar access and are well within its maximum FSR, the variation proposed in this instance is considered acceptable.
6C.8 Building facades- balcony length
Balconies that run the full length of the building façade are not permitted. The objectives of this control are to integrate building elements into the overall building and to reduce apparent bulk and scale to the street. The proposed balconies to Townhouses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 run the full length of the northern façade.
The variation is acceptable in this instance given that, when viewed in elevation, the balconies do not appear to run the full length of the façade, as they are well articulated between townhouses and the outer walls, which clad the edges of the balconies, appear to be contained within the building and are indiscernible from the street and within from the site.
6C.9 Top storey design and roof forms- third storey setback
Where a third storey is proposed it is to be limited to 60 percent of the gross floor area of the storey immediately below and set back from all outer walls of the floor below it. The intent of this control is to minimise visual bulk, provide interesting roof forms and contribute to the overall design and environmental performance of buildings. The proposed third storey for Building B is a compliant 36 percent of the storey below it, representing a much smaller storey than the control; however it is not set back from the outer walls on the eastern, western and southern boundary.
This variation is nevertheless acceptable given that the proposed roof form is typical of a three storey townhouse, the location of the staircase on the eastern and western elevation adds bulk to 4.8m of the eastern and western elevation and prevents the storey from being totally stepped in. However, this element also creates a privacy wall for the rooftop terraces and reduces overlooking into adjacent properties. The third storey is set back 7.8m from the northern elevation which faces Nulla Nulla Street, and will therefore present as a very small component of the building.
Volume B – Part 2 site design for water management
The configuration and composition of the development is considered to be consistent with the controls of Part 2 – site design for water management.
Volume C- Part 1 site design
The configuration and composition of the development is considered to be consistent with the controls of Part 1 – site design contained within the DCP.
Volume C – Part 2 access and parking
The development’s basement has been designed to satisfy the design criteria and controls as required by Part 2 of the DCP.
In addition, the application is accompanied by a detailed traffic report and analysis that demonstrates that the development will have an acceptable impact upon traffic flows and movements within the local area and that the basement allows for the necessary movements for vehicles that need to access it.
The basement is also acceptable, providing the ancillary facilities required by the DCP, including bicycle parking, adaptable car parking, car wash bay and a temporary parking space for service and removalists vehicles.
Volume C – Part 4 water management
A detailed stormwater plan has been submitted which demonstrates how stormwater generated by the development will be captured and conveyed to Council’s trunk drainage system.
Consistent with the comments of Council’s Development Engineer, the stormwater system’s design is consistent with the controls of the DCP.
Volume C – Part 5 notification controls
The proposed development has been notified in accordance with the requirements of Volume C – Part 5 of the notification controls.
Section 94 Development Contributions Plan 2010
The development attracts a section 94 contribution of $438,179.27 which is required to be paid prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate (Condition 44).
Likely Impacts
The likely impacts of the development have been considered within this report and are deemed to be acceptable, subject to conditions.
Suitability of the Site
The site is suitable for the proposed development.
Public Interest
Approval of the application is considered to be in the public interest.
Conclusion
Having regard to the provisions of section 79C of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, the proposed development is considered to be satisfactory.
A. THAT Council, as the consent authority, is satisfied that the request under Clause 4.6 of Ku-ring-gai Local Centres LEP 2012 to vary the minimum street frontage development standard is well founded. Council is also satisfied that the proposed development will be in the public interest and is consistent with the objectives of the minimum site frontage development standard and the R3 Medium Density Residential zone.
B. THAT Council, as the consent authority, grant development consent to DA0582/14 for demolition of two existing dwellings and construction of a multi dwelling housing development containing 15 townhouses, landscaping and basement car parking on land at 1 to 3 Nulla Nulla Street, Turramurra, for a period of two years from the date of the Notice of Determination, subject to the following conditions:
Conditions that identify approved plans:
1. Approved architectural plans and documentation (new development)
The development must be carried out in accordance with the following plans and documentation listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, except where amended by other conditions of this consent:
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
2. Inconsistency between documents
In the event of any inconsistency between conditions of this consent and the drawings/documents referred to above, the conditions of this consent prevail.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
3. Approved landscape plans
Landscape works shall be carried out in accordance with the following landscape plan(s), listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, except where amended by other conditions of this consent:
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to demolition, excavation or construction:
4. Asbestos works
All work involving asbestos products and materials, including asbestos-cement-sheeting (ie. Fibro), must be carried out in accordance with the guidelines for asbestos work published by WorkCover Authority of NSW.
Reason: To ensure public safety
5. Approved tree works
Prior to works commencing the following works shall be undertaken to the specified trees;
· All trees are to be clearly tagged and identified as per the arborist report prior to the removal/pruning of any tree/s on site. · All other branches where required shall be tied back and protected during construction, under the supervision of a qualified arborist
Removal or pruning of any other tree on the site is not approved, excluding species and works exempt under Council’s Tree Preservation Order.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
6. Tree identification
Prior to works commencing the existing trees shall be numbered in accordance with the arborists report and/or the approved plans. Trees shall be clearly tagged with confirmation from the project arborist that all marked trees correspond with those shown on the approved plan.
Reason: To protect existing trees during the construction phase.
7. Notice of commencement
At least 48 hours prior to the commencement of any development (including demolition, excavation, shoring or underpinning works), a notice of commencement of building or subdivision work form and appointment of the principal certifying authority form shall be submitted to Council.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
8. Notification of builder’s details
Prior to the commencement of any development or excavation works, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be notified in writing of the name and contractor licence number of the owner/builder intending to carry out the approved works.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
9. Dilapidation survey and report (public infrastructure)
Prior to the commencement of any development or excavation works on site, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a dilapidation report on the visible and structural condition of all structures of the following public infrastructure, has been completed and submitted to Council:
Public infrastructure
· Full road pavement width, including kerb and gutter, of Nulla Nulla Street over the site frontage. · All driveway crossings and laybacks opposite the subject site.
The report must be completed by a consulting structural/civil engineer. Particular attention must be paid to accurately recording (both written and photographic) existing damaged areas on the aforementioned infrastructure so that Council is fully informed when assessing any damage to public infrastructure caused as a result of the development.
The developer may be held liable to any recent damage to public infrastructure in the vicinity of the site, where such damage is not accurately recorded by the requirements of this condition prior to the commencement of works.
Note: A written acknowledgment from Council must be obtained (attesting to this condition being appropriately satisfied) and submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority prior to the commencement of any excavation works.
Reason: To record the structural condition of public infrastructure before works commence.
10. Dilapidation survey and report (private property)
Prior to the commencement of any demolition or excavation works on site, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a dilapidation report on the visible and structural condition of all structures upon the following lands, has been completed and submitted to Council:
Address · 1, 3, 5, 7-11 Turramurra Avenue · 6 Ku-ring-gai Avenue
The dilapidation report must include a photographic survey of adjoining properties detailing their physical condition, both internally and externally, including such items as walls ceilings, roof and structural members. The report must be completed by a consulting structural/geotechnical engineer as determined necessary by that professional based on the excavations for the proposal and the recommendations of the submitted geotechnical report.
In the event that access for undertaking the dilapidation survey is denied by a property owner, the applicant must demonstrate in writing to the satisfaction of the Principal Certifying Authority that all reasonable steps have been taken to obtain access and advise the affected property owner of the reason for the survey and that these steps have failed.
Note: A copy of the dilapidation report is to be provided to Council prior to any excavation works been undertaken. The dilapidation report is for record keeping purposes only and may be used by an applicant or affected property owner to assist in any civil action required to resolve any dispute over damage to adjoining properties arising from works.
Reason: To record the structural condition of likely affected properties before works commence.
11. Construction and traffic management plan
The applicant must submit to Council a Construction Traffic Management Plan (TMP), which is to be approved prior to the commencement of any works on site.
The plan is to consist of a report with Traffic Control Plans attached.
The report is to contain commitments which must be followed by the demolition and excavation contractor, builder, owner and subcontractors. The TMP applies to all persons associated with demolition, excavation and construction of the development.
The report is to contain construction vehicle routes for approach and departure to and from all directions.
The report is to contain a site plan showing entry and exit points. Swept paths are to be shown on the site plan showing access and egress for a 12.5 metre long heavy rigid vehicle and if required for demolition and excavation stages a 19.0 metre long articulated vehicle are to be shown.
The Traffic Control Plans are to be prepared by a qualified person (red card holder). One must be provided for each of the following stages of the works:
· Demolition · Excavation · Concrete pour · Construction of vehicular crossing and reinstatement of footpath · Traffic control for vehicles reversing into or out of the site.
Traffic controllers must be in place at the site entry and exit points to control heavy vehicle movements in order to maintain the safety of pedestrians and other road users.
When a satisfactory TMP is received, a letter of approval will be issued with conditions attached. Traffic management at the site must comply with the approved TMP as well as any conditions in the letter issued by Council. Council’s Rangers will be patrolling the site regularly and fines will be issued for any non-compliance with this condition.
Reason: To ensure that appropriate measures have been considered during all phases of the construction process in a manner that maintains the environmental amenity and ensures the ongoing safety and protection of people.
12. Work zone
A works zone shall be provided along the site frontage. Parking restrictions (‘No Parking’ 7am - 10am Mon-Fri) currently exist along the site frontage and also opposite the site. These restrictions are require to be changed to ‘No Stopping’ for the duration of the construction period. The applicant must make a written application to the Ku-ring-gai Local Traffic Committee to install the work zone and parking restrictions. Work zones are provided specifically for the set down and pick up of materials and not for the parking of private vehicles associated with the site. Work zones will generally not be approved where there is sufficient space on-site for the setting down and picking up of goods being taken to or from a construction site.
If the work zone is approved by the Local Traffic Committee, the applicant must obtain a written copy of the related resolution from the Ku-ring-gai Local Traffic Committee and submit this to the Principal Certifying Authority prior to commencement of any works on site.
Where approval of the work zone is resolved by the Committee, the necessary work zone signage shall be installed (at the cost of the applicant) and the adopted fee paid prior to commencement of any works on site. At the expiration of the work zone approval, the applicant is required to remove the work zone signs and reinstate any previous signs at their expense.
In the event the work zone is required for a period beyond that initially approved by the Traffic Committee, the applicant shall make a payment to Council for the extended period in accordance with Council’s schedule of fees and charges for work zones prior to the extended period commencing.
Reason: To ensure that appropriate measures have been made for the operation of the site during the construction phase.
13. Sediment controls
Prior to any work commencing on site, sediment and erosion control measures shall be installed along the contour immediately downslope of any future disturbed areas.
The form of the sediment controls to be installed on the site shall be determined by reference to the ‘NSW Department of Housing manual ‘Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction’. The erosion controls shall be maintained in an operational condition until the development activities have been completed and the site fully stabilised. Sediment shall be removed from the sediment controls following each heavy or prolonged rainfall period.
Reason: To preserve and enhance the natural environment.
14. Tree protection fencing
To preserve the following tree/s, no work shall commence until the tree protection zone is fenced off at the specified radius from the trunk/s to prevent any activities, storage or the disposal of materials within the fenced area. The fence/s shall be maintained intact until the completion of all development work on site.
Reason: To protect existing trees during the construction phase.
15. Tree protective fencing type galvanised mesh
The tree protection fencing shall be constructed of galvanised pipe at 2.4 metre spacing and connected by securely attached chain mesh fencing to a minimum height of 1.8 metres in height prior to work commencing.
Reason: To protect existing trees during construction phase.
16. Tree protection signage
Prior to works commencing, tree protection signage is to be attached to each tree protection zone, displayed in a prominent position and the sign repeated at 10 metres intervals or closer where the fence changes direction. Each sign shall contain in a clearly legible form, the following information:
· Tree protection zone/No access · This fence has been installed to prevent damage to the tree/s and their growing environment both above and below ground · The name, address, and telephone number of the developer/builder and project arborist
Reason: To protect existing trees during the construction phase.
17. Tree protection measures inspection
Upon installation of the required tree protection measures, an inspection of the site by the project arborist and/or the Principal Certifying Authority is required to verify that tree protection measures comply with all relevant conditions.
Reason: To protect existing trees during the construction phase.
18. Noise and vibration management plan
Prior to the commencement of any works, a noise and vibration management plan is to be prepared by a suitably qualified expert addressing the likely noise and vibration from demolition, excavation and construction of the proposed development and provided to the Principal Certifying Authority. The management plan is to identify amelioration measures to achieve the best practice objectives of AS 2436-2010 and NSW Department of Environment and Climate Change Interim Construction Noise Guidelines. The report shall be prepared in consultation with any geotechnical report that itemises equipment to be used for excavation works.
The management plan shall address, but not be limited to, the following matters:
· identification of the specific activities that will be carried out and associated noise sources · identification of all potentially affected sensitive receivers, including residences, churches, commercial premises, schools and properties containing noise sensitive equipment · the construction noise objective specified in the conditions of this consent · the construction vibration criteria specified in the conditions of this consent · determination of appropriate noise and vibration objectives for each identified sensitive receiver · noise and vibration monitoring, reporting and response procedures · assessment of potential noise and vibration from the proposed demolition, excavation and construction activities, including noise from construction vehicles and any traffic diversions · description of specific mitigation treatments, management methods and procedures that will be implemented to control noise and vibration during construction · construction timetabling to minimise noise impacts including time and duration restrictions, respite periods and frequency · procedures for notifying residents of construction activities that are likely to affect their amenity through noise and vibration · contingency plans to be implemented in the event of non-compliances and/or noise complaints
Reason: To protect the amenity afforded to surrounding residents during the construction process.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of the construction certificate:
19. Project arborist
A project Arborist shall be commissioned prior to the release of the Construction Certificate to ensure all tree protection measures are carried out in accordance with the conditions of consent.
The project arborist shall have a minimum AQF Level 5 qualification with a minimum of 5 years experience. Details of the arborist including name, business name and contact details shall be provided to the Principal Certifying Authority with a copy to Council.
Reason: To ensure the protection of existing trees
20. Amendments to approved architectural and landscape plans
Prior to the issue of a Construction Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the approved plans listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, have been amended in accordance with the requirements of this condition as well as other conditions of this consent:
The
above plan(s) shall be amended in the following ways: · The plan is to be amended in accordance with the approved deep soil compliance plan DA500 Issue F, dated 12/08/2015.
This includes:
i. Deletion of the brick wall along the front boundary. ii. The front courtyards of Blocks A and D and rear courtyards of Blocks C and E are to have retaining walls to support the fencing. iii. The eastern side of the front courtyard of Unit 15 and the rear courtyard of Unit 12 are to have retaining walls to support the fencing. iv. The front courtyards of Blocks B, C and E and the rear courtyards of A, B and D are to have timber fencing only. (No retaining walls are required).
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the landscape plan has been amended as required by this condition.
Note: An amended plan, prepared by a landscape architect or qualified landscape designer shall be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure adequate landscaping of the site.
21. Basement car park
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the basement car park design incorporates ventilation stacks that are well integrated into the overall design and are separated from any dwelling openings.
Reason: To ensure the provision of natural ventilation to the basement car park.
22. Amendments to approved engineering plans
Prior to the issue of a Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the approved engineering plan(s), listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, have been amended in accordance with the requirements of this condition as well as other conditions of this consent:
The above engineering plan(s) shall be amended as follows:
i. Trees 4, 33, 34, 36, 37 and 38 are to be indicated on the plans in accordance with the approved landscape plan. ii. To preserve Trees 33, 34, 36, 37 and 38, the stormwater pits and pipes are to be relocated in accordance with the project arborist’s recommendations. iii. To preserve T4, the trench for the stormwater pipe is to be dug by hand and any roots greater than 50mm in diameter are to be left intact. iv. Details in relation to tree protection measures as advised by the project arborist are to be clearly indicated on the plans.
The above amendments are required to ensure compliance with the following:
· Australian Standard 2890.1- “Off-street car parking”. · Volume C Part 4 “Water Management” of the Local Centres Development Control Plan. · To preserve trees protected under the Council’s Tree Preservation Order and as specified in other conditions of consent.
Note: An amended engineering plan, prepared by a qualified engineer and endorsed by the Project Arborist, shall be submitted to the Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
23. Long service levy
In accordance with Section 109F(i) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act a Construction Certificate shall not be issued until any long service levy payable under Section 34 of the Building and Construction Industry Long Service Payments Act 1986 (or where such levy is payable by instalments, the first instalment of the levy) has been paid. Council is authorised to accept payment. Where payment has been made elsewhere, proof of payment is to be provided to Council.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
24. Builder’s indemnity insurance
The applicant, builder, developer or person who does the work on this development, must arrange builder’s indemnity insurance and submit the certificate of insurance in accordance with the requirements of Part 6 of the Home Building Act 1989 to the Certifying Authority for endorsement of the plans accompanying the Construction Certificate.
It is the responsibility of the applicant, builder or developer to arrange the builder's indemnity insurance for residential building work over the value of $20,000. The builder's indemnity insurance does not apply to commercial or industrial building work or to residential work valued at less than $20,000, nor to work undertaken by persons holding an owner/builder's permit issued by the Department of Fair Trading (unless the owner/builder's property is sold within 7 years of the commencement of the work).
Reason: Statutory requirement.
25. Outdoor lighting
Prior to the issue of a Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that all outdoor lighting will comply with AS/NZ1158.3: 1999 Pedestrian Area (Category P) Lighting and AS4282: 1997 Control of the Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting.
Note: Details demonstrating compliance with these requirements are to be submitted prior to the issue of a Construction Certificate.
Reason: To provide high quality external lighting for security without adverse affects on public amenity from excessive illumination levels.
26. Air drying facilities
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a common open space area dedicated for open air drying of clothes is provided. This area is to be located at ground level behind the building line and in a position not visible from the public domain.
In lieu of the above, written confirmation that all units will be provided with internal clothes drying facilities prior to the Occupation Certificate is to be submitted to the Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate.
Reason: Amenity & energy efficiency.
27. External service pipes and the like prohibited
Proposed water pipes, waste pipes, stack work, duct work, mechanical ventilation plant and the like must be located within the building. Details confirming compliance with this condition must be shown on construction certificate plans and detailed with construction certificate specifications. Required external vents or vent pipes on the roof or above the eaves must be shown on construction certificate plans and detailed with construction certificate specifications. External vents or roof vent pipes must not be visible from any place unless detailed upon development consent plans. Where there is any proposal to fit external service pipes or the like this must be detailed in an amended development (S96) application and submitted to Council for determination.
Vent pipes required by Sydney Water must not be placed on the front elevation of the building or front roof elevation. The applicant, owner and builder must protect the appearance of the building from the public place and the appearance of the streetscape by elimination of all external services excluding vent pipes required by Sydney Water and those detailed upon development consent plans.
Reason: To protect the streetscape and the integrity of the approved development.
28. Access for people with disabilities (residential)
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that access for people with disabilities to and from and between the public domain, residential units and all common open space areas is provided. Consideration must be given to the means of dignified and equitable access.
Compliant access provisions for people with disabilities shall be clearly shown on the plans submitted with the Construction Certificate. All details shall be provided to the Principal Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate. All details shall be prepared in consideration of the Disability Discrimination Act, and the relevant provisions of AS1428.1, AS1428.2, AS1428.4 and AS 1735.12.
Reason: To ensure the provision of equitable and dignified access for all people in accordance with disability discrimination legislation and relevant Australian Standards.
29. Adaptable units
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the nominated adaptable units within the development application, Townhouse No. 10 and No. 11 are designed as adaptable housing in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS4299-1995: Adaptable Housing.
Note: Evidence from an appropriately qualified professional demonstrating compliance with this control is to be submitted to and approved by the Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate.
Reason: Disabled access & amenity.
30. Excavation for services
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that no proposed underground services (ie: water, sewerage, drainage, gas or other service) unless previously approved by conditions of consent, are located within the canopy spread of any tree protected under Council’s Tree Preservation Order, located on the subject allotment and adjoining allotments.
Alternatively if underground services must be located within the canopy spread of any protected tree/s the plan shall be endorsed by the project arborist outlining any tree protection measures required. A plan detailing the routes of these services and trees protected under Council’s Tree Preservation Order shall be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure the protection of trees.
31. Landscape plan
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a landscape plan has been completed in accordance with Council’s DA Guide, relevant development control plans and the conditions of consent by a Landscape Architect or qualified Landscape Designer.
Note: The Landscape Plan must be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure adequate landscaping of the site.
32. Recycling and waste management
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that the development provides a common garbage collection/separation area sufficient in size to store all wheelie garbage bins and recycling bins provided by Council for the number of units in the development in accordance with Council’s Local Centres Development Control Plan. The garbage collection point is to be accessible by Council’s Waste Collection Services.
The responsibility for:
· the cleaning of waste rooms and waste service compartments; and · the transfer of bins within the property, and to the collection point once the development is in use;
shall be determined when designing the system and clearly stated in the Waste Management Plan.
Note: The architectural plans are to be amended and provided to the Certifying Authority.
Reason: Environmental protection.
33. Noise from plant in residential zone
Where any form of mechanical ventilation equipment or other noise generating plant is proposed as part of the development, prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate the Certifying Authority, shall be satisfied that the operation of an individual piece of equipment or operation of equipment in combination will not exceed more than 5dB(A) above the background level during the day when measured at the site’s boundaries and shall not exceed the background level at night (10.00pm -6.00 am) when measured at the boundary of the site.
C1. Note: A certificate from an appropriately qualified acoustic engineer is to be submitted with the Construction Certificate, certifying that all mechanical ventilation equipment or other noise generating plant in isolation or in combination with other plant will comply with the above requirements.
Reason: To comply with best practice standards for residential acoustic amenity.
34. Location of plant (residential flat buildings)
Prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate, the Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that all plant and equipment (including but not limited to air conditioning equipment) is located within the basement.
C1. Note: Architectural plans identifying the location of all plant and equipment shall be provided to the Certifying Authority.
Reason: To minimise impact on surrounding properties, improved visual appearance and amenity for locality.
35. Driveway crossing levels
Prior to issue of the Construction Certificate, driveway and associated footpath levels for any new, reconstructed or extended sections of driveway crossings between the property boundary and road alignment must be obtained from Ku-ring-gai Council. Such levels are only able to be issued by Council under the Roads Act 1993. All footpath crossings, laybacks and driveways are to be constructed according to Council's specifications "Construction of Gutter Crossings and Footpath Crossings".
Specifications are issued with alignment levels after completing the necessary application form at Customer Services and payment of the assessment fee. When completing the request for driveway levels application from Council, the applicant must attach a copy of the relevant development application drawing which indicates the position and proposed level of the proposed driveway at the boundary alignment.
This development consent is for works wholly within the property. Development consent does not imply approval of footpath or driveway levels, materials or location within the road reserve, regardless of whether this information is shown on the development application plans. The grading of such footpaths or driveways outside the property shall comply with Council's standard requirements. The suitability of the grade of such paths or driveways inside the property is the sole responsibility of the applicant and the required alignment levels fixed by Council may impact upon these levels.
The construction of footpaths and driveways outside the property in materials other than those approved by Council is not permitted.
Reason: To provide suitable vehicular access without disruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic.
36. Basement car parking details
Prior to issue of the Construction Certificate, certified parking layout plan(s) to scale showing all aspects of the vehicle access and accommodation arrangements must be submitted to and approved by the Certifying Authority. A qualified civil/traffic engineer must review the proposed vehicle access and accommodation layout and provide written certification on the plans that:
· all parking space dimensions, driveway and aisle widths, driveway grades, transitions, circulation ramps, blind aisle situations and other trafficked areas comply with Australian Standard 2890.1 - 2004 “Off-street car parking” · a clear height clearance of 2.6 metres (Volume C Part 3.4 of the Local Centres DCP for waste collection trucks) is provided over the designated garbage collection truck manoeuvring areas within the basement · no doors or gates are provided in the access driveways to the basement carpark which would prevent unrestricted access for internal garbage collection at any time from the basement garbage storage and collection area · the vehicle access and accommodation arrangements are to be constructed and marked in accordance with the certified plans
Reason: To ensure that parking spaces are in accordance with the approved development.
37. Vehicular access and garaging
Driveways and vehicular access ramps must be designed not to scrape the underside of cars. In all respects, the proposed vehicle access and accommodation arrangements must be designed and constructed to comply with Australian Standard 2890.1 - 2004 “Off-Street car parking”. Details are to be provided to and approved by the Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate.
Reason: To ensure that parking spaces are in accordance with the approved development.
38. Car parking allocation
Car parking within the development shall be allocated in the following way:
Each adaptable dwelling must be provided with car parking complying with the dimensional and location requirements of AS2890.1 - parking spaces for people with disabilities.
At least one visitor space shall also comply with the dimensional and location requirements of AS2890.1 - parking spaces for people with disabilities.
Consideration must be given to the means of access from disabled car parking spaces to other areas within the building and to footpath and roads and shall be clearly shown on the plans submitted with the Construction Certificate.
Reason: To ensure equity of access and appropriate facilities are available for people with disabilities in accordance with federal legislation.
39. Number of bicycle spaces
The basement car park shall be adapted to provide 5 bicycle spaces in accordance with the Local Centres Development Control Plan. The bicycle parking spaces shall be designed in accordance with AS2890.3. Details shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority prior to the issue of a Construction Certificate.
Reason: To provide alternative modes of transport to and from the site.
40. Energy Australia requirements
Prior to issue of the Construction Certificate, the applicant must contact Energy Australia regarding power supply for the subject development. A written response detailing the full requirements of Energy Australia (including any need for underground cabling, substations or similar within or in the vicinity the development) shall be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority for approval prior to issue of the Construction Certificate.
Any structures or other requirements of Energy Australia shall be indicated on the plans issued with the Construction Certificate, to the satisfaction of the Principal Certifying Authority and Energy Australia. The requirements of Energy Australia must be met in full prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To ensure compliance with the requirements of Energy Australia.
41. Utility provider requirements
Prior to issue of the Construction Certificate, the applicant must make contact with all relevant utility providers whose services will be impacted upon by the development. A written copy of the requirements of each provider, as determined necessary by the Certifying Authority, must be obtained. All utility services or appropriate conduits for the same must be provided by the developer in accordance with the specifications of the utility providers.
Reason: To ensure compliance with the requirements of relevant utility providers.
42. Underground services
All electrical services (existing and proposed) shall be undergrounded from the proposed building on the site to the appropriate power pole(s) or other connection point. Undergrounding of services must not disturb the root system of existing trees and shall be undertaken in accordance with the requirements of the relevant service provided. Documentary evidence that the relevant service provider has been consulted and that their requirements have been met are to be provided to the Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Construction Certificate. All electrical and telephone services to the subject property must be placed underground and any redundant poles are to be removed at the expense of the applicant.
Reason: To provide infrastructure that facilitates the future improvement of the streetscape by relocation of overhead lines below ground.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of the construction certificate or prior to demolition, excavation or construction (whichever comes first):
43. Infrastructure restorations fee
To ensure that damage to Council Property as a result of construction activity is rectified in a timely matter:
a) All work or activity taken in furtherance of the development the subject of this approval must be undertaken in a manner to avoid damage to Council Property and must not jeopardise the safety of any person using or occupying the adjacent public areas.
b) The applicant, builder, developer or any person acting in reliance on this approval shall be responsible for making good any damage to Council Property, and for the removal from Council Property of any waste bin, building materials, sediment, silt, or any other material or article.
c) The Infrastructure Restoration Fee must be paid to the Council by the applicant prior to both the issue of the Construction Certificate and the commencement of any earthworks or construction.
d) In consideration of payment of the Infrastructure Restorations Fee, Council will undertake such inspections of Council Property as Council considers necessary and also undertake, on behalf of the applicant, such restoration work to Council Property, if any, that Council considers necessary as a consequence of the development. The provision of such restoration work by the Council does not absolve any person of the responsibilities contained in (a) to (b) above. Restoration work to be undertaken by the Council referred to in this condition is limited to work that can be undertaken by Council at a cost of not more than the Infrastructure Restorations Fee payable pursuant to this condition.
e) In this condition:
“Council Property” includes any road, footway, footpath paving, kerbing, guttering, crossings, street furniture, seats, letter bins, trees, shrubs, lawns, mounds, bushland, and similar structures or features on any road or public road within the meaning of the Local Government Act 1993 (NSW) or any public place; and
“Infrastructure Restoration Fee” means the Infrastructure Restorations Fee calculated in accordance with the Schedule of Fees & Charges adopted by Council as at the date of payment and the cost of any inspections required by the Council of Council Property associated with this condition.
Reason: To maintain public infrastructure.
44. Section 94 Contributions - Local Centres.
This development is subject to a development contribution calculated in accordance with Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan 2010, being a s94 Contributions Plan in effect under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, as follows:
The contribution shall be paid to Council prior to the issue of any Construction Certificate, Linen Plan, Certificate of Subdivision or Occupation Certificate whichever comes first in accordance with Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan 2010.
The contributions specified above are subject to indexation and will continue to be indexed to reflect changes in the consumer price index and housing price index until they are paid in accordance with Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan 2010 to reflect changes in the consumer price index and housing price index. Prior to payment, please contact Council directly to verify the current payable contributions.
Copies of Council’s Contribution Plans can be viewed at Council Chambers, 818 Pacific Hwy Gordon or on Council’s website at www.kmc.nsw.gov.au.
Reason: To ensure the provision, extension or augmentation of the Key Community Infrastructure identified in Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan 2010 that will, or is likely to be, required as a consequence of the development.
Conditions to be satisfied during the demolition, excavation and construction phases:
45. Road opening permit
The opening of any footway, roadway, road shoulder or any part of the road reserve shall not be carried out without a road opening permit being obtained from Council (upon payment of the required fee) beforehand.
Reason: Statutory requirement (Roads Act 1993 Section 138) and to maintain the integrity of Council’s infrastructure.
46. Prescribed conditions
The applicant shall comply with any relevant prescribed conditions of development consent under clause 98 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation. For the purposes of section 80A (11) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, the following conditions are prescribed in relation to a development consent for development that involves any building work:
· The work must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code of Australia · In the case of residential building work for which the Home Building Act 1989 requires there to be a contract of insurance in force in accordance with Part 6 of that Act, that such a contract of insurance is in force before any works commence.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
47. Hours of work
Demolition, excavation, construction work and deliveries of building material and equipment must not take place outside the hours of 7.00am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday and 8.00am to 12 noon Saturday. No work and no deliveries are to take place on Sundays and public holidays.
Excavation or removal of any materials using machinery of any kind, including compressors and jack hammers, must be limited to between 7.30am and 5.00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite break of 45 minutes between 12 noon 1.00pm.
Where it is necessary for works to occur outside of these hours (ie) placement of concrete for large floor areas on large residential/commercial developments or where building processes require the use of oversized trucks and/or cranes that are restricted by the RTA from travelling during daylight hours to deliver, erect or remove machinery, tower cranes, pre-cast panels, beams, tanks or service equipment to or from the site, approval for such activities will be subject to the issue of an "outside of hours works permit" from Council as well as notification of the surrounding properties likely to be affected by the proposed works.
Note: Failure to obtain a permit to work outside of the approved hours will result in on the spot fines being issued.
Reason: To ensure reasonable standards of amenity for occupants of neighbouring properties.
48. Approved plans to be on site
A copy of all approved and certified plans, specifications and documents incorporating conditions of consent and certification (including the Construction Certificate if required for the work) shall be kept on site at all times during the demolition, excavation and construction phases and must be readily available to any officer of Council or the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
49. Statement of compliance with Australian Standards
The demolition work shall comply with the provisions of Australian Standard AS2601: 2001 The Demolition of Structures. The work plans required by AS2601: 2001 shall be accompanied by a written statement from a suitably qualified person that the proposal contained in the work plan comply with the safety requirements of the Standard. The work plan and the statement of compliance shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the Principal Certifying Authority prior to the commencement of any works.
Reason: To ensure compliance with the Australian Standards.
50. Construction noise
During excavation, demolition and construction phases, noise generated from the site shall be controlled in accordance with the recommendations of the approved noise and vibration management plan.
Reason: To ensure reasonable standards of amenity to neighbouring properties.
51. Site notice
A site notice shall be erected on the site prior to any work commencing and shall be displayed throughout the works period.
The site notice must:
· be prominently displayed at the boundaries of the site for the purposes of informing the public that unauthorised entry to the site is not permitted · display project details including, but not limited to the details of the builder, Principal Certifying Authority and structural engineer · be durable and weatherproof · display the approved hours of work, the name of the site/project manager, the responsible managing company (if any), its address and 24 hour contact phone number for any inquiries, including construction/noise complaint are to be displayed on the site notice · be mounted at eye level on the perimeter hoardings/fencing and is to state that unauthorised entry to the site is not permitted
Reason: To ensure public safety and public information.
52. Dust control
During excavation, demolition and construction, adequate measures shall be taken to prevent dust from affecting the amenity of the neighbourhood. The following measures must be adopted:
· physical barriers shall be erected at right angles to the prevailing wind direction or shall be placed around or over dust sources to prevent wind or activity from generating dust · earthworks and scheduling activities shall be managed to coincide with the next stage of development to minimise the amount of time the site is left cut or exposed · all materials shall be stored or stockpiled at the best locations · the ground surface should be dampened slightly to prevent dust from becoming airborne but should not be wet to the extent that run-off occurs · all vehicles carrying spoil or rubble to or from the site shall at all times be covered to prevent the escape of dust · all equipment wheels shall be washed before exiting the site using manual or automated sprayers and drive-through washing bays · gates shall be closed between vehicle movements and shall be fitted with shade cloth · cleaning of footpaths and roadways shall be carried out daily
Reason: To protect the environment and amenity of surrounding properties.
53. Post-construction dilapidation report
The applicant shall engage a suitably qualified person to prepare a post construction dilapidation report at the completion of the construction works. This report is to ascertain whether the construction works created any structural damage to adjoining buildings, infrastructure and roads. The report is to be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority. In ascertaining whether adverse structural damage has occurred to adjoining buildings, infrastructure and roads, the Principal Certifying Authority must:
· compare the post-construction dilapidation report with the pre-construction dilapidation report · have written confirmation from the relevant authority that there is no adverse structural damage to their infrastructure and roads.
A copy of this report is to be forwarded to Council at the completion of the construction works.
Reason: Management of records.
54. Compliance with submitted geotechnical report
A contractor with specialist excavation experience must undertake the excavations for the development and a suitably qualified and consulting geotechnical engineer must oversee excavation.
Geotechnical aspects of the development work, namely:
· appropriate excavation method and vibration control · support and retention of excavated faces · hydro-geological considerations
must be undertaken in accordance with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Assessment prepared by JK Geotechnics Ref: 27950Prpt dated 28 November 2014. Approval must be obtained from all affected property owners, including Ku-ring-gai Council, where rock anchors (both temporary and permanent) are proposed below adjoining property(ies).
Note 1: It will be necessary to carry out some groundwater seepage analysis to estimate the amount of groundwater that will be disposed of. Depending on the rate of seepage, it may be necessary to either obtain a dewatering licence from the NSW Office of Water.
Note 2: The basement is to be fully tanked to prevent unnecessary subsurface or groundwater extraction as per the requirement of Volume C Part 2.3.4 of the Local Centres DCP.
Reason: To ensure the safety and protection of property.
55. Toilet facilities
During excavation, demolition and construction phases, toilet facilities are to be provided, on the work site, at the rate of one toilet for every 20 persons or part of 20 persons employed at the site.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
56. Protection of public places
If the work involved in the erection, demolition or construction of the development is likely to cause pedestrian or vehicular traffic in a public place to be obstructed or rendered inconvenient, or building involves the enclosure of a public place, a hoarding or fence must be erected between the work site and the public place.
If necessary, a hoarding is to be erected, sufficient to prevent any substance from, or in connection with, the work falling into the public place.
The work site must be kept lit between sunset and sunrise if it is likely to be hazardous to persons in the public place.
Any hoarding, fence or awning is to be removed when the work has been completed.
Reason: To protect public places.
57. Approval for rock anchors
Approval is to be obtained from the property owner for any anchors proposed beneath adjoining private property. If such approval cannot be obtained, then the excavated faces are to be shored or propped in accordance with the recommendations of the geotechnical and structural engineers.
Reason: To ensure the ongoing safety and protection of property.
58. Maintenance period for works in public road
A maintenance period of six (6) months applies to all work in the public road reserve carried out by the applicant - after the works have been completed to the satisfaction of Ku-ring-gai Council. In that maintenance period, the applicant shall be liable for any section of the public infrastructure work which fails to perform in the designed manner, or as would reasonably be expected under the operating conditions. The maintenance period shall commence once the applicant receives a formal letter from Council stating that the works involving public infrastructure have been completed satisfactorily.
Reason: To protect public infrastructure.
59. Road reserve safety
All public footways and roadways fronting and adjacent to the site must be maintained in a safe condition at all times during the course of the development works. Construction materials must not be stored in the road reserve. A safe pedestrian circulation route and a pavement/route free of trip hazards must be maintained at all times on or adjacent to any public access ways fronting the construction site. Where public infrastructure is damaged, repair works must be carried out when and as directed by Council officers. Where pedestrian circulation is diverted on to the roadway or verge areas, clear directional signage and protective barricades must be installed in accordance with AS1742-3 (1996) “Traffic Control Devices for Work on Roads”. If pedestrian circulation is not satisfactorily maintained across the site frontage, and action is not taken promptly to rectify the defects, Council may undertake proceedings to stop work.
Reason: To ensure safe public footways and roadways during construction.
60. Road repairs necessitated by excavation and construction works
It is highly likely that damage will be caused to the roadway at or near the subject site as a result of the construction (or demolition or excavation) works. The applicant, owner and builder (and demolition or excavation contractor as appropriate) will be held responsible for repair of such damage, regardless of the Infrastructure Restorations Fee paid (this fee is to cover wear and tear on Council's wider road network due to heavy vehicle traffic, not actual major damage).
Section 102(1) of the Roads Act states “A person who causes damage to a public road is liable to pay to the appropriate roads authority the cost incurred by that authority in making good the damage.”
Council will notify when road repairs are needed, and if they are not carried out within 48 hours, then Council will proceed with the repairs, and will invoice the applicant, owner and relevant contractor for the balance.
Reason: To protect public infrastructure.
61. Services
Where required, the adjustment or inclusion of any new utility service facilities must be carried out by the applicant and in accordance with the requirements of the relevant utility authority. These works shall be at no cost to Council. It is the applicants’ full responsibility to make contact with the relevant utility authorities to ascertain the impacts of the proposal upon utility services (including water, phone, gas and the like). Council accepts no responsibility for any matter arising from its approval to this application involving any influence upon utility services provided by another authority.
Reason: Provision of utility services.
62. Erosion control
Temporary sediment and erosion control and measures are to be installed prior to the commencement of any works on the site. These measures must be maintained in working order during construction works up to completion. All sediment traps must be cleared on a regular basis and after each major storm and/or as directed by the Principal Certifying Authority and Council officers.
Reason: To protect the environment from erosion and sedimentation.
63. Sydney Water Section 73 Compliance Certificate
The applicant must obtain a Section 73 Compliance Certificate under the Sydney Water Act 1994. An application must be made through an authorised Water Servicing CoOrdinator. The applicant is to refer to “Your Business” section of Sydney Water’s web site at www.sydneywater.com.au <http://www.sydneywater.com.au> then the “e-develop” icon or telephone 13 20 92. Following application a “Notice of Requirements” will detail water and sewer extensions to be built and charges to be paid. Please make early contact with the CoOrdinator, since building of water/sewer extensions can be time consuming and may impact on other services and building, driveway or landscape design.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
64. Arborist’s report
The tree/s to be retained shall be inspected and monitored by an AQF Level 5 Arborist in accordance with AS4970-2009 during and after completion of development works to ensure their long term survival. Regular inspections and documentation from the project arborist to the Principal Certifying Authority are required at the following times or phases of work including date, brief description of the works inspected, and any mitigation works prescribed.
All monitoring shall be provided to the Principal Certifying Authority prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate.
· All works as recommended by the project arborist are to be undertaken by an experienced arborist with a minimum AQF Level 3 qualification.
Reason: To ensure protection of existing trees.
65. Treatment of tree roots
If tree roots and branches are required to be severed for the purposes of constructing the approved works, they shall be cut cleanly by hand, by an experienced Arborist/Horticulturist with a minimum AQF Level 3 qualification. All root and branch pruning works shall be undertaken as specified in AS 4373-2007 - Pruning of Amenity Trees.
Reason: To protect existing trees.
66. No storage of materials beneath trees
No activities, storage or disposal of materials shall take place beneath the canopy of any tree protected under Council's Tree Preservation Order at any time.
Reason: To protect existing trees.
67. Removal of refuse
All builders' refuse, spoil and/or material unsuitable for use in landscape areas shall be removed from the site on completion of the building works.
Reason: To protect the environment.
68. Canopy replenishment trees to be planted
The canopy replenishment trees to be planted shall be maintained in a healthy and vigorous condition until they attain a height of 5.0 metres whereby they will be protected by Council’s Tree Preservation Order. Any of the trees found faulty, damaged, dying or dead shall be replaced with the same species.
Reason: To maintain the treed character of the area.
69. On site retention of waste dockets
All demolition, excavation and construction waste dockets are to be retained on site, or at suitable location, in order to confirm which facility received materials generated from the site for recycling or disposal.
· Each docket is to be an official receipt from a facility authorised to accept the material type, for disposal or processing. · This information is to be made available at the request of an Authorised Officer of Council.
Reason: To protect the environment.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate:
70. Easement for waste collection
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, an easement for waste collection is to be created under Section 88B of the Conveyancing Act 1919. This is to permit legal access for Council, Council’s contractors and their vehicles over the subject property for the purpose of collecting waste from the property. The terms of the easement are to be generally in accordance with Council’s draft terms for an easement for waste collection and shall be to the satisfaction of Council’s Development Engineer.
Reason: To permit legal access for Council, Council’s contractors and their vehicles over the subject site for waste collection.
71. Lot amalgamation Prior to the issue of an occupation certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority is to be satisfied that Lot 1 in DP17642 and Lot 5 in DP17642 have been amalgamated and registered by NSW Land & Property Information. Reason: To ensure orderly development of the site. 72. Compliance with BASIX Certificate All commitments listed in each relevant BASIX Certificate for the development must be fulfilled prior to an Occupation Certificate being issued.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
73. Mechanical ventilation
Following completion, installation and testing of all the mechanical ventilation systems, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied of the following prior to the issue of any Occupation Certificate:
1. The installation and performance of the mechanical systems complies with:
· The Building Code of Australia · Australian Standard AS1668 · Australian Standard AS3666 where applicable
2. The mechanical ventilation system in isolation and in association with other mechanical ventilation equipment, when in operation will not be audible within a habitable room in any other residential premises before 7am and after 10pm Monday to Friday and before 8am and after 10pm Saturday, Sunday and public holidays. The operation of the unit outside these restricted hours shall emit a noise level of not greater than 5dbA above the background when measured at the nearest adjoining boundary.
Note: Written confirmation from an acoustic engineer that the development achieves the above requirements is to be submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority prior to the issue of the Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To protect the amenity of surrounding properties.
74. Completion of landscape works
Prior to the release of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority is to be satisfied that all landscape works, including the removal of all noxious and/or environmental weed species, have been undertaken in accordance with the approved plan(s) and conditions of consent.
Reason: To ensure that the landscape works are consistent with the development consent.
75. Accessibility
Prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that:
· the lift design and associated functions are compliant with AS 1735.12 & AS 1428.2 · the level and direction of travel, both in lifts and lift lobbies, is audible and visible · the controls for lifts are accessible to all persons and control buttons and lettering are raised · international symbols have been used with specifications relating to signs, symbols and size of lettering complying with AS 1428.2 · the height of lettering on signage is in accordance with AS 1428.1 - 1993 · the signs and other information indicating access and services incorporate tactile communication methods in addition to the visual methods
Reason: Disabled access & services.
76. Retention and re-use positive covenant
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the applicant must create a positive covenant and restriction on the use of land under Section 88E of the Conveyancing Act 1919, burdening the property with the requirement to maintain the site stormwater retention and re-use facilities on the property.
The terms of the instruments are to be generally in accordance with the Council's "draft terms of Section 88B instruments for protection of retention and re-use facilities" and to the satisfaction of Council (refer to Council’s Local Centres DCP Volume C Part4R.9). For existing titles, the positive covenant and the restriction on the use of land is to be created through an application to the Land Titles Office in the form of a request using forms 13PC and 13RPA. The relative location of the reuse and retention facility, in relation to the building footprint, must be shown on a scale sketch, attached as an annexure to the request forms.
Registered title documents showing the covenants and restrictions must be submitted to and approved by the Principal Certifying Authority prior to issue of an Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To protect the environment.
77. Provision of copy of OSD designs if Council is not the PCA
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the following must be provided to Council’s Development Engineer:
· a copy of the approved Construction Certificate stormwater detention/retention design for the site. · A copy of any works-as-executed drawings required by this consent. · The Engineer’s certification of the as-built system.
Reason: For Council to maintain its database of as-constructed on-site stormwater detention systems.
78. Certification of drainage works
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority is to be satisfied that:
· the stormwater drainage works have been satisfactorily completed in accordance with the approved Construction Certificate drainage plans · the minimum retention and on-site detention storage volume requirements of BASIX and Council’s Local Centres DCP Volume C Part 4B.5 respectively, have been achieved · retained water is connected and available for use · basement and subsoil areas are able to drain via a pump/sump system installed in accordance with AS3500.3 and Council’s Local Centres DCP Volume C Part 4R.6 · all grates potentially accessible by children are secured · components of the new drainage system have been installed by a licensed plumbing contractor in accordance with the Plumbing and Drainage Code AS3500.3 2003 and the Building Code of Australia · all enclosed floor areas, including habitable and garage floor levels, are safeguarded from outside stormwater runoff ingress by suitable differences in finished levels, gradings and provision of stormwater collection devices
Note: Evidence from a qualified and experienced consulting civil/hydraulic engineer documenting compliance with the above is to be provided to Council prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To protect the environment.
79. WAE plans for stormwater management and disposal
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, a registered surveyor must provide a works as executed survey of the completed stormwater drainage and management systems. The survey must be submitted to and approved by the Principal Certifying Authority prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate. The survey must indicate:
· as built (reduced) surface and invert levels for all drainage pits · gradients of drainage lines, materials and dimensions · as built (reduced) level(s) at the approved point of discharge to the public drainage system · as built location and internal dimensions of all detention and retention structures on the property (in plan view) and horizontal distances to nearest adjacent boundaries and structures on site · the achieved storage volumes of the installed retention and detention storages and derivative calculations · as built locations of all access pits and grates in the detention and retention system(s), including dimensions · the size of the orifice or control fitted to any on-site detention system · dimensions of the discharge control pit and access grates · the maximum depth of storage possible over the outlet control · top water levels of storage areas and indicative RL’s through the overland flow path in the event of blockage of the on-site detention system
The works as executed plan(s) must show the as built details above in comparison to those shown on the drainage plans approved with the Construction Certificate prior to commencement of works. All relevant levels and details indicated must be marked in red on a copy of the Principal Certifying Authority stamped construction certificate stormwater plans.
Reason: To protect the environment.
80. Basement pump-out maintenance
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a maintenance regime has been prepared for the basement stormwater pump-out system.
Note: A maintenance regime specifying that the system is to be regularly inspected and checked by qualified practitioners is to be prepared by a suitable qualified professional and provided to the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To protect the environment.
81. OSD positive covenant/restriction
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the applicant must create a positive covenant and restriction on the use of land under Section 88E of the Conveyancing Act 1919, burdening the owner with the requirement to maintain the on-site stormwater detention facilities on the lot.
The terms of the instruments are to be generally in accordance with the Council's "draft terms of Section 88B instrument for protection of on-site detention facilities" and to the satisfaction of Council (refer to Council’s Local Centres DCP Volume C Part4R.9). For existing titles, the positive covenant and the restriction on the use of land is to be created through an application to the Land Titles Office in the form of a request using forms 13PC and 13RPA. The relative location of the on-site detention facility, in relation to the building footprint, must be shown on a scale sketch, attached as an annexure to the request forms.
Registered title documents, showing the covenants and restrictions, must be submitted and approved by the Principal Certifying Authority prior to issue of an Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To protect the environment.
82. Sydney Water Section 73 Compliance Certificate
Prior to issue of an Occupation Certificate the Section 73 Sydney water Compliance Certificate must be obtained and submitted to the Principal Certifying Authority
Reason: Statutory requirement.
83. Certification of as-constructed driveway/carpark - RFB
Prior to issue of an Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority is to be satisfied that:
· the as-constructed car park complies with the approved Construction Certificate plans · the completed vehicle access and accommodation arrangements comply with Australian Standard 2890.1 - 2004 “Off-Street car parking" and the Seniors Living State Environment Planning Policy in terms of minimum parking space dimensions · finished driveway gradients and transitions will not result in the scraping of the underside of cars · no doors, gates, grilles or other structures have been provided in the access driveways to the basement carpark, which would prevent unrestricted access for internal garbage collection from the basement garbage storage and collection area · the vehicular headroom requirements of: - Australian Standard 2890.1 - “Off-street car parking”, - The Seniors Living SEPP (as last amended) for accessible parking spaces, - 2.6 metres height clearance for waste collection trucks (refer DCP 40) are met from the public street into and within the applicable areas of the basement carpark.
Note: Evidence from a suitably qualified and experienced traffic/civil engineer indicating compliance with the above is to be provided to and approved by the Principal Certifying Authority prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate.
Reason: To ensure that vehicular access and accommodation areas are compliant with the consent.
84. Reinstatement of redundant crossings and completion of infrastructure works
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority must be satisfied that he or she has received a signed inspection form from Council which states that the following works in the road reserve have been completed:
· new concrete driveway crossing in accordance with levels and specifications issued by Council · removal of all redundant driveway crossings and kerb laybacks (or sections thereof) and reinstatement of these areas to footpath, turfed verge and upright kerb and gutter (reinstatement works to match surrounding adjacent infrastructure with respect to integration of levels and materials) · full repair and resealing of any road surface damaged during construction · full replacement of damaged sections of grass verge to match existing
This inspection may not be carried out by the Private Certifier because restoration of Council property outside the boundary of the site is not a matter listed in Clause 161 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000.
All works must be completed in accordance with the General Specification for the Construction of Road and Drainage Works in Ku-ring-gai Council, dated November 2004. The Occupation Certificate must not be issued until all damaged public infrastructure caused as a result of construction works on the subject site (including damage caused by, but not limited to, delivery vehicles, waste collection, contractors, sub contractors, concrete vehicles) is fully repaired to the satisfaction of Council. Repair works shall be at no cost to Council.
Reason: To protect the streetscape.
85. Construction of works in public road - approved plans
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority must be satisfied that all approved road, footpath and/or drainage works have been completed in the road reserve in accordance with the Council Roads Act approval and accompanying drawings, conditions and specifications.
The works must be supervised by the applicant’s designing engineer and completed and approved to the satisfaction of Ku-ring-gai Council.
The supervising consulting engineer is to provide certification upon completion that the works were constructed in accordance with the Council approved stamped drawings. The works must be subject to inspections by Council at the hold points noted on the Roads Act approval. All conditions attached to the approved drawings for these works must be met prior to the Occupation Certificate being issued.
Reason: To ensure that works undertaken in the road reserve are to the satisfaction of Council.
86. Infrastructure repair
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority must be satisfied that any damaged public infrastructure caused as a result of construction works (including damage caused by, but not limited to, delivery vehicles, waste collection, contractors, sub contractors, concrete vehicles) is fully repaired to the satisfaction of Council Development Engineer and at no cost to Council.
Reason: To protect public infrastructure.
87. Mechanical ventilation
Prior to the issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that all mechanical ventilation systems are installed in accordance with Part F4.5 of the Building Code of Australia and comply with Australian Standards AS1668.2 and AS3666 Microbial Control of Air Handling and Water Systems of Building.
Reason: To ensure adequate levels of health and amenity to the occupants of the building.
88. Fire safety certificate
Prior to the issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that a Fire Safety Certificate for all the essential fire or other safety measures forming part of this consent has been completed and provided to Council.
Note: A copy of the Fire Safety Certificate must be submitted to Council.
Reason: To ensure suitable fire safety measures are in place.
|
Scott McInnes Executive Assessment Officer |
Selwyn Segall Team Leader - Development Assessment North |
Corrie Swanepoel Manager Development Assessment Services |
Michael Miocic Director Development & Regulation |
A1View |
Zoning extract |
|
2015/193701 |
|
|
A2View |
Notification & submission map |
|
2015/193204 |
|
A3View |
Architectural Plans |
|
2015/242121 |
|
A4View |
Cl. 4.6 Variation request for site requirements for multi dwelling housing |
|
2015/159328 |
APPENDIX No: 4 - Cl. 4.6 Variation request for site requirements for multi dwelling housing |
|
Item No: GB.7 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.8 / 330 |
|
|
Item GB.8 |
DA0430/14 |
|
19 August 2015 |
development application
Summary Sheet
Report title: |
14 Carlotta Avenue Gordon - Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two and construction of a new dwelling |
ITEM/AGENDA NO: |
GB.8 |
Application No: |
DA0430/14 |
Property Details: |
No. 14 Carlotta Avenue, Gordon NSW 2072 Lot & DP No: Lot B & DP 365052 Site area (sqm): 1815m2 Zoning: Residential 2(c2) |
Ward: |
Gordon |
Proposal/Purpose: |
Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two and construction of a new dwelling
|
Type of Consent: |
Integrated (Water Management Act 2000) |
Applicant: |
Architecture Design Studio |
Owner: |
Mr A R El Moungged & Mrs B El Moungged |
Date Lodged: |
21 October 2014 |
Recommendation: |
Refusal |
Purpose of Report
To determine Development Application No.0430/14, for Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two lots and construction of a new dwelling on one of the newly created lots at 14 Carlotta Avenue, Gordon.
The application is required to be determined by full Council. Council’s attention is directed to Planning Circular PS 08-014 from the NSW Department of Planning (attached) concerning the determination by Council of Development Applications where a variation of a development standard is sought under the provisions of SEPP No. 1.
The circular requires that all development applications which involve a variation greater than 10% under the provisions of SEPP No. 1 be determined by full Council. The application involves variations greater than 10% to development standards for minimum allotment size and street frontage width under Clause 25H(3)(a) and Clause 25H(4) of the KPSO. As a consequence, the application must be determined by full Council.
integrated planning and reporting
PLACES, SPACES & INFRASTRUCTURE
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P2.1 A robust planning framework is in place to deliver quality design outcomes and maintain the identity and character of Ku-ring-gai |
Applications are assessed in accordance with State and local plans |
Assessments are of a high quality, accurate and consider all relevant legislative requirements
|
Executive Summary
Issues |
· Significant variation to the minimum allotment size (929m2). · The smaller allotment with a narrow site width for proposed Lot 2 cannot adequately accommodate a reasonably sized dwelling. · Insufficient vehicular access and garage width opening. · Inadequate information to allow for a proper assessment of the application. |
Submissions |
One submission received. |
Land & Environment Court |
N/A
|
Recommendation |
Refusal
|
|
|
LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS: |
|
|
|
Zoning at lodgement |
Residential 2(c2) (zoning under KLEP 2015: E4) |
Permissible under |
KPSO & KLEP 2015 |
Relevant legislation |
Water Management Act 2000 SEPP 1 – Development Standards SEPP 55 – Remediation of Land SREP (Sydney Harbour Catchment) 2005 SEPP (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004 KPSO Draft KLEP 2013 (now gazetted KLEP 2015) DCP 38 Residential Design Manual DCP 56 Notification Section 94 – Development Contribution Plan |
Integrated Development
|
Yes under the Water Management Act 2000 |
History
Pre-DA (previous proposal)
On 3 June 2013, a Pre- DA consultation was undertaken for the construction of a detached dual occupancy development. The applicant was advised of the following key issues:
· detached dual occupancy development is prohibited development under the zoning.
· the dwelling is within the 10m riparian setback required from the bank of the watercourse that dissects the site
· the development would impact on a large Sydney Turpentine tree located at the rear of the proposed dwelling
· a qualified arborist should determine the setback of the proposed dwelling and driveway location from Sydney Turpentine tree
· information required for any future application should include an arborist’s report, Flora and Fauna Report and Vegetation Management Plan.
DA history (previous proposal)
On 17 September 2013, DA 0347/13 was lodged for a new dwelling to create a dual occupancy development and strata title subdivision. On 14 January 2014, Council refused the application for the following reasons:
· In order for the strata titled subdivision to occur, the commencement of constructing a new dwelling is required. Consequently, the development will result in creating two dwellings on one lot and will therefore constitute a dual occupancy development. Detached dual occupancy development is prohibited in accordance with KPSO. Dual occupancy development is only permissible on land highlighted on the LEP No. 200- Detached Dual Occupancy Map.
The proposed development is prohibited development under the provision of the KPSO. Council cannot support a prohibited development and as a consequence Council is not in a position to consider the merits of the proposal.
Current DA history
21 October 2014
|
The application was lodged. |
03 November 2014 |
The application was notified to the owners of surrounding properties. A stop the clock letter was also sent to the applicant requesting information relating to the BASIX certificate, stormwater management plan and assessment fee for integrated development (NSW Office of Water).
|
05 November 2014 |
A referral was sent to the NSW Office of Water
|
17 November 2014 |
A submission was received from Mr D Lee and Ms N Huston from 16A Carlotta Avenue.
|
27 November 2014 |
Council received comment from the Office of Water supporting the application subject to the implementation of its General Terms of Approval (GTA’s).
|
18 December 2014 |
The applicant requested an extension of time for submitting the information requested under the stop the clock letter.
|
30 January 2015 |
A preliminary assessment letter was sent to the applicant requesting further information and amended plans. The letter outlined the key issues with the application, being:
· unsatisfactory landscape plan · adverse impact to the riparian corridor · tree impacts · arborist’s report required · potential impacts to the STIF community · unclear subdivision plan · drawing inconsistencies
|
25 February 2015 |
A follow up letter was sent to the applicant regarding the additional information and plans detailed in the STC letter and preliminary assessment letter.
|
07 April 2015 |
The applicant advised that the additional information will be provided to Council by 10 April 2015.
|
14 April 2015 |
Amended plans and additional information were received.
|
18 June 2015 |
The applicant was advised that the proposal is unsatisfactory and the application would be determined using the available information.
|
THE SITE AND SURROUNDING AREA
The site
Zoning: Residential 2(c2) & (E4 under KLEP 2015)
Visual Character Study Category: 1920- 1945
Lot Number: B
DP Number: 365052
Area: 1815sqm
Side of Street: North
Cross Fall: From the north (rear) and south (front) to the centre of the site where the watercourse is located
Stormwater Drainage: Drainage easement located in the centre of the site
Heritage Affected: No
Integrated Development: Yes – Office of Water (Water Management Act 2000)
Bush Fire Prone Land: No
Endangered Species: Yes – Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest
Urban Bushland: No
Contaminated Land: No
Riparian land: Yes- Category 3, watercourse which includes a 3.65m wide drainage easement
Site description
The subject site is legally described as Lot B in DP 365052 and is otherwise known as 14 Carlotta Avenue, Gordon. The site is located on the northern side of Carlotta Avenue approximately 100m to the east of the intersection with Mona Vale Road, as can be seen in Figure 1, Locality Map. The site is rectangular in shape, with a frontage of 15.24m and western and eastern side boundaries of approximately 120.27m. The site has a total area of 1815m2.
Figure 1: Locality Map
The site falls from the front boundary at RL101.0 down to the watercourse that dissects the site and then rises towards the rear (existing dwelling) of the site to approximately RL 102.63 which is the northern side of the existing swimming pool. The watercourse dissecting the site is known as Stoney Creek and runs from east to west. It is located approximately 20 metres from the front boundary. Stoney Creek is classified as a Category 3 watercourse under the riparian provisions contained within the KPSO. A drainage easement, which is 3.65m wide, is located within the riparian corridor. The site also contains Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest (STIF) community, which is an endangered ecological community. The STIF community is primarily located along the watercourse.
The site contains a two storey dwelling house,located approximately mid-way along the site approximately 31metres from the front boundary. Vehicular access to the dwelling is via a concrete driveway located adjacent to the western side boundary. A concrete bridge has been constructed over the watercourse to provide pedestrian and vehicular access to the dwelling.
Surrounding development
The surrounding development mainly consists of single dwelling houses, although the site is located opposite the Council’s old works depot, which has approval for an aged care facility.
Adjoining the site to the east is 16 and 16A Carlotta Avenue, Gordon which contains a strata title detached dual occupancy development approved under SEPP 53 (Metropolitan Residential Development) on 14 April 2005. The property has a total area of 1850m2 with strata plan lot known as 16A Carlotta Avenue having an area of 634m2 and strata plan lot known as 16 Carlotta Avenue having an area of 883m2.
To the west is 12 Carlotta Avenue which contains a dwelling house. Not dissimilar to the subject site, the dwelling is located towards the rear of the site away from the sensitive areas of the STIF community and Stoney Creek riparian corridor. The total site area of 12 Carlotta Avenue is 1780m2 and it is also heavily vegetated along Stoney Creek as can be seen in Figure 2, Aerial Photograph.
Figure 2: Aerial Photograph
The Proposal
The application proposes Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two lots, the construction of a two storey dwelling house and retention of the existing dwelling:
1. Lot 1: will contain the existing dwelling and will have an area of 1354.48m2. Lot 1 will be a battle-axe block, with a 3.3m wide access handle providing access from Carlotta Avenue.
2. Lot 2: will contain the proposed dwelling, which will front Carlotta Avenue. Lot 2 will have a total area of 461.89m2. Details of the proposed dwelling house are:
· Ground floor: single garage, kitchen, living and dining area, laundry, WC, study, terrace at the rear of the dwelling and a car space located in front of the dwelling
· First floor: master bedroom with ensuite, 3 bedrooms, bathroom, and a balcony.
Consultation
Community
In accordance with Development Control Plan No.56, owners of surrounding properties were given notice of the application. In response, one submission was received from the following:
1. D Lee & N Hutson, 16 A Carlotta Avenue, Gordon
The submission raised the following issues:
Small land component not in keeping with the area.
The proposed subdivision does not comply with the 929m2 minimum allotment size and 18m lot width requirements under the KPSO. it is agreed that the proposed smaller lot is inconsistent with the subdivision pattern in the locality and will result in a significant detrimental impact.
Privacy will be compromised.
The proposed terrace and first floor balcony are elevated above ground level by 1.5m and 4.2m, respectively. The elevated terrace and balcony will afford overlooking onto the private space and balcony of the neighbouring at No. 16A Carlotta Avenue, Gordon. The proposed development will impinge on the privacy of the neighbouring property.
Light and sunlight will be compromised.
According to the applicant’s shadow diagram, the proposed dwelling will provide 4 hours of solar access to the adjoining properties, which is compliant with Council’s control.
Noise levels will be significantly increased.
The noise generated from a proposed dwelling is unlikely to result in any unreasonable acoustic impacts to neighbouring properties.
The creek will be impacted with potential flooding occurring in a number of properties adjoining the creek.
The proposed development was referred to Council’s Development Engineer who is satisfied that the development will not result in a significant impact in this regard.
Environment will change from low density to high density.
The proposed development does not comply with the objectives for subdivision in residential zones under Clause 25H(1) of the KPSO and development controls under DCP 38. It also fails to satisfy the objectives of the E4 Environmental Living zone under the KLEP 2015. The proposed subdivision and construction of a new dwelling will unduly impact upon the vegetation on site on the subdivision pattern within the locality.
Natural inhabitants of the creek (Water Dragons) and natural inhabitants of the trees (Morepork Owls) will be impacted.
The development application was referred to Council’s Ecological Assessment Officer who is satisfied that the proposal will not unduly impact upon on endangered fauna on the site.
Proposed car parking will be allocated immediately adjacent to our bedroom accommodation.
The proposed car space has nil setback to the eastern side boundary and does not allow for landscaping along the side boundary. A landscape buffer is necessary along this section of driveway to minimise amenity impacts between properties. The proposed car parking in front of the building line will likely have an adverse impact upon the streetscape and amenity of the neighbouring properties.
INTERNAL REFERRALS
Landscaping
Council’s Team leader Landscape and Ecological Assessment commented on the proposal as follows:
First referral
“Landscape plan
The landscape plan is inconsistent with the vegetation management plan in regard to treatment of the riparian area. The landscape treatment of riparian area should be consistent with the vegetation management plan.
The site is mapped as having biodiversity significance and planting selected is to be consistent with local vegetative communities as specified in the KPSO, draft KLEP and DCP 2013.The proposed planting at present does not reflect this.
The landscape plan is inconsistent with the architectural plans.
The hard copy of the landscape plan is not at a scale satisfactory for assessment and is to be provided at the full size of 1:100. There appears to be no electronic copy of this document submitted within Council’s records.
The landscape plan does not clearly indicate proposed external levels and top of wall heights, notwithstanding heights to walls in the two sections. More information is required. It is unclear whether contours represent proposed or existing levels.
Retaining walls and fill
The proposed filling of the rear of Lot 2 and construction of a retaining wall within the riparian area is not supported. The amount of fill is excessive, not compliant with Section 4.3.7 of DCP 38 and is likely to detrimentally impact the watercourse and trees.
The section through the rear of the site and to the creek does not show the existing ground line nor the creek bank and therefore does not indicate the extent of fill which appears to be at least 3.3m in depth.
Tree impacts
Retaining walls located on boundaries and within tree protection zones of trees to be retained are not supported and are not consistent with Section 4.3.7 of DCP 38.
The proposed retaining wall and fill adjacent the Syncarpia glomulifera is not supported as it is likely to compromise the stability and health of this tree.
It is unclear whether the driveway is widened near the existing remnant tree within the adjacent property. The driveway is shown to the boundary adjacent to this tree, however the survey shows the driveway slightly inside the tree protection zone of this tree within the neighbouring property. If the driveway is rebuilt there are potential impacts on the Tree Protection Zone and structural root zone of this tree.
Arborist’s report
The submitted arborist report only assesses one tree and has not assessed the impacts of the proposed dwelling and associated works on trees.
All trees retained and removed are to be identified, numbered consistent with the arborist’s report and indicated on the landscape plan. This includes trees on adjacent properties in proximity of the proposal.
Stormwater plan
The actual treatment of the stormwater outlet within the creek is unclear. It is also unclear how the outlet will be designed in conjunction with the proposed retaining wall within the riparian area.
Drawing inconsistency
The treatment of the rear yard and walls indicated to the front yard are inconsistent with the architectural plans and elevations”
Second referral
The landscape comment on the amended plans and additional information is summarised below:
“The following information or amendment is required:
Arborist assessment
The arborist assessment has not calculated the total encroachments within the Tree Protection Zone of the mature Turpentine as the encroachment percentage statement does not consider the area of the existing driveway.
As the level of encroachment may therefore be approximately 25%, the arborist is to re calculate the total of the encroachment both proposed and existing and re – consider the tree’s viability in respect of all encroachments consistent with the principles under AS 4970-20093, 3.3.3 and 3.3.4.
Where discounting the terrace as an encroachment ,the arborist is to consider the encroachment of this area within the structural root zone and also whether the soil and feeder roots retained under the proposed terrace are likely to remain viable in the long term.
There has been no comprehensive inventory or assessment of all trees on or adjacent the site. Trees proposed to be removed are not documented or assessed.
As indicated previously, an arborist’s report is to be provided by an arborist with a minimum qualification AQF5 fully assessing the health and structure and impacts of the proposed works on all trees including trees on adjacent properties within proximity of the works and including trees proposed for removal.
A site specific tree protection plan showing locations of tree protection structures is to be provided.
Landscape plan
Details of plant species locations are to be indicated on the plan.
For neighbour amenity and to compensate for the loss of vegetation in this area, the paved drying area is to be relocated and substantial screen planting adjacent the elevated terrace to the eastern boundary is necessary.
The Turpentine located on the western edge of the driveway within the adjacent property must be shown on the plans.
As previously requested, all trees retained and removed are to be identified , numbered consistent with the arborist report and indicated on the landscape plan. This includes trees on adjacent properties in proximity of the proposal. The proposed lawn to the front setback and also to the eastern side setback is not considered practical and should be replaced with planting. The landscape plan is not consistent in regards to the car space configuration with the architectural plans.
Details of terrace
Details of the proposed terrace are to be provided, illustrating that it is an elevated lightweight timber structure, (using isolated small diameter posts) as indicated in the arborist report. The terrace is to be relocated outside of the Turpentine’s structural root zone.
Driveway
Confirm on the site plan that the existing driveway and levels to the driveway within the TPZ of the Turpentine are to remain as existing.”
Ecological
Council’s Ecological Assessment Officer commented on the proposal as follows:
Ecology comments
During the site inspection, Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest (STIF) listed as an Endangered Ecological Community (EEC) under both the Threatened Species Conservation Act 1995 and under the Environmental Protection & Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ,was identified within the site.
The STIF community comprised of scattered canopy trees of the following species Syncapria glomilufera (Sydney Turpentine) specimens’ amongst an understorey dominated by weedy shrubs and groundcovers. The STIF community primarily occupies the vegetation on the embankment of the watercourse which passes through the middle portion of the site.
Environmental controls
The native vegetation within the site, which occurs primarily adjacent to the watercourse, has been mapped as an area of biodiversity significance under the KPSO.
The site is mapped as containing a Category 3 Riparian Corridor which occurs on the southern side of the existing dwelling. In accordance with Council’s Riparian Policy, category 3 watercourses require a 10m core riparian zone (CRZ). The proposed dwelling is within the category 3 riparian corridor.
The vegetation along the watercourse has also been mapped as category 3 watercourse under the draft KLEP 2013.
In order to construct the proposed dwelling, a large Turpentine is likely to be impacted by the proposed land filling. The proposed filling of the land does not to satisfy the riparian & biodiversity lands controls under the draft KLEP 2013. A re-design is required to ensure that no STIF is removed and that any future dwelling be located outside the STIF community.
The landscape assessment officer has requested further arboricultural assessment.
Conclusion: The application is not acceptable on ecological grounds, further arboricultural information is required as per the comments above.
Second referral
A vegetation management plan (VMP) has been prepared which addresses the required management of the area of land identified as biodiversity and riparian with regard to the proposed development. The VMP ensures that the ecological values of the biodiversity and riparian areas, as defined under KLEP 2015, are maintained and are not likely to be detrimentally affected by the proposal.
The proposed development will result in an improvement to the existing riparian and biodiversity area through the selective removal of weeds and planting of native species characteristic of STIF.
Conclusion: The application is now acceptable on ecological grounds, subject to conditions.
Planners Comment: The proposed land fill was deleted on the landscape plan (Drawing No.: LA-01 received on 14 April 2015) and the tree impact to the large Turpentine has been resolved.
Engineering
Council’s Engineering Assessment Officer commented on the proposal as follows:
“The stormwater drainage plan, Job No. 140764 Dwg. No. D01(B), D02(A) and D03(B) prepared by Australian Consulting Engineers has been reviewed. An Overland Hydraulic Report has been submitted by Australian Consulting Engineers dated February 2015. On the basis of the report the development proposal will not be subject to inundation or increase the 100 year ARI overland flow level on the neighbouring properties.
Further information is required for assessment to proceed.
· A driveway longitudinal section shall be provided starting from the street gutter to the proposed garage demonstrating that the proposed profile complies with Australian Standards 2890.1 - 2004 ‘’Off Street car parking”. The longitudinal section shall be at a recognised scale including the existing levels.
· Due to the location of the patio, a vehicle cannot exit the garage utilising the proposed driveway and turning area. Please show the turning path and manoeuvrability for a vehicle to exit the site in a forward manner. The design is to be in accordance with AS 2890.1:2004 using the B85 design template.
· Car space finished level shall be marked on the stormwater plan. Any retaining wall or kerb on the southern side if required shall be shown on all plans.
· All trees are to be indicated and numbered on the stormwater drainage plan.
· Survey detail should be incorporated into the stormwater drainage plan.”
Second referral
Comments on the amended plans and additional information is summarised below:
“The applicant has provided satisfactory water management plans and an overland flow assessment. However, the following engineering reason for refusal is identified.
Inadequate and unsatisfactory vehicular access
Particulars
The documentation does not demonstrate that the development would result in satisfactory vehicular access to either the existing residence or the new dwelling.
The width of the existing concrete driveway is between 2.0 and 2.5 metres wide (scaled from the drawings, as dimensions are not given). This is already less than recommended in AS2890.1:2004 Off street car parking (3.0 metres for a domestic driveway).
The architectural plans show the new garage wall right up to and possibly over the driveway. This will further restrict the already narrow vehicular access along the driveway to the existing dwelling.
No levels are provided of the proposed transition from the existing driveway to the new garage and car space. It appears that a section of the existing driveway would have to be reconstructed. The resulting steep gradient along the southern side of the curved section would result in unacceptable grades and transitions in front of the garage.
The width of the apron in front of the garage is insufficient for adequate manoeuvring of vehicles out of the garage and into the driveway in a forward direction.”
Planners Comment: The deficiencies discussed above form a part of the reasons for the recommendation of refusal.
OUTSIDE COUNCIL
Department of Primary Industries (Office of Water)
Under the provisions of Section 91 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, the proposal is Integrated Development because it requires a Controlled Activity Approval (CAA) under the Water Management Act 2000 (WMA). Accordingly, the development was referred to the Office of Water and General Terms of Approval were provided and would be included as conditions of consent were Council to approve the application.
Statutory Provisions
State Environmental Planning Policy No 1 - Objection to Development Standards
This policy provides flexibility in the application of development standards within Planning Instruments in circumstances where strict compliance would be unreasonable or unnecessary or tend to hinder the attainment of the objects specified under Section 5(a)(1) of the Act. Clause 6 of SEPP 1 incorporates the mechanism for making of a SEPP 1 Objection and provides as follows:
Where development could, but for any development standard, be carried out under the Act, the person intending to carry out that development may make a development application in respect of that development, supported by written objection that the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case, and specify the grounds of that objection.
A SEPP 1 Objection has been submitted in respect of the non-compliances with development standards contained within Clauses 25H(3)(a) and (4) of the KPSO. An assessment of the objection is contained below under the KPSO assessment.
State Environmental Planning Policy No. 55 – Remediation of Land
The provisions of SEPP 55 require Council to consider the potential for a site to be contaminated. The subject site has a history of residential use and as such, it is unlikely to contain any contamination and further investigation is not warranted in this case.
State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004
A valid BASIX certificate has been submitted. The certificate demonstrates compliance with the provisions of the SEPP and adequately reflects all amendments to the application.
Sydney Regional Environmental Planning Policy (Sydney Harbour Catchment) 2005
SREP 2005 applies to the site as the site is located in the Sydney Harbour Catchment. The Planning Principles in Part 2 of the SREP must be considered in the preparation of environmental planning instruments, development control plans, environmental studies and master plans. The proposal is not affected by the provisions of the SREP which relate to the assessment of development applications as the site is not located in the Foreshores and Waterways Area as defined by the Foreshores and Waterways Area Map.
Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance
At the time of lodgement the Ku ring gai Planning Scheme Ordinance (KPSO) was the principal environmental planning instrument (EPI) applying to the development. Since the lodgement of the application Ku ring Local Environmental Plan 2015 (KLEP 2015) has been gazetted. There is a savings provision in this instrument that requires the KLEP 2015 to be considered as if it had not been made i.e. to be treated as a draft instrument. The application has been assessed on this basis and significant weight is given to the KLEP 2015 given that it has been gazetted and now applies to the subject site.
Zoning
The site is zoned Residential 2(c2) under the KPSO. The subdivision of the site and construction of a new dwelling is permissible with development consent.
Development standards
Development standard |
Proposed |
Complies |
Subdivision for dwelling houses |
|
|
Clause 25H (3)(a) Minimum size allotments: 929sqm (min) |
Lot 1: 1354.478sqm Lot 2: 461.89sqm |
YES NO |
Clause 25H (4) Street frontage: 18m (min) |
Total: 15.4m Lot 1: 3.3m (access handle) Lot 2: 12.1m |
NO NO |
Building height Clause 46(2): 8m (max) |
Lot 1: Existing dwelling: No architectural plans of the existing dwelling have been submitted with the application. Lot 2: Proposed dwelling 6.4m |
Unknown
YES |
Built upon areas : Clause 60C(2): 60% (max) Lot 1: 812.68sqm
Lot 2: 277.13sqm |
Lot 1: approx. 41.8% (567.3sqm) Lot 2: 48.19% (222.6sqm) |
YES
YES |
Aim and objectives for residential zones
Clause 25C and 25D of the KPSO state the aims and objectives for development in the residential zone. The proposed development does not comply with the objectives under these Clauses because it fails to encourage the orderly development of land, it does not encourage the protection of existing trees within setback areas and does not encourage safety and security of private development as it does not provide a high standard of building design and landscape design nor does it protect the environmental qualities of the area.
Heritage /conservation areas:
The subject site is not listed as a heritage item nor it is located within a heritage conservation area. There are no impacts on Aboriginal heritage.
Minimum allotment size and width
Clause 25H (3)(a) of the KPSO states that lots created for the purpose of dwelling-houses are to each have at least the area specified as the “Minimum Lot Sizes” for the relevant land on the
Dwelling-house Subdivisions Map. A minimum allotment size of 929m2 is required for the proposed development. Further, Clause 25H(4) states that subdivision of land to create a lot to be used for a dwelling house must not result in an allotment with a street frontage less than 18 metres.
Proposed Lot 1 has an area of 1354.5m2 and a street frontage width of 3.3m. Proposed Lot 2 has an area of 461.89m2 and a street frontage width of 12.1m. Proposed Lot 1 fails to meet the minimum allotment width requirement and seeks an 81.6% variation to the standard. Proposed Lot 2 fails to provide sufficient site area and allotment width seeking variations of 50.28% and 32.7%, respectively. Accordingly, a SEPP No. 1 objection has been submitted.
The SEPP 1 Objection is assessed against 7 key questions established in the Land and Environment Court decision in Wehbe v Pittwater Council [2007] NSW LEC 827 to determine the suitability of proposed variations to development standards, as follows:
1. Whether the planning control in question is a development standard
Clause 25H(3)(a) requires a minimum site area of not less than 929sqm and Clause 25H(4) requires a minimum street frontage width of 18 metres. These controls are development standards as defined Section 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979.
2. The underlying objective or purpose behind the standard
The objectives for subdivision, including minimum allotment width, in the residential zones under Clause 25H(1) of the KPSO are as follows:
a) to set minimum lot areas that reflect previous minimum lot sizes,
b) to set minimum lot areas and minimum street frontage lot widths that provide for development to occur in a garden setting by substantial setbacks to enable long-term sustainability of trees,
c) to permit the subdivision of multi-unit housing,
d) to provide for substantial common landscaped area to encourage good streetscape quality and areas for trees for each development.
Proposed Lot 2 has a site area that is substantially smaller than that of surrounding allotments with a departure of 50.28% from the standard. The development is inconsistent with the existing established lots sizes in the residential zone which typically range from 790m2 to 929m2 and above. The proposed subdivision will not allow a reasonably sized dwelling house to be built on the smaller lot and simultaneously provide a landscape setting and good streetscape quality that is encouraged in the Ku-ring-gai local area. The proposed dwelling is likely to have an adverse impact to the mature turpentine tree on site and the existing remnant tree within the adjacent properties. The proposed development does not satisfy the underlying objectives for subdivision in the residential zones under Clause 25H(1) of the KPSO.
The applicant has also pointed to the smaller allotment sizes of 16 and 16A Carlotta Avenue in part to support the proposed variation. These smaller lots in a strata plan are the exception in the overall subdivision pattern of the area and were approved under different legislation, being SEPP 53 (Metropolitan Residential Development) which allowed this type of development. This policy no longer applies having been repealed in 2011. The precedence set by these properties should not direct the development, particularly in this area given the site’s sensitivities with STIF and presence of the riparian corridor. The KLEP 2015 recognises these site constraints and increases the minimum allotment size for subdivision to 1500m2. To accept a variation is also contrary to the objectives (b) and (c) under Clause 4.1 of the KLEP 2015, which seek to:
(b) to ensure that lot sizes and dimensions allow development to be sited to protect natural or cultural features including heritage items, remnant vegetation, habitat and waterways, and provide for properties and the desired character of the area;
(c) to ensure that subdivision of low density residential sites reflects and reinforces the predominant subdivision patter of the area.
3. Whether compliance with the development standard is consistent with the aims of the Policy and whether compliance hinders the attainment of the objects specified in section 5(a)(i) and (ii) of the EP & A Act 1979
The aim of SEPP 1 is to:
Provide flexibility in the application of planning controls operating by virtue of development standards in circumstances where strict compliance with those standards would, in any particular case, be unreasonable or unnecessary or tend to hinder the attainment of the objectives specified in Section 5 (a) (i) and (ii) of the Act.
In this regard, the objects of Section 5 (a) (i) and (ii) of the Act are:
(i) The proper management, development and conservation of natural and artificial resources, including agricultural land, natural areas, forests, minerals, water, cities, towns and villages for the purpose of promoting the social and economic welfare of the community and a better environment;
(ii) The promotion and co-ordination of the orderly and economic use and development of land;
The proposal is contrary to the objects of Section 5(a)(i) and (ii) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act 1979). The proposed development is inconsistent with the underlying objectives of the residential zone and the specific objectives of the minimum allotment size and width development standards. Particular concern is raised with the inconsistency of the proposal with the surrounding subdivision pattern and consequential impacts associated with the significant variation, as discussed. The subdivision will result in a significantly undersized allotment, with minimal street frontage contrary to the general character of the area. This will hinder the attainment of the Object of the Act and is contrary to Section 5(a)(i) of the (EP&A Act 1979) in that the proposal does not properly manage and conserve the natural areas of the site. In addition it does not promote the orderly development of the land particularly given the 1,500m2 minimum allotment size requirement under the KLEP 2015 which is the current Environmental Planning Instrument overseeing development of the site.
4. Whether compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case
The following is a summary of the SEPP 1 objection arguments provided by the applicant:
· The total area of the site is 1816sqm and once subdivided will create a lot size of 908.25sqm creating a site that is non-compliant with the minimum lot size by 20.75sqm.
· The proposal gives very close compliance to the development standard and very importantly is complimentary to the adjoining residence;
· The difference between the subject development proposal and a development without a variation would not be noticeable to the pedestrians, motorists and local residents/occupants in this locality;
· The development will maintain the residential character within locality;
· The proposed development has adequate setbacks and is highly vegetated at the streetscape to maintain the landscaping vision set out by Ku-ring-gai Council for the area. Large trees will be retained in the development and proposed plantings will replace the view of the front yard to incorporate a highly vegetated image, also along the eastern side screening the neighbouring property;
· The Sydney Turpentine Ironbark forest tree species will be retained and protected.
· The proposal is considered to reasonably satisfy what might be deemed to be the underlying objective of Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance relating to development in the low residential zone.
The applicants SEPP No. 1 objection states that the degree of non-compliance with the site area standard is 20.75m2 for each lot. This is incorrect and is a significant underestimation of the non-compliance with the minimum site area requirement. This is a result of the applicant simply dividing the existing site in half. As proposed on the plans submitted with the application, the site areas are those as detailed in the description of the application.
Irrespective of the above, the SEPP No. 1 objection fails to make reference or consider the objectives for subdivision and for residential zones specified under Clauses 25H (1), 25C and 25D of the KPSO.
The application also fails to comply with a number of other development controls. The proposed Lot 1 dwelling fails to meet the controls for; minimum front setback, side setbacks including the first floor setback, building height plane and usable open space. Lot 1 also fails to provide two spaces for vehicles behind the front building line and does not provide suitable vehicle access or egress with a driveway width of 2.6m.
As the application fails to meet the aims and objectives of the development standards and does not address the minimum allotment width requirement, the applicant cannot demonstrate why the variation is unreasonable and unnecessary in this instance. Consequently, Council is not in position to cannot support the proposed variations to the development standards.
5. Whether the objection is well founded
The objection is not considered to be well founded for the following reasons:
· The proposed smaller allotment is inconsistent with the character of the locality, where the allotments predominately range between 790m2 to 929m2 and upwards (except No. 4 and 6 Carlotta Avenue which have a site area of 696.7m2). Lot 2 will result in a general change in the overall subdivision pattern of the area, with smaller allotment of 461.89m2, as compared to the prevailing allotment size in the area. This is particularly important in the context of the zoning under Ku ring gai LEP 2015, which requires a minimum allotment size of 1500m2. Significant weight is given to this control as the KLEP 2015 has been gazetted and it sets the desired future character of the zone. This zone recognises the site’s environmental sensitivity, which is the response for the revised larger lot size under the KLEP 2015.
· The neighbouring dwelling and subdivision, created for dual occupancy at 16 and 16A Carlotta Avenue were approved under a different Environmental Planning Instrument, which no longer exists. Clause 58B (5) of the KPSO states that the clause 58 does not apply to subdivision created pursuant to SEPP 53. There is no standard in the KPSO stipulating minimum lot size for subdivision of dual occupancy. It should not be taken as a bench mark for lot size for the reasons noted earlier. Dual occupancy development has prohibited on the subject site since 15 July 2011.
· The proposed subdivision will not be comparable with surrounding properties. Whilst it is acknowledged that there are some undersized allotments in the area, the majority comply or are greater than the minimum standard of 929m2. The proposed variation would set an undesirable precedent which would be detrimental to the character of the area. The variation is an ad-hoc deviation from the standards with no sound planning basis. As a consequence, it not considered to be an appropriate use of the dispensing power under SEPP 1.
· The proposal fails to provide for development to occur in a garden setting within substantial setbacks to enable long-term sustainability of trees and fails to provide for substantial common landscaped area to encourage good streetscape quality and areas for trees for each development.
· The proposed new dwelling was assessed against the planning controls under DCP No.38, including 9-11m front setback, side setback, 0.4:1 floor space ratio, building height plane, first floor FSR and 50sqm usable open space. The proposed garage has nil setbacks to the access handle of Lot 1 and part of the first floor bedroom (Bedroom 4) projected above the access handle. The new dwelling does not fully comply with the DCP given the smaller lot size and narrow site width. Proposed Lot 2 is inadequate to accommodate a reasonable dwelling house that is of high quality design.
· The proposed development on Lot 2 fails to demonstrate that a usable private open space can be provided as required under DCP 38, due to the slope of land and biodiversity (Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest community) and riparian affectations.
· It has not been demonstrated that the mature Turpentine trees on site and trees on the adjoining properties will be protected.
· Clause 25H (5) allows for the creation of battle-axe allotments, however, in this instance, the variation not only results in a non-compliant street frontage but also an unsatisfactory vehicular access of 2.6 metres for Lot 1. In order to provide a wider vehicular access of 3 metres that complies with the Australian Standard, a re-design would likely involve the removal of the landscaping area along the eastern side boundary or a reduction of the site width of Lot 2. The reduction of the site width of Lot 2 will further increase the non-compliance of the site width under Clause 25H (4) of the KPSO.
· The proposed undersized Lot 2 does not allow for a dwelling house development that will meet the aims and objectives of residential zones under 25 C and 25D of the KPSO, in that it does not encourage i) the protection and enhancement of the environmental qualities of Ku-ring-gai, ii) encourage orderly development of land and resources in Ku-ring-gai; and iii) a high level of residential amenity in building design for the occupants of buildings through, outdoor living and landscape design.
The SEPP 1 objection has not demonstrated that strict compliance with the standards is unreasonable and unnecessary in this instance. The applicant fails to establish that the objectives of the standards can be achieved notwithstanding the non compliances. Therefore, the proposal is contrary to the objectives of the control.
6. Whether non-compliance with the development standard raises any matter of significance for State or regional environmental planning
The non-compliance with the development standard will not raise any matters of significance for state and regional planning.
7. Whether there is a public benefit of maintaining the planning controls adopted by the environmental planning instrument
There is public benefit in maintaining the control in this instance because the variation would undermine the objectives of the controls, particularly in light of the future direction as prescribed under KLEP 2015, which sets a greater minimum allotment size. This is in recognition of the site’s environmental sensitivities with the site containing STIF and a riparian corridor.
Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015
KLEP 2015 has replaced the Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance as the principal planning instrument for the Ku-ring-gai Local Government Area. The KLEP 2015 came into effect on 2 April 2015. The gazetted instrument contains a savings provision essentially stating that any DA lodged before the commencement of the LEP and still under assessment at the date of this commencement must be determined as if the plan had not commenced.
The KLEP 2015 as the current principal planning instrument sets the future direction for planning in the Ku ring gai area. Under the KLEP 2015, a strong emphasis has been placed to the environmental significant of the subject site via the change in the zoning from Residential 2(c2) (under the KPSO) to E4 Environmental Living (under the KLEP 2015). Any future developments must ensure that it does not have an adverse impact to the ecological communities, biodiversity corridors or other significant vegetation on site and must be in keeping with the objectives and controls for the environmental zone specified under the KLEP 2015 and KDCP.
Proposed land use zone
The subject site is proposed to be zoned E4 Environmental Living and the development is permissible within this zoning. The objectives of the zone are as follows:
· to provide for low-impact residential development in areas with special ecological, scientific or aesthetic values
· to ensure that residential development does not have an adverse effect on those values
· to ensure development does not result in further fragmentation of ecological communities, biodiversity corridors or other significant vegetation or habitat
The proposed development fails to meet all the objectives of the zone because of the undersized allotment and site widths. The failure to meet the first objective results in the development failing to meet the second objective. The minimum allotment size for the subdivision of the subject site is 1500m2 under the KLEP 2015. Both proposed lots fail to meet this requirement. The variation is significant, particularly for proposed Lot 2 as the shortfall 1038.11m2. The proposed smaller lots are uncharacteristic of the area and result in an inappropriate development on proposed Lot 2 which fails to meet a number of key controls. Accordingly, the development fails to meet the objectives of the control.
Proposed development standards
The KLEP 2015 proposes three development standards of relevance to the subject application, as follows:
4.1 Minimum subdivision lot size
The proposal results in non-compliances with the minimum lot size of 1,500sqm and 18 metres width contained within the KLEP 2015. The objectives of Clause 4.1 of the KLEP are as follows:
a) to ensure that lot sizes and dimensions are able to accommodate development consistent with relevant development controls
b) to ensure that lot sizes and dimensions allow development to be sited to protect natural or cultural features including heritage items, remnant vegetation, habitat and waterways, and provide for generous landscaping to support the amenity of adjoining properties and the desired character of the area
c) to ensure that subdivision of low density residential sites reflects and reinforces the predominant subdivision pattern of the area
Proposed Lot 1 will have a street frontage of 3.3 metres (2.6m access handle plus 700mm setback for landscaping), and proposed Lot 2 is to have a site area of 461.89m2 and a street frontage of 12.2 metres. It fails to comply with the objectives under Part 4.1 (a) and (c) of the KLEP.
Under KLEP 2015, the subject site is zoned E4 Environmental Living to ensure that any future developments will not generate a significant adverse impact to the natural or cultural features of any given site. In order to achieve this, the objectives of the E4 zone specifically refer to the lot size and dimensions of the subdivision to ensure developments are consistent with relevant development controls and the protection of the significance features on site.
The proposed subdivision will vary the 1500m2 minimum allotment size standard by 69.2% or 1038.11m2 (Lot 2) and 9.7% or 145.5m2 (Lot 1) and is inconsistent with the established subdivision pattern of the area. The proposed dwelling is excessive in scale and does not comply with the development controls under the KLEP, including insufficient private open, building setbacks, first floor FSR, building height plane, excavation within the side setback and car parking forward of the building line. The development fails to meet to objectives under Clause 4.1 (a) and (c) of the KLEP 2015.
The proposed development is not acceptable with regard to the retention of trees on site and there is a lack of screen planting along the side boundaries. Particular concern is raised over the impact on neighbour amenity given the loss of vegetation and the impact on the landscape setting as the result of the introduction of the new dwelling. As such, the application is inconsistent with the Objective (b) of Clause 4.1 of the KLEP.
4.3 Height of buildings
The proposed dwelling complies with the 9.5 metres maximum building height development standard.
4.5 Calculation of floor space ratio and site area
Under E4 Environmental Living, for allotments less than 800m2 the maximum floor space ratio is 0.4:1. The proposed development complies with the maximum FSR.
Development Control Plan No. 38 – Ku-ring-gai Residential Design Manual
Existing dwelling
The existing dwelling located on proposed Lot 1 will be retained and there are no works proposed to this dwelling. The site area will be reduced as a result of the proposed subdivision. Irrespective of whether there are any changes, an assessment against DCP 38 must be undertaken given the nature of the works. No architectural plans were submitted for this proposed lot to allow for an assessment of compliance with these provisions.
Proposed dwelling
The compliance or otherwise of the proposed dwelling proposed Lot 2 with the development controls of DCP38 are established in the following compliance table:
Development Control |
Proposed |
Complies |
4.1 Streetscape: |
||
Building setbacks (s.4.1.3) |
|
|
Front setback: 11m (avg) -75% front elevation 9m (min) - 25% front elevation |
8.5m 8.3m |
NO NO |
Side setback: Ground floor: 2 (min)
1st floor: 15% site width or 2.5m, which even is greater = 2.5(min) |
Nil (garage to west) 1.4m (study to east)
800mm encroached onto the access handle of lot 1 (bed 4 to west) 1.6m (master bed to east) |
NO NO
NO
NO |
Rear setback: 12m(min) |
16.4m |
YES |
Front fences (s.4.1.5) |
|
|
Height (forward of building line): 1.2m if visually transparent Height (behind building line): 1.8m (max) |
No proposed fencing |
N/A |
4.2 Building form: |
||
FSR (s.4.2.1) 0.4:1 (184.75m2 max) |
0.398:1 (183.7m2) |
YES |
Height of building (s.4.2.2) |
|
|
2 storey (max) and 8m (site >200 slope) or 7m (site <200 slope) |
2 storey & 6.4m |
YES
|
Building height plane (s.4.2.3) 450 from horizontal at any point 3m above boundary |
1.7m at the eastern side & 3.5m at the western side |
NO |
First floor (s.4.2.4) |
|
|
FSR: < 40% total FSR |
55% |
NO |
Roof Line (s.4.2.6) |
|
|
Roof height (5m - single storey) (3m - two+ storey) |
2.2m |
YES |
Roof pitch 350 (max) |
230 |
YES |
Built-upon area (s.4.2.7) 50% (230.9m2) (max) |
Lot 1: approx. 41.8% (567.3sqm) Lot 2: 48.19% (222.6sqm) |
YES
YES |
Unrelieved wall length (s.4.2.8) 12m for walls less than 4m in height 8m for walls more than 4m in height |
|
YES |
Solar access (4.2.11) 4h solar access to adjoining properties between 9am to 3pm |
According to the submitted shadow diagram, the proposed dwelling provides 4 hrs solar access to the adjoining properties. |
YES |
Cut & fill (s.4.2.14) |
|
|
Max cut 900mm |
600mm at the rear terrace |
YES |
No cut or fill within side setbacks |
190mm to 690mm fill at the clothes line area at the eastern elevation of the dwelling set back 200mm from the eastern boundary
|
NO |
4.3 Open space & landscaping: |
||
Soft landscaping area (4.3.3) 50% (230.9m2) (min) |
Lot 1: approx. 58.2% Lot 2: 51.8% |
YES YES |
Tree replenishment (s.4.3.6) 3 Trees required |
Refer to the landscape comment |
YES |
Landscaping cut & fill (4.3.7) |
|
|
max cut or fill 500mm relative to natural ground |
The plans and information submitted with the application do not provide adequate information on the construction method of the rear terrace |
NO |
Useable open space (s.4.3.8) Min depth 5m and min area 50m2 |
No useable soft open space is provided. |
NO |
4.4 Privacy & security: |
||
|
||
4.5 Access & parking: |
||
No. of car parking spaces (s.4.5.1) 2 spaces behind building line |
1 single garage and 1 hard stand forward of the building line |
NO |
Size of car parking space (s.4.5.2) Garage: 5.4m x 3.1m Carport: 5.4m x 2.7m |
Garage: 6m x 3.6m Hard stand: 5.4m 3m |
YES |
Driveway width (s.4.5.6) 3.5m |
2.6m |
NO- does not comply with the Australian Standard |
Building setbacks (s.4.1.3)
Front setback
The proposed dwelling is set back 8.3m to 8.5m from the front boundary and does not comply with the required 9m front setback control under the DCP. The proposed front setback is unacceptable as it does not provide sufficient area for vehicle manoeuvrability. The proposed car space and driveway within the front setback will result in an excessive hard surface area and do not allow for the provision of soft landscaping as required under DCP No. 38. A greater turning area in the front setback would further reduce any soft landscaping, diminishing the site’s contribution to the streetscape. The proposed development will have a material impact upon the streetscape and neighbouring amenity contrary to the objectives of the control.
Side setback
The proposed garage has a nil setback to the western boundary of Lot 2 and the study is set back 1.4m to 1.6m to the eastern boundary, failing to comply with the 2m ground floor side setback control under the DCP. Part of the first floor bedroom (Bedroom 4) encroaches 800mm into the vehicle access of Lot 1. The first floor master bedroom is set back 1.6m from the eastern boundary and fails to comply with the minimum first floor side setback control of 2.5m as specified under the DCP. The inadequate side setback will not allow sufficient landscaping between the boundary and the proposed two storey dwelling, to soften its appearance when viewed from the neighbouring properties and the street. As a consequence, the development fails to meet the objectives of the control.
Building height plane (s.4.2.3)
The proposed dwelling breaches the prescribed building height plane along the western and eastern elevations by 3.5m and 1.7m, respectively. The non-compliance is unacceptable as the design of the dwelling has not incorporated appropriate measures, such as sufficient setback and a ‘stepped back’ first floor, to mitigate the bulk and scale impacts in the form of articulation of the built form. The proposed dwelling fails to comply with the minimum side setback and first floor FSR controls under the DCP. The proposed dwelling is excessive in bulk and scale on an undersized lot. This will have a significant detrimental impact when viewed from the street and neighbouring properties. The proposed dwelling fails to satisfy the objectives of the building form under Part 4.2. The dwelling will dominate the natural landscape and will be inconsistent with the existing streetscape.
First floor FSR (s.4.2.4)
The proposed first floor, floor space ratio is 55% of the total floor space and does not comply with the 40% control under the DCP. The underlying objectives of the control seek to ensure that the upper level will not have an overbearing bulk and scale impact to the neighbouring properties. The control encourages first floor to be ‘stepped back’. The proposed new dwelling is excessive and encroaches onto the driveway for proposed Lot 1. The proposed first floor has a floor space that is more than 50% of the total FSR which results in a ‘top heavy’ design contrary to the control’s objectives. This proposed design is not suitable given its non-compliance with this control, particularly on an undersized lot.
Cut & fill (s.4.2.14)
Fill of approximately 190mm to 690mm will be provided in the clothes drying area at the eastern side of the dwelling. It is set back 200mm from the eastern boundary. The fill and concrete pavement are not supported as they will prelude the provision of viable screen planting along the eastern boundary, adjacent to the elevated rear terrace, which is contrary to the control’s objective.
In addition to the above, the proposed level for the landing to the eastern side of the terrace is shown as RL98.70 on the landscape plan and RL98.19 on the architectural plan. The information provided is inconsistent to allow for an accurate assessment of any potential fill.
Useable open space (s.4.3.8)
No private open space is provided at the natural ground level in a soft landscaped setting. The private open space of the proposed dwelling is provided with a covered terrace at the northern (rear) elevation of the dwelling. The rear terrace has an area of 26m2 and a depth of 3.48m. Additionally, the dimensions and combined area of the private open space areas do not comply with the minimum dimensions required by the DCP control.
Due to the numerous natural constraints affecting the site, the ability to provide usable open space area (such as an open lawn or ground paving) is restricted. However, the absence of any useable open space at a natural ground level is indicative of the inappropriateness of the proposed subdivision of this site (where the provision of such areas would further remove from the landscaped setting of the site.
Privacy and security (s.4.4)
The proposed terrace and first floor balcony are elevated 1.5m and 4.2m, respectively, above the natural ground level and are set back 1.8m from the eastern boundary. The elevated terrace and balcony will afford overlooking into the private open space and balcony of the neighbouring property at 16A Carlotta Avenue. Furthermore, there is the lack of screen planting along the eastern boundary to assist in negating any undue overlooking impacts. The proposed terrace and balcony at the rear of the new dwelling will result in unreasonable privacy impacts to No. 16A Carlotta Avenue.
Design of garages and carport, access and driveway (s.4.5)
The DCP requires two parking spaces behind the building line for the proposed dwelling. The proposal is for a single garage to the western side of the dwelling and a car space located in front of the dwelling. The application was referred to Council’s Engineer who commented that the proposed garage opening, vehicle manoeuvrability and driveway are unsatisfactory.
The proposed driveway and car space within the front setback will result in an excessive hard surface area and fail to enhance the provision of landscaping within the frontage of the site that should complement any new dwelling. The tree at the eastern side of the car space is likely to be removed due to the concrete pavement for the proposed car space. (This information is inconsistent on the landscape plan). Landscaping within the front setback of the site is to be provided to ensure the development maintains the predominant landscape characteristics of the Ku-ring-gai area, dominated by trees and shrubs. The proposed car space and garage dominate the site and would have an adverse impact on the streetscape and neighbouring properties.
Development Control Plan No. 40 – Construction and Demolition Waste Management
A waste management plan has been submitted and is deemed to be acceptable.
Development Control Plan No. 43 – Car Parking
The proposal does not comply with the on-site vehicle parking spaces required by Section 3.1 – Car Parking rates of Council’s DCP43 – Car Parking.
Development Control Plan No. 47 – Water Management
This DCP was considered in the assessment by Council’s Development Engineer and the proposal is acceptable in this regard.
Ku-ring-gai Section 94 Contribution Plan 2004-2009 – Residential Development.
Council’s Section 94 Contribution Plan requires a contribution for the provision of additional allotments with a new dwelling. However, the application is recommended for refusal.
Likely Impacts
The proposed development would have a significant detrimental impact on the local area for the reasons detailed within the report.
Suitability of the site
The site is not suitable for the proposed development for the reasons outlined in this report.
Any submissions
The submission received was considered above under “Consultation – Community above”.
Public interest
The proposed development is not in the public interest per the reasons given in the report.
Conclusion
The proposed subdivision will create an undersized allotment which does not comply with the underlying objectives of the minimum lot size and width standards. The proposed dwelling on the new allotment is excessive in size and is not integrated into the site and does not appropriately respond to its constraints.
The proposed variations have not been adequately justified under the terms of SEPP 1. The applicant has failed to demonstrate that strict compliance with the standard is unreasonable and unnecessary. The applicant has not demonstrated that the objectives of the standard are achieved nor has it been established that compliance would tend to hinder the attainment of the objects in 5(a)(i) or (ii) of the EPA Act.
Pursuant to Section 80 (1) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979
THAT the Council, as the consent authority, is of the opinion that the objection under State Environmental Planning Policy No. 1 - Development Standards to the minimum allotment size and street frontage standards in the Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance is not well founded. Council is also of the opinion that strict compliance with the development standard is reasonable and necessary in the circumstances of this case.
AND
THAT Council, as the consent authority, refuse development consent to Development Application No 0430/14 for Torrens title subdivision of one lot into two lots and construction of a new dwelling on land at 14 Carlotta Avenue, Gordon, as shown on plan A000, A101, A102, A103, A104, A105, A106, A107, A201, A202, A301 and A401 prepared by ADS Architecture Design Studio Pty Ltd and received at Council on 14 April 2015; and LA-01 (Landscape plan) prepared by 24 GRP Landscape and received by Council on 14 April 2015 for the following reasons:
1. The application fails to comply with Clause 25H (3)(a) and (4) of the Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance (KPSO). The variation to the street frontage development standard equate to 81.6% (lot 1) and 32.7% (lot 2) and a 50.28% (lot 2) variation to the allotment size development standard in the KPSO.
Particulars
a) The proposed undersize lot does not allow a dwelling house development that will meet the aims and objectives of residential zones under 25 C and 25D of the KPSO, in that it does not encourage i) the protection and enhancement of the environmental qualities of Ku-ring-gai, ii) encourage orderly development of land and resources in Ku-ring-gai; and iii) a high level of residential amenity in building design for the occupants of buildings through, outdoor living and landscape design.
b) The new dwelling does not fully comply with the DCP given the smaller lot size and narrow site width. The proposed Lot 2 is inadequate to facilitate a reasonable dwelling house that is of high quality urban design and architecture.
2. The proposed development does not comply with the 1500m2 minimum subdivision lot size and site width; and is inconsistent with the objective of the E4 Environmental Living zone of Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015.
Particulars
a) Significant weight is given to this control as the KLEP 2015 has been gazetted and it sets the future expectations of the zone. This zone recognises the site’s environmental sensitivity, which reflects the revised larger lot size under the KLEP 2015. The E4 Environmental Living zone seeks to protect from fragmentation of the special ecological communities and biodiversity corridors located at the site.
3. Inadequate and unsatisfactory vehicular access
The application provides insufficient documentation and does not demonstrate that the development would result in satisfactory vehicular access to either the existing residence or the new dwelling.
Particulars
a) The width of the existing concrete driveway is between 2.0 and 2.6 metres wide (scaled from the drawings, as dimensions are not given). It does not comply with the width of 3.0 metres for a domestic driveway as recommended in AS2890.1:2004- Off street car parking.
b) The architectural plans show the new garage wall right up to and possibly over the driveway. This will further restrict the already narrow vehicular access along the driveway to the existing dwelling.
c) No levels are provided of the proposed transition from the existing driveway to the new garage and car space. It appears that a section of the existing driveway would have to be reconstructed. The resulting steep gradient along the southern side of the curved section would result in unacceptable grades and transitions in front of the garage.
d) The width of the apron in front of the garage is insufficient for adequate manoeuvring of vehicles out of the garage and into the driveway in a forward direction.
4. Non-compliances with the planning controls under DCP 38
The proposed dwelling fails to comply with the planning controls under DCP 38, including front setback, side setback, building height plane, first floor FSR, privacy and 50m2 usable open space. The proposal has not demonstrated that the smaller allotment with narrow site width on proposed Lot 2 can adequately accommodate a reasonable sized dwelling and can comply with key DCP 38 provisions nor meet the relevant objectives set out in the DCP.
Particulars
a) The proposed dwelling is set back 8.3m to 8.5m from the front boundary and does not comply with the required 9m front setbacks control under the DCP.
b) The proposed car space and driveway within the front setback will result in an excessive hard surface area and do not allow the provision of soft landscaping as required under DCP No. 38.
c) The proposed garage has a nil setback to the western boundary of Lot 2 and the study is set back 1.4m to 1.6m from the eastern boundary and fail to comply with the 2m ground floor side setback control under the DCP 38. Part of the proposed first floor bedroom (Bedroom 4) encroaches onto the vehicle access of Lot 1 by 800mm and the first floor master bedroom is set back 1.6m from the eastern boundary. The first floor side setbacks for Lot 2 fails to comply with the minimum first floor side setback control of 2.5m as specified in the DCP. The inadequate side setback will not allow sufficient landscaping between boundary and building to soften the visual appearance of the development from the neighbouring properties and the street.
d) The proposed dwelling breaches the prescribed building height plane along the western and eastern elevations by 3.5m and 1.7m, respectively. In combination with the non-compliant front setback, the proposed dwelling is excessive in bulk and scale on an undersized lot. This will have a visual amenity impact when viewed from the street and neighbouring properties. The proposed dwelling also fails to satisfy the objectives of the building form controls under Part 4.2. in that the proposed development will dominate the natural landscape and existing streetscape.
e) The proposed floor space ratio comprises 55% of the total floor space and does not comply with the 40% control under the DCP. The proposed new dwelling is excessive and encroaches onto the driveway for proposed Lot 1. The proposed first floor results in a ‘top heavy’ design contrary to the control’s objectives. This proposed design is not suitable given its non-compliance with this control, particularly on an undersized lot.
f) The proposed terrace and first floor balcony are elevated 1.5m and 4.2m, respectively, above the natural ground levels and are set back 1.8m from the eastern boundary. The elevated terrace and balcony will afford overlooking of the private open space and balcony of the neighbouring property of 16 Carlotta Avenue. Further, there is the lack of screen planting along the eastern boundary to assist in negating overlooking impacts. The proposed terrace and balcony at the rear of the new dwelling will result in unreasonable privacy impacts to neighbouring property No. 16A Carlotta Avenue.
g) Fill of approximately 190mm to 690mm high will be carried out along the eastern elevation of the dwelling but is set back 200mm from the eastern boundary. This fill and concrete pavement will preclude the provision of viable screen planting along the eastern boundary, adjacent to the elevated rear terrace. This contrary to the objectives of the controls that seeks to protect reasonable neighbour amenity and visual privacy.
5. Inadequate private open space
Section 4.3.8 – Usable Open Space of Council’s DCP 38 requires at least one usable private open space area with a minimum depth of 5 metres and a minimum area of 50m2 be provided to the new dwelling. The proposed development does not provide sufficient usable private open space to the new dwelling.
Particulars
a) The proposed private open space is to be provided within a terrace with a maximum depth of 3.48 metres (1.52 metres less than the required minimum) and a combined total area of 26m2, (24m2 less than the required minimum). No usable private open space is provided at natural ground level.
b) The absence of any usable private open space at natural ground level and the considerable shortfall in unusable private open space is indicative of the inappropriateness of the proposed subdivision of this site. The provision of such areas would further remove from the landscaped setting of the biodiversity (Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest Community) and vegetation within the riparian protection zone at the rear portion of the Lot 2.
c) 6. Inadequate arborist report
The proposed development will result in adverse impacts on trees.
Particulars
a) The arborist’s assessment has not calculated the total encroachments within the Tree Protection Zone of the mature Turpentine as the encroachment percentage statement does not consider the area of the existing driveway. As the level of encroachment may therefore be approximately 25%, the arborist fails to calculate the totality of the encroachment both proposed and existing and to consider properly the tree’s viability in respect of all encroachments and consistent with the principles under AS 4970-20093, 3.3.3 and 3.3.4.
b) Where discounting the terrace as an encroachment, the arborist has failed to consider the encroachment of this area within the structural root zone and also whether the soil and feeder roots retained under the proposed terrace are likely to remain viable in the long term.
c) There has been no comprehensive inventory or assessment of all trees on or adjacent the site. Trees proposed to be removed are not documented or assessed.
d) It has not been demonstrated that the arborist has a minimum qualification AQF5 to fully assess the health and structure and impacts of the proposed works on all trees including trees on adjacent properties within proximity of the works and including trees proposed for removal.
e) A site specific tree protection plan showing locations of tree protection structures has not been provided.
7. Insufficient and inaccurate plan information
Insufficient landscape plan and information have been submitted to allow Council to undertake a comprehensive assessment of the application.
Particulars
a) Details of plant species locations have not been indicated on the plan.
b) To minimise impacts on trees, the applicant should relocate the paved drying area and provide substantial screen planting adjacent the elevated terrace to the eastern boundary.
c) The Turpentine located on the western edge of the driveway has not been shown within the adjacent property.
d) All trees to be retained and removed have not been identified or numbered consistently with the arborist report and have not been indicated on the landscape plan. This should also have included the trees on adjacent properties in proximity of the proposal.
e) The proposed lawn areas within the front setback and to the eastern side setback are not practical and should be replaced with planting.
f) The landscape plan is not consistent in regard to the car space configuration on the architectural plans.
g) Details of the proposed terrace are to be provided, illustrating that it is an elevated lightweight timber structure, (using isolated small diameter posts) as indicated in the arborist report. The terrace is to be relocated outside of the Turpentine’s Structural Root Zone.
h) It is not clear on the site plan that the existing driveway and levels to the driveway within the TPZ of the Turpentine are to remain as existing.
i) The proposed level for the landing at the eastern side of the terrace is shown as RL98.70 on the landscape plan and RL98.19 on the architecture plan. The information provided is inconsistent to allow for an accurate assessment of any potential fill.
j) Plans of the existing dwelling have not been provided to determine impacts of the subdivision.
|
Bonnie Yue Development Assessment Officer |
Shaun Garland Team Leader Development Assessment South |
Corrie Swanepoel Manager Development Assessment Services |
Michael Miocic Director Development & Regulation |
A1View |
Location sketch |
|
2015/255856 |
|
|
A2View |
Zone extract - KPSO |
|
2015/255857 |
|
A3View |
Circular PS 08-014 |
|
2010/129057 |
|
A4View |
SEPP1 Objection |
|
2014/265470 |
|
A5View |
Survey |
|
2014/265475 |
|
A6View |
Amended architectural plans |
|
2015/090988 |
|
A7View |
Amended landscape plan |
|
2015/090985 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.9 / 383 |
|
|
Item GB.9 |
DA0282/15 |
|
3 September 2015 |
development application
Summary Sheet
Report title: |
28 Holt Avenue North Wahroonga - Alterations and additions |
ITEM/AGENDA NO: |
GB.9 |
Application No: |
DA0282/15 |
Property Details: |
28 Holt Avenue, North Wahroonga Lot & DP No: Lot 3 Sec 95 DP 242285 Site area (m2): 966.5m2 Zoning: Residential 2(c) |
Ward: |
Wahroonga |
Proposal/Purpose: |
Alterations and additions
|
Type of Consent: |
Local |
Applicant: |
Mr S. J. van Schalkwyk |
Owner: |
Mr S. J. & Mrs A. van Schalkwyk |
Date Lodged: |
2 July 2015 |
Recommendation: |
Approval |
Purpose of Report
To determine Development Application No. 282/15 for alterations and additions to an existing dwelling.
Consideration of variation pursuant to SEPP No. 1
Circular PS 08-014 (see attachment) from NSW Planning and Environment requires that all development applications which involve a variation of a development standard greater than 10% under the provisions of SEPP No. 1 be determined by full Council and not under delegated authority.
The maximum dwelling height allowed by clause 46(2) of the KPSO is 8 metres. The subject application involves construction of an addition to the existing dwelling. The existing dwelling has a maximum height of 10.56 metres and does not comply with Council’s maximum height requirement. Accordingly, a SEPP No. 1 objection has been submitted. As the proposal involves a variation of 32% to Council’s 8 metres height standard, the application is referred to full Council for determination.
Executive Summary
Issues: |
Building height (SEPP No. 1 objection) |
Submissions: |
No submissions received |
Land and Environment Court: |
N/A |
Recommendation: |
Approval |
History
Site
The site has a history of low density residential use.
The Site
Site description
The site is located on the northern side of Holt Avenue, North Wahroonga. The site is irregular in shape, with a width of 19.81 metres and a depth of 45.81-51.755 metres. The site has an area of 966.5m2 (Figure 1).
The site is situated on the high side of the street and is steeply sloping. The site falls approximately 8.5 metres from its northern corner to its southern corner.
Existing development comprises a part two, part three storey dwelling house.
Figure 1: Subject site and surrounding properties
Surrounding development
The site is surrounded by residential development (Figure 2). To the east and west, are detached dwellings fronting Holt Avenue. To the north is a community titled development known as No. 153-165 Grosvenor Street.
Figure 2: The subject and surrounding properties
The Proposal
The application proposes alterations and additions to the existing dwelling house as follows:
- an addition to the existing ground floor living/dining room over an existing balcony; provision of new windows
- a new front door with sidelight
- cladding over the lower half of the existing south-east facing window
- internal alterations comprising demolition of existing walls to the kitchen/lounge room
- internal alterations comprising demolition of existing steps and cupboards and construction of new internal steps and cupboards
- bricking up of existing north-east facing window
- a new roof with skylights over the rear ground floor entertainment area
- new rear facing bi-fold doors leading to the entertainment area
- cladding over part of an existing north-east facing bedroom window
The proposed additions have been designed to match the finishes of the existing dwelling (brick and tile).
Consultation
Community
In accordance with Development Control Plan No. 56, owners of surrounding properties were given notice of the application. No submissions were received.
Within Council
Landscaping
Council's Landscape and Tree Assessment Officer has no objection to the proposed development, subject to standard landscaping conditions (Conditions 24 and 25).
Engineering
Council's Development Engineer has no objection to the proposed development, subject to standard engineering conditions (Conditions 20, 21-23 and 26).
Outside Council
Rural Fire Service
In accordance with the provisions of section Part 1(b) of Section 79BA of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, Council has been provided with a certificate by a person who is recognised by the NSW Rural Fire Service as a qualified consultant in bush fire risk assessment stating that the development conforms to the relevant specifications and requirements. As such, the application does not require a referral to the Rural Fire Service.
Council has considered the measures to be taken with respect to the protection of persons, property and the environment from danger that may arise from a bush fire. Appropriate conditions that adopt the recommendations of the bush fire risk assessment report and certificate have been applied (Conditions 9 and 29).
Statutory Provisions
State Environmental Planning Policies
State Environmental Planning Policy No. 1 – Development Standards
Clause 46(2) of the KPSO states that a person shall not erect a dwelling house or dual occupancy with a height in excess of 8 metres.
The height of the existing dwelling is 10.56 metres and exceeds the maximum height requirement of the KPSO. Whilst it is not proposed to change the height of the existing dwelling and notwithstanding that the proposed additions comply with Council’s height control, a SEPP 1 objection is still technically required. Accordingly, a SEPP 1 objection has been lodged, which is considered below.
whether the planning control is a development standard
Clause 46 states:
(2) A person shall not erect a dwelling-house or dual occupancy building with a height in excess of 8 metres.
(4) In this clause –
“Ground level” means the level of the site before development is carried out on the site under this Ordinance
“Height” in relation to a building, means a distance measured vertically from any point on the ceiling of the topmost floor of the building to the ground level immediately below that point
Clause 46 of the KPSO is a development standard as defined by Section 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
the purpose/object of the standard
There are no specifically stated purposes or objectives expressed in clause 46(2) of the KPSO.
The relevant aims and objectives for residential zones as stated in schedule 9 of the KPSO are:
(a) All new dwelling-houses and additions to dwelling-houses maintain a reasonable level of sunlight to neighbour’s living areas and recreation space between 9am and 3pm during the winter solstice on 22 June.
(b) All new dwelling-houses and additions to dwelling-houses are sited and designed so as to minimise overlooking of neighbour’s living areas and recreation space.
(c) All new dwelling-houses and additions to existing dwelling-houses are of a height, size and bulk generally in keeping with that of neighbouring properties and, where larger buildings are proposed, they are designed so as not to dominate and so far as possible to harmonise with neighbouring development.
whether compliance with the development standard is consistent with the aims of the policy and whether compliance hinders the attainment of objects specified in section 5(a)(i) and (ii) of the EP & A Act
SEPP No. 1 provides flexibility for development standards where compliance would be unreasonable or hinder the attainment of objects of section 5(a)(i) and (ii) of the Act.
The objects of the Act are:
(i) to encourage the proper management, development and conservation of natural and artificial resources including agricultural land, natural areas, forests, minerals, water, cities, towns and villages for the purpose of promoting the social and economic welfare of the community and a better environment.
(ii) Section 5(a)ii encourages the co-ordination of the orderly and economic use and development of land.
The proposed development is for alterations and additions to an existing dwelling which is of a reasonable size and appears to be sound. The proposed development represents an orderly and economic use of the land as it enables the existing dwelling to be retained and altered.
whether compliance with the standard unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case
The applicant has stated that the existing dwelling has a height of 10.56 metres. This is a 32% variation to the 8 metres maximum height standard.
The following is an extract from the applicant’s SEPP 1 objection:
Compliance with this standard is unreasonable as the ceiling height which is non-compliant with the standard is existing and has been such since the original house was built.
The proposed addition is on the ground floor and is well within the height restrictions.
Given that the non-compliance is existing and that the proposed works are fully compliant, it is agreed that it would be unreasonable and unnecessary to require the existing dwelling to comply with the current building height requirement. The proposed addition has a height of 6.19 metres and does not exacerbate the existing non-compliance. It also complies with Council’s current maximum height standard.
whether the objection is well founded
The building height non-compliance is existing and is a result of the historical development of the site. The site has a moderate slope and it is apparent that the dwelling was designed to take advantage of the slope through provision of a lower ground level garage.
The proposed addition, which is at ground level and has a height of 6.19 metres, will not result in any increase to the height of the existing dwelling, which is 10.56 metres at its highest point. The SEPP 1 objection is well founded as it will enable alterations and additions to the existing dwelling to be undertaken. In this regard, it enables the orderly and economic development of the land.
State Environmental Planning Policy No. 55 - Remediation of Land
The provisions of SEPP 55 require Council to consider the potential for a site to be contaminated. The subject site has a history of residential use and as such, it is unlikely to contain any contamination and further investigation is not warranted in this case.
Sydney Regional Environmental Plan No. 20 - Hawkesbury-Nepean River
SREP 20 applies to land within the catchment of the Hawkesbury Nepean River. The general aim of the plan is to ensure that development and future land uses within the catchment are considered in a regional context. The Plan includes strategies for the assessment of development in relation to water quality and quantity, scenic quality, aquaculture, recreation and tourism.
The proposed development is considered to achieve the relevant aims under this policy.
State Environmental Planning Policy (Building Sustainability Index: BASIX) 2004
A valid BASIX certificate has been submitted. The certificate demonstrates compliance with the provisions of the SEPP and adequately reflects all amendments to the application (Condition 27).
Local Content (LEP, KPSO, etc)
Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance
Deferred areas
The Deferred Areas comprise 15 areas within Ku-ring-gai that have been deferred from inclusion in the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 (KLEP 2015) to allow for reassessment of bushfire evacuation risk and proposed zoning changes. The recommendations for deferral were approved during an Ordinary Council Meeting on 26 November 2013.
The Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance applies to all development within a Deferred Area, with Draft Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2013 still a matter for consideration.
The subject site is within a Deferred Area. Specifically, it is within Area 2 – North Wahroonga. The provisions of the KPSO therefore apply.
Part A: Development standards
Development standard |
Proposed |
Complies |
Site area: 966.5m2 |
||
Building height 8m (max) |
proposed addition 6.19m existing dwelling 10.56m |
YES NO |
Built upon areas 60% (579.9m2)(max) |
44% (427m2) |
YES |
Building height (clause 46[2]):
The height of the existing dwelling is 10.56 metres which exceeds the maximum height standard.
Part B: Aims and objectives for residential zones:
The development: (i) provides satisfactory levels of solar access & privacy to surrounding properties; (ii) is of a bulk, scale and design, characteristic of the area; (iii) maintains adequate levels of soft landscaping; (iv) provides suitable egress/ingress for vehicles; and (v) maintains the landscape quality of the municipality. Consequently, the aims and objectives for residential development as outlined by Schedule 9 have been satisfied.
Draft Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2013
The draft LEP and supporting material was exhibited from Monday 25 March 2013 to Monday 6 May 2013. The particular aims of the draft LEP are to guide the future development of land and the management of environmental, social, economic, heritage and cultural resources within Ku-ring-gai. The subject site is located within an area identified on the statutory maps and, as such, the draft LEP forms a consideration for the assessment of this application.
As a result of the plan, the subject site will be zoned ‘R2 Low Density Residential’ and the development is permissible within this zoning. The objectives of the zone are:
· To provide for the housing needs of the community within a low density residential environment.
· To enable other land uses that provide facilities or services to meet the day to day needs of residents.
· To provide housing that is compatible with the existing environmental and low density character of Ku-ring-gai
The proposal has a built form which is compatible with the existing low density character of the area and the land to be developed. Therefore, the proposal meets the objectives of the draft zone.
Policy Provisions (DCPs, Council policies, strategies and management plans)
Development Control Plan No. 38 - Ku-ring-gai Residential Design Manual
Development Control |
Proposed |
Complies |
4.1 Streetscape: |
||
Building setbacks (s.4.1.3) |
|
|
Front setback: 14m (avg) -75% front elevation 12m (min) - 25% front elevation |
14m (min) 21m (avg) |
YES YES |
Side setback: Ground floor: 2 (min)
|
1m ground floor setback to south-eastern side boundary |
NO |
Rear setback: 12m(min) (avg site depth greater than 48m) |
11.2m (building) 9.864m (awning) |
NO |
4.2 Building form: |
||
FSR (s.4.2.1) 0.37:1 (max) 361m2 |
0.3:1 or 296m2 |
YES |
Height of building (s.4.2.2) |
|
|
2 storey (max) and 8m (site >200 slope) or 7m (site <200 slope) |
proposed addition 6.19m existing dwelling 10.56m |
YES
NO |
Building height plane (s.4.2.3) 450 from horizontal at any point 3m above boundary |
0.8m non-compliance to south-eastern side boundary |
NO |
First floor (s.4.2.4) |
|
|
FSR: < 40% total FSR |
45% |
NO |
Roof Line (s.4.2.6) |
|
|
Roof height (5m - single storey) (3m - two+ storey) |
unchanged |
N/A |
Roof pitch 350 (max) |
unchanged |
N/A |
Built-upon area (s.4.2.7) 54% (521m2) (max) |
44% (427m2) |
YES |
Unrelieved wall length (s.4.2.8) 12m for walls less than 4m in height 8m for walls more than 4m in height |
unchanged |
N/A |
Solar access (4.2.11) 4h solar access to adjoining properties between 9am to 3pm |
Solar access to adjoining property at No. 30 Holt Avenue maintained between 9am and 12pm |
YES |
4.3 Open space & landscaping: |
||
Useable open space (s.4.3.8) Min depth 5m and min area 50m2 |
Min depth 9.8m and area of 204m2 |
YES |
4.4 Privacy & security: |
||
The proposed rear awning is over an existing entertaining area and will not result in any adverse privacy impacts to the adjoining properties to the rear, Nos 32 and 33 Lyndhurst Place.
The proposed lounge room addition is over an existing balcony. The proposed addition is set back 9 metres from the swimming pool at No. 30 Holt Avenue and does not feature any windows along its north-eastern elevation. As such, the proposed addition will not result in any adverse privacy impacts.
|
Building setbacks (s.4.1.3)
Side setbacks
Section 4.1.3 of the DCP states that two storey dwellings on lots with a width of less than 20 metres should be set back a minimum of 2 metres from the side boundaries. The objective of this requirement is to allow for significant landscaping between buildings.
The proposed ground floor addition is set back 1 metre from the south-eastern side boundary. Whilst the proposal does not comply with Council’s numerical requirements, the proposed setback is acceptable for the following reasons:
· The proposed setback will not result in any adverse visual bulk impacts to the streetscape or adjoining property. The pattern of development is irregular due to the topography of the locality. As a result, the dwelling on the adjoining property, No. 30 Holt Avenue, is set further back, behind the subject dwelling (Figure 2).
· The proposed side setback will not result in any adverse solar access impacts for the reasons listed above.
· The proposed addition is over an existing elevated ground floor level balcony and is within the existing building footprint.
Rear setbacks
Section 4.1.3 of the DCP requires a minimum rear setback of 12 metres for dwellings on sites with a depth of more than 48 metres. The relevant objectives of section 4.1.3 are as follows:
· to ensure the amenity of neighbouring properties is maintained or enhanced
· to allow for the provision of landscaping and to provide room for additional tree plantings
· to facilitate solar access
· to protect significant vegetation
· to facilitate efficient use of the site
The existing development has a rear setback of 11.2 metres to the wall of the existing dwelling. The post of the proposed awning is set back 9.864 metres from the rear boundary and encroaches on the required rear setback area.
The proposed awning will not result in any adverse bulk or privacy impacts to adjoining properties and will maintain their amenity in this regard. The awning is over an existing paved area and does not preclude provision of an appropriate amount of private open space nor does it impact upon existing vegetation. The proposed awning is over an existing entertainment area and therefore facilitates efficient use of the site. It is an open, single storey structure and will not result in any adverse solar access impacts. For these reasons, the proposed awning is acceptable.
Height of building (s.4.2.2)
Section 4.2.2 of the DCP states that a dwelling must not exceed two storeys in height. However, the DCP states that Council may consider an additional floor on sloping sites where the height is not evident from public areas or adjoining properties and where excavation is not excessive.
The existing dwelling is three storeys in height, having been designed to accommodate a lower ground floor level within the slope of the land. The proposed addition is at ground floor level and will not increase the height of the existing dwelling. The proposed addition is therefore considered acceptable.
Building height plane (s.4.2.3)
Section 4.2.3 of DCP No. 38 states that development should avoid the creation of an overbearing impact upon adjoining development in order to:
· maintain the relative scale relationship between buildings
· ensure that daylight to habitable rooms in adjacent dwellings is not significantly reduced
· ensure that sunlight to the private open spaces of the subject property and adjacent properties is not significantly reduced
· encourage increased setback with increased height
The DCP states that this objective may be achieved by compliance with the building height plane.
The proposed development will project some 0.8 metres beyond the building envelope at the south-eastern side boundary. The non-compliance is minor in nature and will not result in any adverse bulk impacts to the streetscape. This is because the existing dwelling is set back a minimum of 14 metres from the front property boundary. The proposed non-compliance will not result in any adverse bulk impacts to the adjoining property, as the dwelling and primary area of private open space of the adjoining property, No. 30 Holt Avenue, are set significantly behind the subject dwelling (Figure 2).
First floor area (s.4.2.4)
DCP No. 38 states that the first floor of dwellings should be well integrated into the design of the development to avoid an overbearing bulk/scale relationship with neighbouring properties. The DCP states that this should be achieved by “stepping back” upper levels and ensuring that the first floor does not exceed 40% of total floor space.
The proposed ground floor addition results in the first floor of the dwelling having a floor area of 45%. However, this is an improvement on the existing situation, in which the first floor comprises 50% of the total floor area. The proposed ground floor addition assists in “balancing” the existing dwelling by providing a larger ground floor area (Figure 3). It is therefore acceptable.
Figure 3: South-western elevation showing ground floor addition
Likely Impacts
The proposed development will not result in any adverse streetscape, solar access, privacy, stormwater or visual bulk impacts.
Suitability of the Site
The site is zoned for residential purposes and is considered to be suitable for the proposed development, being alterations and additions to an existing residential dwelling.
Public Interest
The approval of the application is considered to be in the public interest.
Conclusion
Having regard to the provisions of section 79C of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, the proposed development is considered to be satisfactory. Therefore, it is recommended that the application be approved.
A. That Council, as the consent authority, is satisfied that the objection under State Environmental Planning Policy No. 1 - Development Standards to the maximum height development standard in clause 46(2) of the Ku-ring-gai Planning Scheme Ordinance is well founded. Council is also of the opinion that strict compliance with the development standard is unreasonable and unnecessary in the circumstances of this case as the height non-compliance relates to the existing dwelling and will not be exacerbated by the proposed additions.
B. That Council, as the consent authority, grant development consent to DA0282/15 for alterations and additions on land at No. 28 Holt Avenue, North Wahroonga for a period of two (2) years from the date of the Notice of Determination, subject to the following conditions:
Conditions that identify approved plans:
1. Approved architectural plans and documentation (alterations and additions)
The development must be carried out in accordance with work shown in colour on the following plans and documentation listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, except where amended by other conditions of this consent.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
2. Inconsistency between documents
In the event of any inconsistency between conditions of this consent and the drawings/documents referred to above, the conditions of this consent prevail.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to demolition, excavation or construction:
3. Asbestos works
All work involving asbestos products and materials, including asbestos-cement-sheeting (ie. Fibro), must be carried out in accordance with the guidelines for asbestos work published by WorkCover Authority of NSW.
Reason: To ensure public safety.
4. Notice of commencement
At least 48 hours prior to the commencement of any development (including demolition, excavation, shoring or underpinning works), a notice of commencement of building or subdivision work form and appointment of the principal certifying authority form shall be submitted to Council.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
5. Notification of builder’s details
Prior to the commencement of any development or excavation works, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be notified in writing of the name and contractor licence number of the owner/builder intending to carry out the approved works.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of the construction certificate:
6. Long service levy
In accordance with Section 109F(i) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act a Construction Certificate shall not be issued until any long service levy payable under Section 34 of the Building and Construction Industry Long Service Payments Act 1986 (or where such levy is payable by instalments, the first instalment of the levy) has been paid. Council is authorised to accept payment. Where payment has been made elsewhere, proof of payment is to be provided to Council.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
7. Builder’s indemnity insurance
The applicant, builder, developer or person who does the work on this development, must arrange builder’s indemnity insurance and submit the certificate of insurance in accordance with the requirements of Part 6 of the Home Building Act 1989 to the Certifying Authority for endorsement of the plans accompanying the Construction Certificate.
It is the responsibility of the applicant, builder or developer to arrange the builder's indemnity insurance for residential building work over the value of $20,000. The builder's indemnity insurance does not apply to commercial or industrial building work or to residential work valued at less than $20,000, nor to work undertaken by persons holding an owner/builder's permit issued by the Department of Fair Trading (unless the owner/builder's property is sold within 7 years of the commencement of the work).
Reason: Statutory requirement.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of the construction certificate or prior to demolition, excavation or construction (whichever comes first):
8. Infrastructure restorations fee
To ensure that damage to Council Property as a result of construction activity is rectified in a timely matter:
a) All work or activity taken in furtherance of the development the subject of this approval must be undertaken in a manner to avoid damage to Council Property and must not jeopardise the safety of any person using or occupying the adjacent public areas.
b) The applicant, builder, developer or any person acting in reliance on this approval shall be responsible for making good any damage to Council Property, and for the removal from Council Property of any waste bin, building materials, sediment, silt, or any other material or article.
c) The Infrastructure Restoration Fee must be paid to the Council by the applicant prior to both the issue of the Construction Certificate and the commencement of any earthworks or construction.
d) In consideration of payment of the Infrastructure Restorations Fee, Council will undertake such inspections of Council Property as Council considers necessary and also undertake, on behalf of the applicant, such restoration work to Council Property, if any, that Council considers necessary as a consequence of the development. The provision of such restoration work by the Council does not absolve any person of the responsibilities contained in (a) to (b) above. Restoration work to be undertaken by the Council referred to in this condition is limited to work that can be undertaken by Council at a cost of not more than the Infrastructure Restorations Fee payable pursuant to this condition.
e) In this condition:
“Council Property” includes any road, footway, footpath paving, kerbing, guttering, crossings, street furniture, seats, letter bins, trees, shrubs, lawns, mounds, bushland, and similar structures or features on any road or public road within the meaning of the Local Government Act 1993 (NSW) or any public place; and
“Infrastructure Restoration Fee” means the Infrastructure Restorations Fee calculated in accordance with the Schedule of Fees & Charges adopted by Council as at the date of payment and the cost of any inspections required by the Council of Council Property associated with this condition.
Reason: To maintain public infrastructure.
9. Bush fire risk certification
Bush fire protection measures shall be carried out in accordance with the following bush fire risk assessment, report and certificate, listed below and endorsed with Council’s stamp, except where amended by other conditions of this consent:
Prior to the issue of the construction certificate, the principal certifying authority must be satisfied that the construction certificate is in accordance with the recommendations of the report and certificate as listed above.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
Conditions to be satisfied during the demolition, excavation and construction phases:
10. Road opening permit
The opening of any footway, roadway, road shoulder or any part of the road reserve shall not be carried out without a road opening permit being obtained from Council (upon payment of the required fee) beforehand.
Reason: Statutory requirement (Roads Act 1993 Section 138) and to maintain the integrity of Council’s infrastructure.
11. Prescribed conditions
The applicant shall comply with any relevant prescribed conditions of development consent under clause 98 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation. For the purposes of section 80A (11) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, the following conditions are prescribed in relation to a development consent for development that involves any building work:
· The work must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code of Australia · In the case of residential building work for which the Home Building Act 1989 requires there to be a contract of insurance in force in accordance with Part 6 of that Act, that such a contract of insurance is in force before any works commence.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
12. Hours of work
Demolition, excavation, construction work and deliveries of building material and equipment must not take place outside the hours of 7.00am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday and 8.00am to 12 noon Saturday. No work and no deliveries are to take place on Sundays and public holidays.
Excavation or removal of any materials using machinery of any kind, including compressors and jack hammers, must be limited to between 7.30am and 5.00pm Monday to Friday, with a respite break of 45 minutes between 12 noon 1.00pm.
Where it is necessary for works to occur outside of these hours (ie) placement of concrete for large floor areas on large residential/commercial developments or where building processes require the use of oversized trucks and/or cranes that are restricted by the RTA from travelling during daylight hours to deliver, erect or remove machinery, tower cranes, pre-cast panels, beams, tanks or service equipment to or from the site, approval for such activities will be subject to the issue of an "outside of hours works permit" from Council as well as notification of the surrounding properties likely to be affected by the proposed works.
Note: Failure to obtain a permit to work outside of the approved hours will result in on the spot fines being issued.
Reason: To ensure reasonable standards of amenity for occupants of neighbouring properties.
13. Approved plans to be on site
A copy of all approved and certified plans, specifications and documents incorporating conditions of consent and certification (including the Construction Certificate if required for the work) shall be kept on site at all times during the demolition, excavation and construction phases and must be readily available to any officer of Council or the Principal Certifying Authority.
Reason: To ensure that the development is in accordance with the determination.
14. Site notice
A site notice shall be erected on the site prior to any work commencing and shall be displayed throughout the works period.
The site notice must:
· be prominently displayed at the boundaries of the site for the purposes of informing the public that unauthorised entry to the site is not permitted · display project details including, but not limited to the details of the builder, Principal Certifying Authority and structural engineer · be durable and weatherproof · display the approved hours of work, the name of the site/project manager, the responsible managing company (if any), its address and 24 hour contact phone number for any inquiries, including construction/noise complaint are to be displayed on the site notice · be mounted at eye level on the perimeter hoardings/fencing and is to state that unauthorised entry to the site is not permitted
Reason: To ensure public safety and public information.
15. Dust control
During excavation, demolition and construction, adequate measures shall be taken to prevent dust from affecting the amenity of the neighbourhood. The following measures must be adopted:
· physical barriers shall be erected at right angles to the prevailing wind direction or shall be placed around or over dust sources to prevent wind or activity from generating dust · earthworks and scheduling activities shall be managed to coincide with the next stage of development to minimise the amount of time the site is left cut or exposed · all materials shall be stored or stockpiled at the best locations · the ground surface should be dampened slightly to prevent dust from becoming airborne but should not be wet to the extent that run-off occurs · all vehicles carrying spoil or rubble to or from the site shall at all times be covered to prevent the escape of dust · all equipment wheels shall be washed before exiting the site using manual or automated sprayers and drive-through washing bays · gates shall be closed between vehicle movements and shall be fitted with shade cloth · cleaning of footpaths and roadways shall be carried out daily
Reason: To protect the environment and amenity of surrounding properties.
16. Use of road or footpath
During excavation, demolition and construction phases, no building materials, plant or the like are to be stored on the road or footpath without written approval being obtained from Council beforehand. The pathway shall be kept in a clean, tidy and safe condition during building operations. Council reserves the right, without notice, to rectify any such breach and to charge the cost against the applicant/owner/builder, as the case may be.
Reason: To ensure safety and amenity of the area.
17. Toilet facilities
During excavation, demolition and construction phases, toilet facilities are to be provided, on the work site, at the rate of one toilet for every 20 persons or part of 20 persons employed at the site.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
18. Recycling of building material (general)
During demolition and construction, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that building materials suitable for recycling have been forwarded to an appropriate registered business dealing in recycling of materials. Materials to be recycled must be kept in good order.
Reason: To facilitate recycling of materials.
19. Construction signage
All construction signs must comply with the following requirements:
· are not to cover any mechanical ventilation inlet or outlet vent · are not illuminated, self-illuminated or flashing at any time · are located wholly within a property where construction is being undertaken · refer only to the business(es) undertaking the construction and/or the site at which the construction is being undertaken · are restricted to one such sign per property · do not exceed 2.5m2 · are removed within 14 days of the completion of all construction works
Reason: To ensure compliance with Council's controls regarding signage.
20. Road reserve safety
All public footways and roadways fronting and adjacent to the site must be maintained in a safe condition at all times during the course of the development works. Construction materials must not be stored in the road reserve. A safe pedestrian circulation route and a pavement/route free of trip hazards must be maintained at all times on or adjacent to any public access ways fronting the construction site. Where public infrastructure is damaged, repair works must be carried out when and as directed by Council officers. Where pedestrian circulation is diverted on to the roadway or verge areas, clear directional signage and protective barricades must be installed in accordance with AS1742-3 (1996) “Traffic Control Devices for Work on Roads”. If pedestrian circulation is not satisfactorily maintained across the site frontage, and action is not taken promptly to rectify the defects, Council may undertake proceedings to stop work.
Reason: To ensure safe public footways and roadways during construction.
21. Services
Where required, the adjustment or inclusion of any new utility service facilities must be carried out by the applicant and in accordance with the requirements of the relevant utility authority. These works shall be at no cost to Council. It is the applicants’ full responsibility to make contact with the relevant utility authorities to ascertain the impacts of the proposal upon utility services (including water, phone, gas and the like). Council accepts no responsibility for any matter arising from its approval to this application involving any influence upon utility services provided by another authority.
Reason: Provision of utility services.
22. Erosion control
Temporary sediment and erosion control and measures are to be installed prior to the commencement of any works on the site. These measures must be maintained in working order during construction works up to completion. All sediment traps must be cleared on a regular basis and after each major storm and/or as directed by the Principal Certifying Authority and Council officers.
Reason: To protect the environment from erosion and sedimentation.
23. Drainage to existing system
Stormwater runoff from all new impervious areas and subsoil drainage systems shall be piped to the existing site drainage system. The installation of new drainage components must be completed by a licensed contractor in accordance with AS3500.3 (Plumbing Code) and the BCA. No stormwater runoff is to be placed into the Sydney Water sewer system. If an illegal sewer connection is found during construction, the drainage system must be rectified to the satisfaction of Council and Sydney Water.
Reason: To protect the environment.
24. No storage of materials beneath trees
No activities, storage or disposal of materials shall take place beneath the canopy of any tree protected under Council's Tree Preservation Order at any time.
Reason: To protect existing trees.
25. Removal of refuse
All builders' refuse, spoil and/or material unsuitable for use in landscape areas shall be removed from the site on completion of the building works.
Reason: To protect the environment.
26. On site retention of waste dockets
All demolition, excavation and construction waste dockets are to be retained on site, or at suitable location, in order to confirm which facility received materials generated from the site for recycling or disposal.
· Each docket is to be an official receipt from a facility authorised to accept the material type, for disposal or processing. · This information is to be made available at the request of an Authorised Officer of Council.
Reason: To protect the environment.
Conditions to be satisfied prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate:
27. Compliance with BASIX Certificate
Prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that all commitments listed in BASIX Certificate No. A224296 have been complied with.
Reason: Statutory requirement.
28. Infrastructure repair
Prior to issue of the Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority must be satisfied that any damaged public infrastructure caused as a result of construction works (including damage caused by, but not limited to, delivery vehicles, waste collection, contractors, sub-contractors, concrete vehicles) is fully repaired to the satisfaction of Council Development Engineer and at no cost to Council.
Reason: To protect public infrastructure.
29. Compliance with bush fire assessment, report and certificate
Prior to the issue of an Occupation Certificate, the Principal Certifying Authority shall be satisfied that all recommendations listed in the bush fire risk assessment and report below have been complied with:
Reason: Statutory requirement.
|
Brodee Gregory Senior Assessment Officer |
Selwyn Segall Team Leader - Development Assessment North |
Corrie Swanepoel Manager Development Assessment Services |
Michael Miocic Director Development & Regulation |
A1View |
Attachment 1 - DOP Circular |
|
2010/010577 |
|
|
A2View |
Attachment 2 - Location sketch |
|
2015/249454 |
|
A3View |
Attachment 3 - Zoning Extract |
|
2015/249438 |
|
A4View |
Attachment 4 - Site plan |
|
2015/187619 |
|
A5View |
Attachment 5 - Ground floor plan |
|
2015/187626 |
|
A6View |
Attachment 6 - Lower and first floor plans |
|
2015/187628 |
|
A7View |
Attachment 7 - Elevations and section |
|
2015/187630 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.10 / 412 |
|
|
Item GB.10 |
S10362 |
|
11 September 2015 |
Lindfield Community Hub - Update Report
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To present a comprehensive assessment of the four (4) exhibited illustrative development options for the Lindfield Community Hub site; and recommend a preferred option for Council adoption for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI). |
|
|
background: |
At OMC of 8 September 2015, Council resolved to defer adoption of a preferred option for the Lindfield Community Hub requesting staff report back to Council on 6 October 2015 advising on the results of market sounding and on any recommended refinements to the preferred option prior to advertising an Expression of Interest. |
|
|
comments: |
Four (4) illustrative master plan options for the Lindfield Community Hub were prepared and publicly exhibited during the period 21 March 2015 to 14 May 2015. This report presents a comprehensive assessment of the options using criteria adopted by Council in November 2014; in addition this report presents a summary of the findings from a market sounding process undertaken by consultants, on behalf of Council, for a period of 3 weeks commencing 31 August 2015. |
|
|
recommendation: |
This report recommends that Council adopt Option 2 (as exhibited) with a maximum building height of 7 storey heights; and for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI) adopt a variation of Option 2 that excludes Scouts Association land and AUSGRID land.
This report also recommends that Council advertises an EOI seeking proposals from development companies based on Option 2 (revised EOI version) and that Council accepts non-conforming bids from the EOI process. |
Purpose of Report
To present a comprehensive assessment of the four (4) exhibited illustrative development options for the Lindfield Community Hub site; and recommend a preferred option for Council adoption for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI).
Background
On 8 September 2015 at OMC 271 - Lindfield Community Hub Preferred Option, Council resolved as follows:
A. That adoption of a specific option be deferred and considered on 6 October with the results of the market sounding process.
B. Adopt the Governance Structure for the Lindfield Community Hub as attached to this report;
C. Adopt the Probity Plan & Market Sounding Probity Protocol for the Lindfield Community Hub as attached to this report;
D. Adopt the Project Decision Making Framework for the Lindfield Community Hub as attached to this report; and
E. Adopt the Risk Management Plan for the Lindfield Community Hub as attached to this report.
F. That staff report back to council advising on the results of the market sounding and on any recommended refinements to the preferred option prior to advertising an Expression of Interest.
The full list of council reports which pertain to the Lindfield Hub project have been set out below for reference:
1. OMC – 26 June 2012 – GB.9 - Council Car Park – Woodford Lane, Lindfield – Reclassification
2. OMC – 26 February 2013 – GB.16 - Woodford Lane, Lindfield Commuter Car Park
3. OMC – 28 May 2013 – GB.10 - Lindfield Community Hub and Commuter Car Park – Next Steps
4. OMC – 30 July 2013 – GB.5 – Proposed Reclassification of 1B Beaconsfield Parade and 19 Drovers Way, Lindfield (Woodford Lane Car Park) to Operational Land Following the Exhibition and Public Hearing Process
5. OMC – 12 November 2013 – C.1 - Potential Property Acquisition – Lindfield
6. OMC - 10 December 2013 - GB.19 - Lindfield Village Green - Tryon Road - Project Update
7. OMC – 24 June 2014 – C.1 - Property Acquisition - Lindfield
8. OMC – 9 September 2014 – GB.4 – Lindfield Community Hub – Woodford Lane – Report on Progress
9. OMC - 11 November 2014 – GB.7 – Lindfield Community Hub – Probity Matters
10. OMC – 25 November 2014 – GB.8 – Lindfield Community Hub – Probity Management Plan
11. OMC – 9 December 2014 – Tender No. RFT22/2014 – Lindfield Community Hub – Tender For Consultants to Prepare Illustrative Development Options and Master Plan
12. OMC – 21 April 2015 – GB.5 – Compulsory Acquisition of Roads – Lindfield
13. OMC – 8 September 2015 – GB.9 – Lindfield Community Hub Preferred Option
Comments
4 (four) illustrative master plan options were prepared and exhibited during the period between 21 March 2015 to 14 May 2015 during which the community and all key stakeholders were extensively consulted (refer details under Community Consultation in this report). A summary of the exhibited options has been provided below. Full details of these options can be viewed on Council’s website at:
Option 1 - Key Components
Figure 1: Option 1 - Plan
Figure 2: Option 1 Figure 3: Option 1 – 3-D View
Development Statistics
Option 2 - Key Components
Figure 4: Option 2 - Plan
Figure 5: Option 2 Figure 6: Option 2 – 3-D View
Development Statistics
Option 3 - Key Components`
Figure 7: Option 3 - Plan
Figure 8: Option 3 Figure 9: Option 3 – 3-D View
Development Statistics
Option 4 - Key Components
Figure 10: Option 4 - Plan
Figure 11: Option 4 Figure 12: Option 4 – 3-D View
Development Statistics
1. Assessment of Exhibited Master Plan Options
This report seeks to provide a comprehensive assessment of the site against the criteria adopted by Council in November 2014, with the view to recommending a preferred option to Council, the criteria are:
· public & stakeholder responses;
· project costs;
· financial feasibility;
· project objectives;
· traffic & transport;
· community facilities review;
· specialist council staff review;
· project working group (PWG) approval; and
· full Council approval.
Each option is ranked 1 through to 4 with 4 being the highest score and 1 being the lowest score. The scores are colour coded for legibility; green (score of 4); brown (score of 3); orange (score of 2); and red (score of 1).
1.1 Public and Stakeholder Responses
Responses to the exhibited options are addressed under three components:
- On-line survey results;
- Community workshop results; and
- Public Submissions.
CRED community planning was engaged to manage the community engagement programme for the Lindfield Hub project and to report on the results. The full engagement outcomes report Lindfield Community Hub, Community Engagement Outcomes Report, 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at http://haveyoursaykuringgai.com.au/lindfield-community-hub
1.1.1 On-line survey results
An online survey was conducted between 21 March 2015 and 14 May 2015, in which 63% of respondents showed a preference for Option 4, and the rest for Option 2. Option 4 precludes residential uses and has a maximum building height of 3 storeys. Results indicate residents want a new and larger supermarket with a range of high quality shops.
The main reasons respondents said they would visit the Lindfield Community Hub were as follows:
- community facilities and classes;
- relaxing and meeting up with people;
- convenient parking and supermarket;
- library;
- restaurants and cafes;
- retail and shops;
- bringing children to the park/play centre; and
- walking home from work and the station, through the Hub.
1.1.2 Community workshop results
An opt-in community workshop was planned but subsequently cancelled due to lack of interest. A randomly recruited workshop was held on 9 May 2015 where 78% of people showed a clear preference for Option 2, 18% preferred Option 4, and the remaining 4% preferred options 1 and 2.
1.1.3 Public Submissions
There were two written submissions to Council one from Support Lindfield, a local community group, and the second from the 2nd and 3rd Lindfield Scouts Group.
1.1.3.1 Scouts Australia: 2nd and 3rd Lindfield Scouts Group Submission
The submission from Scouts indicated support for the Lindfield Hub redevelopment project and expressed a preference of Options 2 and 4 over the other options. The group also expressed an interest in relocating to the new community hub building; this matter is discussed further later in this report. The Scouts Submission, 2nd and 3rd Lindfield Scouts Group, May 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
1.1.3.2 Support Lindfield Submission
Support Lindfield made a detailed submission which claims to be on behalf of more than 600 members who have contributed over the last two and a half years. Support Lindfield also state they have over 20,000 flyers distributed and 750 people attending community forums.
A summary of the conclusions of the Support Lindfield submission are as follows:
- the community are supportive of a community hub;
- Options 2 and 4 most closely align with the community’s preferences;
- Option 2 is the preferred option with some modifications (increase the supermarket size to 3,600sqm and amount of specialty retail to 2,100sqm);
- in relation to Options 1 and 3 the community did not prefer these as there was too little retail; and
- the community did not identify retention of existing trees as a high priority particularly where they would restrict the creation of high quality public spaces and retail floor space.
The Support Lindfield submission notes that the community is willing to compromise on a number of matters:
- height of buildings;
- inclusions of apartments in the development for commercial viability;
- some increases in local traffic;
- pedestrian link over the highway; and
- environmental (loss of existing trees).
The Support Lindfield submission notes that the community is not willing to compromise on:
- public spaces and places must be included;
- a supermarket with a mix of speciality shops;
- community focused – enhances sense of community;
- car parking – must cater for all uses including commuters; and
- inspiring design that the community can be proud of.
The full Support Lindfield submission titled Support Lindfield Submission to Ku-ring-gai Council on Lindfield Community Hub, May 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
In summary, the submissions from Scouts NSW and Support Lindfield showed a clear preference for Options 2 and 4 due to their public benefits, clear distinction of public and private domain, and their ability to activate the local area.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Public Submissions |
1 |
4 |
1 |
4 |
1.1.3.3 Summary Public Engagement Results
The overall public engagement results show that Options 2 and 4 are equally favoured by the public. Option 2 provides for a good mix of uses including community hub building, park, mid-range supermarket, boutique retail and residential components, potentially providing a much-needed boost to the local community and the local economy. Option 4 provides for a large-scale supermarket, which was highly desired by the community. Option 1 proposes a small-scale supermarket which is not in line with community aspirations. Option 3 has no supermarket and no central focus, neither of which are in line with community aspirations.
The results of the assessment has been summarised in the table below.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Online Survey |
1 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
Community Workshop |
1 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
Public Submissions |
1 |
4 |
1 |
4 |
Total |
3 |
11 |
3 |
11 |
1.2 Project Cost
MBM Quantity Surveyors were engaged to prepare a preliminary budget estimate for the project. This report entitled Lindfield Community Hub Budget Estimate - Preliminary Estimate Report, April 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments
MBM prepared indicative budget estimate for each of the proposed development options (1, 2, 3 & 4) for Lindfield Community Hub to be used for preliminary feasibility purposes. The total estimated cost of each option is set out in the Table below.
Table 1: Cost Estimate of Options Summary, by MBM
Option 2 is the most expensive option, at a preliminary estimate of $101.3 million dollars as it is the most complex in terms of construction and proposes the greatest range of uses; Option 3 is the second most expensive, at $92 million, because it has a large number of residential apartments which have higher construction and fit-out costs when compared to other uses. Options 4 and 1 are the lowest cost options at $74.6 million and $65.7 Million respectively. The total cost of facilities and infrastructure to be ultimately owned by Council is approximately $14.5 million or between 14% and 22% of the total estimated project costs
RLB Quantity Surveyors were subsequently engaged to undertake a peer review of the MBM report; the peer review paper considers the following issues:
- strategic advice;
- review of items/rates;
- library and community facilities allowances; and
- park and town centre allowances.
The full report by RLB titled Peer Review of MBM Cost Estimate by RLB, May 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
RLB’s peer review identified the following issues:
- the rates provided by MBM for the construction and fit-out costs of the new community buildings are significantly below similar benchmarks for a high quality facility; and
- the rates provided by MBM for the new parkland and public domain areas are considerably lower than similar benchmarks for a high quality parks and public domain areas.
As a result of the peer review RLB recommend an overall increase in the construction costs of the options of between $11-12 million; the result means the total cost of facilities and infrastructure to be ultimately owned by Council increases to approximately $25 million or between 22% and 32% of the total estimated project costs which also represent a higher proportion of the overall project costs.
In summary, a review of the projects costs shows us that Option 1 has the lowest overall estimated construction cost but the highest proportion of public costs to private costs (32%); whilst Option 2 has the highest estimated construction cost and lowest proportion of public costs to private costs (22%). The latter is therefore more likely to be a feasible commercial project
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Project Cost |
1 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1.3 Economic Feasibility
Based on the MBM and RLB findings, Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL) were engaged to further refine the economic feasibility analysis of the options:
Provided below is a summary of the scenarios JLL have undertaken analysis on:
- Option 1 - 3 Storey, Community facilities + library, speciality retail, mini-major retail, residential (32 units), car parking including 240 commuter spaces
- Option 2 - 7 Storey, Community facilities + library, speciality retail, major retail, commercial, residential (105 units) car parking including 240 commuter spaces
- Option 3 - 5 Storey, Community facilities + library, speciality retail, commercial, residential (120 dwellings), car parking including 240 commuter spaces
- Option 4 - 3 Storey, Community facilities + library, speciality retail, major retail, car parking including 240 commuter spaces
Table 2: Breakdown of floor space and car parking, exhibited options 1-4, by JLL
JLL has various key assumptions and limitations including but not limited to:
- Equity injection to the project $13.19 million from collected s.94 contributions as at April 2015.
- Equity injection to the project $16.8 million from the State Government of NSW for the construction of 240 commuter car parks (subject to agreement from TFNSW).
- No income is derived from the community uses or car parking.
JLL’s observations from the above financial analysis are summarised below.
- Option 1 - Provides a poor financial outcome of based on significant ‘community costs’ (including associated car parking) with smaller income producing uses.
- Option 2 - Provides an indicative ‘break-even option’ given the provision of residential and major retail uses.
- Option 3 - Presents the most viable option given the quantum of residential.
- Option 4 - Provides a poor financial outcome based on the lack of residential which support the options viability. The major retail also assumes constrained trade based on the assumption that there will be no right turn lane from Pacific Highway to Beaconsfield Parade.
In summary, Option 3 presents the most financially rewarding proposition for Council with option 2 also ’break-even’ proposition (including a contingency sum for error, delay or change of project scope).
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Economic Feasibility |
1 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
1.4 Project Objectives
A comprehensive assessment of the options was carried out by council staff, against the project objectives. The full assessment table titled Lindfield Community Hub, Assessment of Options against Objectives, April 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
A summary of the assessment under the broad project objective headings is given below.
1.4.1 The Village
A modern urban village, like a traditional village, provides a range of opportunities for people to live, work, shop and pursue leisure and cultural interests in the one location. Social interaction is also a key component of a village:
- Option 3 comprises 70% of its floor space as residential apartments and lacks the critical retail mass to create a place where residents could complete most of their shopping in one location
- Option 4 lacks residential apartments which are a critical part of a village as they provide multiple benefits in terms of people living in an area, caring for an area, ‘eyes on the street’ for safety and people movements. The total amount of retail (7,000sqm) in Option 4 is also of concern particularly in terms of impacts on existing traders nearby on the Pacific Highway and impact on road network.
- Options 1 and 2 both provide a balanced range of uses that would have the potential to create a vibrant local hub.
- The key differences between Options 1 & 2 is the proposed building scale and the amount of retail floor space, the communities preference in this regard will be determined through the survey results.
- As discussed above, 7 storey buildings are compatible with the idea of an urban village, particularly given the planning context in which properties to the west/south-west of the site are zoned for 5 storey apartment buildings and given the proximity to the railway station.
- The proposed building scale and the amount of retail floor space are considered further in relation to financial feasibility and market demand.
Options 1 and 2 are considered to have the best potential to meet the objective of creating a village; option 3 is considered to have the least potential.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
The Village |
4 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
1.4.2 The Attraction
The development options explore a range of opportunities to create a place which will attract people to the area as well as make it easy for people to visit when arriving by car, on foot or by bicycle. It is important to note that the facilities are planned to cater for local residents living in the southern part of the Ku-ring-gai LGA; it is not intended to create a place that will necessarily attract people from the broader region.
- all options offer local attractions and facilities in the form of a new park, town square, branch library and community centre;
- Option 1 provides a limited retail offer and as a result the attraction is likely to be limited. The benefit of this is that it may offer a supportive role to existing traders on the Pacific Highway;
- Option 2 provides a strong retail offer that is likely to draw people from the local catchment (southern part of LGA);
- Option 3 offers limited facilities to attract people above and beyond the proposed community infrastructure; and
- Option 4 provides a very large retail offer which has the potential to attract too many people – traffic modelling suggests the number of visitors by car is likely to exceed the capacity of the local road network.
Options 1 and 2 are considered to have the best potential to meet the objective of creating an attraction, while option 4 may be too large for the context.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
The Attraction |
3 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
1.4.3 The Canopy
All options to a greater or lesser extent have responded to this objective. Options 1 and 3 clearly provide the best outcome in terms of deep soil and tree protection.
All options propose significant new tree planting within the new streets and parks that would, over the medium, term result in a canopy cover greater than the existing situation
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
The Canopy |
3 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
1.4.4 The Environment
Overall sustainability is achieved through eliminating the need for multiple trips as the hub becomes a ‘one stop’ destination.
All options have proposed green technologies explored to achieve Council’s energy targets:
- green technology in buildings;
- orientation of residential to maximise solar and cross ventilation;
- stormwater storage and re-use.
The heat island effect of the site would be reduced due to the proposed parkland and tree canopy.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
The Environment |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
1.4.5 Connectivity
Generally, all options are designed to be well-connected with respect to pedestrians, cyclists and vehicles, with good access to public transport and cycle routes. The sloping site poses connectivity challenges however these challenges have been dealt with in a similar manner in all options. All options improve significantly on the existing conditions.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Connectivity |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
1.4.6 Accessibility
The site has accessibility issues due to the steep fall of the site (approximately 9m from the eastern end to the western end of the site). All options have been designed with universal access principles in mind and are therefore more or less equal in this regard. All options improve significantly on existing conditions.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Accessibility |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
1.4.7 Safety/Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)
All options propose to comply with CPTED principles and will have good lighting to all of the public spaces. Options 1, 2 and 3 have a mix of residential and retail uses which allows for passive surveillance of the site during all times of the day and night. However, Option 4 does not have residential uses which mean that the site has little or no surveillance during night time.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Safety/CPTED |
4 |
4 |
4 |
1 |
1.5 Traffic and Transport Review
A traffic and transport review of the 4 options was conducted by Transport consultants engaged by Council (Peopletrans). The full report titled Lindfield Community Hub, Concept Design Options, Transport Review, by Peopletrans, August 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
The assessment criteria used by the consultants are as follows:
· Pedestrians;
- pedestrian accessibility to, from and through the site
- pedestrian accessibility within the site
· Cyclists;
- cyclist accessibility to, from and through the site
- end of trip facilities
· Public Transport Integration (Trains & Buses);
· General Traffic Accessibility;
- intersection operation
- car parking
- loading
· Safety.
In summary, the report made the following conclusions and recommendations:
· The assessment found it was challenging to choose an outright preferred option as there were positive and negative elements of each.
· The scale and type of development of SJB Option 4 would have an unacceptable traffic impact on the surrounding road network and would have to be scaled back significantly if it were to be given any further consideration in the context of the other 3 options.
· The elements that could be compared equitably related primarily to the road network configuration, number of car parking stations and the location of the car park accesses.
· There were elements that were identified as part of the Lindfield Transport Model Network Study 2013/14 which was not identified on any of the SJB option layouts including the following:
- the need to maintain kiss & ride parking on Woodford Lane (accessed to and from the south);
- the need for a community bus stop located near the community facilities; and
- the importance of Woodford Lane as a public domain/shared zone street including a contra-flow cycle lane providing a safer link across the Pacific Highway from the proposed future traffic signals at Strickland Avenue.
In summary, Options 1, 2 and 3 were deemed acceptable from a traffic and transport point of view. Option 4, however, due to its large supermarket component, would have an unacceptable traffic impact on the surrounding road network.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Traffic & Transport |
4 |
4 |
4 |
2 |
1.6 Community Facilities Review
Elton Consulting were first commissioned by Ku-ring-gai Council in 2013 to undertake a study of community facilities in Lindfield and the southern parts of the LGA. The completed study, entitled Lindfield Community Facilities Study, 2014, provides objectives and guidelines to guide Council in the planning, design and delivery of new community facilities in the Lindfield local centre.
Elton Consulting were recently re-engaged to undertake an assessment of the four exhibited options to determine how each of the options rate against the original objectives and guidelines; the report titled Lindfield Community Hub Review of Concept Design Options (Community Facilities), May 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments. A summary of the findings is set out below.
Two options received significantly higher scores in the assessment – Option 2 and Option 3, with Option 2 being the highest scoring option. Option 4 was the lowest scoring option. The assessment findings are summarised below.
Option 2 scored a total of 47/50 and rated well against all criteria. The proposed facility would have a strong public presence (with both the community centre and library achieving ground floor access), prominent entries and strong physical and visual open space connections. The option also includes a reasonable quantity of residential and retail uses which would assist to activate the site, revitalise the Lindfield local centre, and contribute to public safety through passive surveillance.
Option 3 scored a total of 43/50 and rated well against most criteria. The facility design would also result a prominent facility with at grade entries for both the library and community centre. With the majority of the library below ground level, the positioning of the facility foyer (a critical connection between the library and community centre) may be somewhat restricted and may compromise connections between the facility components. This option proposes the highest number of residential dwellings as well as commercial space, which would assist to activate the site and improve public safety through passive surveillance.
Option 1 received a score of 31/50. The facility is located on a prominent corner of the site however it would have a lower profile or public presence with the main entry located to the south and only small entry to the main, Bent street frontage. The option proposes only a small number of dwellings and small retail component, limiting the option’s potential to achieve an activated site and contribute to the revitalisation of the Local Centre. Opportunities for the provision of contained open space for the community facility are limited. In addition, this option also represents a missed opportunity to incorporate the adjacent scout hall into the new community hub (though this cannot be guaranteed in any option, as it is subject to the outcome of negotiations with Lindfield Scouts).
Option 4 was the lowest scoring option with a total score of 22/50. The proposed level change between Bent Street and the site would result in a facility with little public presence and a lack of connection to the local centre, compromising its potential to be a key community focal point and gathering space. The lack of other land-uses limits the potential to achieve a highly utilised, activated site. The park and facility would also lack public surveillance. This option does not realise the potential of the site. This option also represents a missed opportunity to incorporate the adjacent scout hall into the new community hub.
A summary of the assessment is contained in the table below:
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Community Facilities Review |
2 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
1.7 Council Staff Workshop
A workshop involving 18 specialist Council staff was held on 22 June 2015 to seek input and feedback on each development option and to assess each option individually in order to determine a preferred option. The workshop notes titled Lindfield Community Hub, Staff Assessment Workshop Summary, June 2015 can be viewed on Council’s website at Current projects priorities / Development and upgrades / Major developments.
In summary, the staff unanimously agreed that Option 2 was the preferred option for the site, owing to its variety in land uses, presence of a mid-range supermarket and clear distinction of public and private spaces. Option 4 was gauged as second-best, as it provided a large-scale supermarket, in line with community aspiration. Option 1 was ruled out because it had a low development potential, proposed a small-scale supermarket (which went against community aspiration) and was financially unviable. Option 3 had no clarity between public and private spaces and was excessive in its residential component.
A numeric summary of the assessment is provided in the table below.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Staff Workshop |
1 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
1.8 Project Control Group (PCG) Approval of Preferred Option
A PCG meeting was held on 5 August 2015 where an update of the Lindfield Hub project was provided by council staff and PBS consultants. It was agreed that Option 2 would be the preferred option for the site.
2. Summary of Assessment
The assessment of the master plan options has been summarised in the table below.
Criteria |
Option 1 |
Option 2 |
Option 3 |
Option 4 |
Public Engagement (online survey, community workshop and public submissions) |
3 |
11 |
3 |
11 |
Estimated project Cost |
1 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
Economic Feasibility |
1 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
Traffic & Transport |
4 |
4 |
4 |
2 |
Community Facilities Review |
2 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
Project Objective - Village |
4 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
Project Objective - Attraction |
3 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
Project Objective - Canopy |
3 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
Project Objective - Environment |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
Project Objective - Connectivity |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
Project Objective - Accessibility |
4 |
4 |
4 |
4 |
Project Objective - Safety/CPTED |
4 |
4 |
4 |
1 |
Council Staff Workshop |
1 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
TOTAL SCORE
|
38 |
55 |
40 |
40 |
Table 3: Assessment of master plan options – final scores
The assessment deems Option 2 as a clear preference with a score of 55/60 or 92%. Options 1, 3 and 4 are ranked as less preferred with scores of between 38/60 and 40/60 or 66% respectively.
3. Market Sounding
3.1 Background
Councillors were briefed on 4 August 2015 by staff and consultants and advised that a market sounding process was to commence from 31 August 2015 for 3 weeks.
‘Market sounding’ is a process which involves informal discussions with selected private sector participants to determine the private sector’s reaction to and interest in Council’s preferred development option for the site. The feedback gained from this process will inform the preferred option which could then need to be refined or adjusted to address any concerns or issues raised by the private sector. In addition, it will provide Council with reliable market-based feedback on Council’s preferred Option 2. This feedback will enable Councillors to make an informed decision based on both the community consultation and consultation (albeit limited) with the private sector. It is to be noted that no party consulted during the process has any right or advantage over any other parties if and when Council seeks formal market interest in the project.
3.2 The Intent
The intent of the market sounding was to:
· promote Ku-ring-gai Council as a Council that is professional, forward thinking and focused on delivering well balanced community and commercial outcomes;
· give confidence to the development sector that Ku-ring-gai Council was genuinely and positively committed to achieving the development of the Lindfield Community Hub site via an arrangement with the private sector;
· display Council’s commitment by demonstrating that Council had retained a multi –disciplinary project delivery team with a track record and capable of interacting with developers in a common sense and commercially sensitive manner;
· test the commercial viability of the project to ensure that it is capable of delivering not only the community outcomes but also the potential for Council to derive an income from the project that could be used to fund additional community assets;
· provide developers with confidence that when submitting an EOI, they were doing so with the knowledge that the project had been designed to achieve a ‘win-win-win’ outcome for the Council, the community and the private sector;
· communicate that Council was actively seeking full and frank feedback from developers on:
- the architectural concepts publicly exhibited to date;
- potential titling and project delivery structures;
- initial financial feasibility assessments;
- general desirability of a mixed use project of this type in Lindfield (and potentially other Town Centres); and
- to illicit suggestions that may further enhance the Community outcomes.
3.3 Market Sounding Process
The market sounding process was carried out via a series of face to face and telephone interviews with a representative selection of the development industry with companies of varying financial resources and track records. In addition, 2 (two) major supermarket chains were also included on the list of potential participants for the market sounding process. The entire market sounding process was wrapped in a “probity framework” designed to protect Council, the participants and the project. An external probity auditor, engaged by Council, was also present at a random selection of the interviews in order to ensure that the probity framework was maintained to the highest possible standard.
3.4 Options Presented
Two development options were used in the market sounding process. These are:
· Option 2, because it has been assessed as the preferred option based on Council’s criteria; and
· Option 4, because the community’s preferences were equally weighted between Options 2 and 4
3.5 List of Developers
A total of fourteen development companies were contacted for the market sounding meetings:
Domestic Developers (Large)
· Lend Lease
· Stockland
· Mirvac
· Brookfield Multiplex
Domestic Developers (Other)
· Holdmark Property Group
· Payce Consolidated Limited
· Grocon
· LEDA Holdings
Foreign Developers
· Chiwayland Australia Pty Limited
· Dahua Group (Aust)
· China Venture Pty Ltd
· Aqualand
Retailers
· Woolworths
· Coles
3.6 Market Sounding Results
In summary, the results of the market sounding process were overwhelmingly positive; the companies endorsed the location, mixed-use nature of the development concept, and the engagement process with the private sector. The full market sounding report can be viewed at Attachment A1 Lindfield Community Hub Market Sounding Report trim.
Some of the key comments made are as follows:
· Undertaking a “market sounding” exercise is an excellent idea and not something we’d expect from a Council.
· Council should be congratulated on the decision to appoint a professional team to assist them with the project.
· The project is very desirable with Option 2 clearly the best mix of community and commercial outcomes.
· Participants were very much aware of Ku-ring-gai Council’s history with developers and viewed the market sounding as a clear indicator of Council’s desire to change that although there remained some reticence.
· Participants would be happy to provide an EOI based on Option 2 with the residential buildings at 7 levels and also provide an alternate option(s) in order to show Council what could be achieved on a site of this quality.
· There was almost no interest in Option 4 as it was viewed as not commercially viable.
· Would Council be interested in submissions that deliver “award winning” design outcomes for the community buildings?
· A proposed titling structure that allows the title to the land to be transferred to the successful applicant very early in the project with substantial financial security offered to Council to guarantee delivery of the community buildings would further enhance project feasibility.
· All participants raised the subject of the “project team delivery team”, citing that prior to submitting an EOI they would seek assurances from Council that a “professional project team” would act for Council in any negotiations that ensued.
3.7 Market Sounding - Preferred Option
Two development options were presented to participants of the market sounding process. The majority of market sounding participants identified Option 2 as clearly the best mix of community and commercial outcomes; option 4 was identified by most participants as not commercially viable and of no interest.
An additional comment made by one or more (but not the majority) of the participants noted that given the uncertainty regarding the sites owned by Scouts and Ausgrid it would be preferable to exclude these from the EOI process.
This approach may lower the potential financial return to Council (although this has not been quantified as yet).It is recommended the sites owned by Scouts and Ausgrid be excluded from the EOI but provision made for them to be included at a later date if negotiations can be concluded with Scouts and Ausgrid on favourable terms to Council.
4. Recommendation - Preferred Option
Based on the comprehensive assessment presented in this report, it is recommended that Council adopt Option 2 (as exhibited, with 7 storey maximum building heights) as the preferred option for the Lindfield Community Hub.
For the purposes of an EOI it is recommended that option 2 be modified (as shown in diagrams 13-16) as follows:
· Exclusion of land owned by Scouts Association - 2nd and 3rd Lindfield Scouts Group known as 1A Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot A DP 327729, Lot C DP 399995 and Lot 2 DP 184154); and
· Exclusion of land owned by AUSGRID known as 1 Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot 1 DP 184042)
Figure 13: Modified Option 2 (EOI version)– Plan View Figure 14: Modified Option 2 (EOI version)– Rendered Plan
Figure 15: Modified Option 2 (EOI version)– 3D View 1
Figure 16: Modified Option 2 (preferred)– 3D View 2
5. Project Mandatory Scope of Work
The scope of mandatory requirements for option 2 is given in Table 4 below. This scope is intended to be included within the EOI document.
LINDFIELD COMMUNITY HUB – PROJECT SCOPE/MANDATORY ELEMENTS |
||||
Category of works |
Items of inclusion |
Location and extent |
Minimum requirements |
Relevant guidelines and controls |
General |
Mix of residential, retail and commercial uses |
_ |
_ |
_ |
Streetscape works |
- New footpaths - Underground power lines - LED street lighting - Street trees and tree grates - Landscaping of verges - Installation of street furniture such as benches, litter bins and bike racks, on strategic locations |
Bent Lane Bent Street Woodford Lane Beaconsfield Parade |
_ |
Ku-ring-gai Town Centres Public Domain Plan, 2010
Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan, 2010
Council’s streetscape technical manual
|
Road and transport works |
- Road realignment and resurfacing - Kerb and gutter realignment |
Bent Lane Woodford Lane |
_ |
Ku-ring-gai Town Centres Public Domain Plan , 2010
Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan, 2010
Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study Report 2013-14 |
|
- Construction of new public street (realignment and extension of Drovers Way) - Formal closure of existing Drovers Way road reserve |
Between Bent Street and Beaconsfield Parade |
_ |
Ku-ring-gai Town Centres Public Domain Plan, 2010
Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan, 2010
Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study Report 2013-14 |
|
- Construction of new kiss & ride zone - Construction of taxi rank with shelters and signage |
Woodford Lane |
_ |
Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan, 2010
|
|
- Modifications to traffic signals |
Intersection of Balfour Avenue and Pacific Highway |
_ |
Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study Report 2013-14 |
|
- Installation of new traffic signals |
Intersection of Beaconsfield Parade and Pacific Highway |
_ |
Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study Report 2013-14 |
Public Domain Works |
- Construction of new public park - Construction of new urban plaza |
Fronting Bent Street
|
Minimum size 4,000m2 |
Ku-ring-gai Town Centres Public Domain Plan, 2010
Ku-ring-gai Contributions Plan, 2010
Design specifications as provided by Council |
|
- Construction of new pedestrian plaza on Bent Street |
Within road reserve between Bent Lane and Pacific Highway |
|
Design specifications as provided by Council |
Community building |
- Construction of a community hub building comprising a café, new branch library, community centre and child care centre with roof garden |
Corner of Bent Street and new street (realigned Drovers Way) |
- Minimum size 2,950m2 - High design quality - Iconic |
Lindfield Community Facilities Study, Elton consulting, 2013 Design specifications as provided by Council |
|
- Full internal fit-out of branch library (turn-key) |
Level 1 of community hub building |
Minimum size 1,250 m2
|
Lindfield Community Facilities Study, Elton consulting, 2013 Design specifications as provided by Council |
|
- Full internal fit-out of community centre (turn-key) |
Level 2 of community hub building |
Minimum size 1,200 m2
|
Lindfield Community Facilities Study, Elton consulting, 2013 Design specifications as provided by Council |
|
- Full internal fit-out of childcare centre (turn-key) |
Level 3 of community hub building |
Minimum size 500 m2 with external roof top garden area |
Design specifications as provided by Council
Council’s DCP |
Car parking |
- Council car parking for community uses |
Basement car park |
Minimum of 55 spaces |
Australian Standards and Building Code of Australia |
|
- Public parking (Commuter) |
Basement car park |
Minimum of 140 spaces |
Australian Standards and Building Code of Australia |
|
- Council car parking (replacement of existing at-grade spaces) |
Basement car park |
Minimum of 112 spaces |
Australian Standards and Building Code of Australia |
|
- Private parking (retail and commercial) |
Basement car park |
_ |
Local Centres DCP, 2012
Lindfield Community Hub - Site specific DCP |
|
- Private parking (residential) |
Basement car park |
_ |
Local Centres DCP, 2012
Lindfield Community Hub - Site specific DCP |
Retail & Commercial uses |
- Supermarket
- Commercial & Retail (including supermarket)
|
Basement and ground level |
Minimum supermarket size 3,000 m2
Maximum retail (including supermarket) + commercial floor space 5,000m2 |
Local Centres DCP, 2012
Lindfield Community Hub - Site specific DCP |
Table 4: Mandatory requirements – Lindfield Community Hub
The following components, whilst not mandatory, are desirable, and are to be incorporated into the development where possible:
· innovative and sustainable solutions for water re-use, energy sources, grey-water and sewage recycling, recyclable or low carbon material choice;
· pedestrian bridge connecting the east and west sides of the Pacific Highway;
· pedestrian access way from the Pacific Highway into the site;
· scouts land; and
· Ausgrid land.
6. Non-Compliant Bids
We have been advised by our consultants to accept non-conforming bids without which the project will be exposed to unnecessary high-level risks such as:
· loss of developer confidence in the project due to inability to demonstrate innovative alternatives in their responses;
· poor interest in project and poor EOI responses;
· lack of acceptable alternative for Council that does not involve large injections of capital;
· loss of public confidence in the project due to a failed EOI process;
· financial loss due to the project capital invested to date converting to “sunk funds” as a result of the project being shelved or not proceeding;
· loss of potential income sources to Council due to the project not proceeding; and
· high reputational risk.
There are significant advantages to accepting non-conforming bids such as:
· innovative design and delivery models, forming a precedent for other major projects within the LGA;
· potentially enhanced community outcomes;
· financial structures and offerings that may generate previously undiscovered sources of income that can be used to fund other project and facilities;
· demonstration that Ku-ring-gai is “ready for business” in an intelligent, considered, and market sensitive manner; and
· Council will gain respect from the development industry due to the adoption of a commercially intelligent EOI process that allows developers to showcase their capability.
integrated planning and reporting
Places, Spaces and Infrastructure - P4 Revitalisation of our centres
Community, People and Culture - C4 Healthy lifestyles
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
A range of well planned, clean and safe neighbourhoods and public spaces designed with a strong sense of identity and place. |
P4.1.1 Plans to revitalise local centres are being progressively implemented and achieve quality design outcomes in collaboration with key agencies, landholders and the community.
P4.1.4 An improvement plan for Lindfield centre is being progressively implemented in collaboration with owners, businesses and state agencies. |
Implement a place management approach for the local centre improvements to coordinate works and achieve quality outcomes.
Engage with relevant stakeholders to establish timing, extent and partnership opportunities.
Undertake due diligence and undertake project scope.
Identify and engage with the key stakeholders. |
A healthy, safe, and diverse community that respects our history, and celebrates our differences in a vibrant culture of learning. |
C4.1.2 New and enhanced open space and recreational facilities have been delivered to increase community use and enjoyment.
|
Undertake acquisitions for new parks.
Undertake assessment and identify locations for new parks
Complete the design for identified parks and include design principles which facilitate passive recreation activities.
Construct parks at identified locations and include design principles which facilitate passive recreation activities |
Governance Matters
Governance documents
The following set of governance documents for the Lindfield Community Hub Project have been completed and reported to Council. These documents are intended to guide the day-to-day management of the project, including the market sounding phase and the EOI phase.
· Governance Structure;
· Probity Management Framework;
· Probity Plan & Market Sounding Probity Protocol; and
· Project Decision Making Framework.
The following documents are currently under preparation and will be reported to Council in the near future:
· Probity Protocol - Separation of Planning Powers;
· Scope Management Plan; and
· Communications Strategy.
Capital Expenditure Guidelines
The Office of Local Government (OLG), Department of Premier and Cabinet Capital Expenditure Guidelines, December 2010 are the Director General’s Guidelines issued pursuant to section 23A of the Local Government Act, 1993.
The guidelines apply to Council’s capital projects for infrastructure facilities, including renovations and extensions that are expected to cost in excess of 10% of Council’s annual ordinary rate revenue or $1 million, whichever is the greater (GST exclusive). In addition to the minimum requirements for a Capital Expenditure Review, a Council is also required to complete additional requirements in cases where a project’s cost is forecast to exceed $10 million (GST exclusive).
The following are the minimum requirements for a Capital Expenditure Review:
· Outline proposed Project
· Justify the Need
· Assess the Capacity of Council
· Priorities
· Alternatives
· Financial Implications
· Public Consultation Process
In addition to the minimum requirements set out above, a Council is also required to complete the following additional requirements in cases where a project’s cost is forecast to exceed $10 million.
· Business/Management Project Plan
· Risk Management Plan
· Probity Plan
· Tender Evaluation
Given the stage the project is now at it is recommended that Council write to the Office of Local Government advising them of the Lindfield Community Hub project; acknowledging that the guidelines apply to the project as the cost is forecast to exceed $10 million; and note that Council intends to submit a report to OLG in early 2016 that responds to the requirements of the Capital Expenditure Guidelines.
RISK MANAGEMENT
1. General
There are significant risks for Council in relation to any decisions it makes regarding zoning, reclassification, planning controls, and/or divestment for any of its town centre sites or “hub” projects. These risks are potential loss of revenue in the event a site is sold with lesser development yield than might reasonably expected under a new regime of dwelling targets and where a purchaser subsequently comes back to Council with a planning proposal for an uplift in controls, and/or that the “opportunity” for greater dwelling production on key town centre sites is simply lost by development at lesser height and density.
Notwithstanding that the State Government has not made any specific pronouncements about increased dwelling targets since it was first elected, there is a plethora of material available in the public realm that points to significantly increased dwelling targets for all metropolitan councils when draft subregional plans are released later in 2015. This is supported by the current subregional planning process being conducted by the Department of Planning and Environment in which all councils are being consulted, but arguably not engaged in any meaningful way, about new targets. It is also arguable that subregional plans were substantially completed before the State election, with release being held back until arrangements for the greater Sydney Commission are finalised and closer to when decisions are made in relation to local government amalgamations.
Barring direct intervention by the Department or the new Greater Sydney Commission in the spatial distribution of new dwellings at a local level, Council will have to make decisions about the form of its town centres going forward. Specifically, Council may be required to deliberate as to whether the currently relatively contained town centres are developed to be higher and denser than currently envisaged under the Local Centres LEP, or are they more spread out than at present, assuming continuation of the current, generally five storey, model. In this respect, the achievement of dwelling targets in the town centres specifically is being hampered by the constrained development controls applied to some sites in the translation of the Town Centres LEP into Council’s Local Centres LEP. Many sites in the core of the town centres remain marginal or unviable notwithstanding the recent property price escalation in Sydney. This contention is supported by much of the viability work Council itself commissioned in its local centres planning process, and which has been more recently confirmed by the Department of Planning and Environment though demonstration of an Urban Feasibility Model developed to guide subregional planning.
2. Risk Management Plan
A Risk Management Plan for the Lindfield Community Hub Project was adopted by Council on 8 September 2015. A project-specific Risk Management Matrix is currently being prepared in conjunction with Council’s risk officer. The details of this Plan will be reported to Council once finalised.
3. Due Diligence Checks
A comprehensive due diligence checklist has been prepared and staff are currently seeking all information for Council owned land within the site area of the Lindfield Community Hub. The list of items includes a geotechnical survey, environmental assessments (contamination) and an arboriculture study.
4. Co-operation of Key Stakeholders
There are a number of key stakeholders for this project including: Lindfield 2nd 3rd Scouts Group; AUSGRID; and Roads and Maritime Service (RMS).
4.1 Lindfield 2nd 3rd Scouts Group
Lindfield 2nd 3rd Scouts occupy a hall located at 1A Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot 2 of DP184154; Lot c of DP 399995; and Lot A of 327729). The property is owned by the Boy Scouts Association.
In May 2015 Lindfield 2nd 3rd Scouts made a submission to Council following the exhibition of the Lindfield Community Hub options; in their submission the Group expressed interest in relocating from their current building into the proposed community hub building. The Group see a strong synergy between their activities and the proposed activities within the hub.
The preferred option (Option 2) envisaged the potential of utilising the Scouts’ land as part of the community hub project as shown in Figure 17 below. It can be seen that the Scouts’ land is proposed to accommodate residential uses.
Figure 17: Option 2 showing location of Scouts land
Since receiving the submission, Council officers and consultants have met with representative of Lindfield Scouts to gain further insight into their requirements. The meetings have been positive, and discussions have indicated that Scouts position is as follows:
· Scouts are supportive of the community hub project;
· Scouts have not yet made a decision to relocate and this would be dependent on ongoing talks with Council;
· there are three levels of Scouts management (National, branch and local) that must approve the possible relocation, any of which can refuse the offer to relocate;
· Scouts will not consider a relocation offer that provides any lesser accommodation than they currently enjoy;
· Scouts may wish to allow for expansion room to allow for the possible relocation of Scouts regional office into a new facility with them;
· Scouts have prepared a sketch that outlines their current and future spatial needs;
· Scouts Lindfield wish to enter into a Memorandum of Understanding with Council. This would allow them to seek approval from the various levels of the organisation prior to commencing detailed negotiations with Council;
· the Group has constituted a sub-committee to advance discussions with Council to relocate into the community hub; and
· if for whatever reason Scouts are to stay in their current hall, their main interest is in ensuring that community hub project does not adversely impact their operation. This cannot be guaranteed under any scenario.
Given the time frame for an agreement between Council and Scouts is likely to take between 6-12 months, the inclusion of the Scouts’ land within the preferred option at this stage of the project has been identified as a significant project risk. The multiple levels of approval across the Scouts organisation also add considerable uncertainty.
It is recommended that the potential for the Scouts land to be included and the status of engagement with Scouts be fully described in the EOI so that tenderers responses can accommodate this potentiality via alternate proposals or deal with Scouts themselves.
4.2 AUSGRID
An AUSGRID substation is located at 1 Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot 1 of DP184042), adjoining the Scouts land. The property is owned by the AUSGRID.
The recommended preferred option (Option 2) envisages the potential of utilising the AUSGRID land as part of the community hub project as shown in Figure 14. It can be seen that the AUSGRID land is proposed to accommodate residential uses.
Several meetings have been held to date between representatives of AUSGRID, Council staff and Council-appointed consultants. AUSGRID have verbally indicated that they may be willing to move from their current location and into one of the basement levels of the community hub building, provided they are remunerated at market rate for their land and a new substation is built within the development. AUSGRID have a standard procedure with respect to sale of their land and change of premises; the final agreement will be determined by AUSGRID’s property section in discussions with Council staff. This approach is not unusual for a development of this scale, though it is as yet unquantified, and may be a project risk.
Figure 18: Option 2 showing location of AUSGRID land
Staff and consultants will continue to meet with representatives of AUSGRID and as discussions progress the outcomes will be reported to Council. Further work will also be undertaken to determine the financial implications and risk profile for the project.
It is recommended that the potential for the Ausgrid land to be included and the status of engagement with Ausgrid be fully described in the EOI so that tenderers responses can accommodate this potentiality via alternate proposals.
4.3 Roads and Maritime Services
During the development of the Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study, Roads and Maritime Services and other key transport stakeholders were invited to a Transport Stakeholder Workshop to discuss transport issues and opportunities that may be relevant to the project and to the Lindfield local centre in general. In the spirit of co-operation towards the project, Roads and Maritime Services even contributed to the project by providing essential traffic signal operation data, at no cost to Council or the project. Once a preferred transport scheme was developed, Roads and Maritime Services were re-engaged to view the results of the modelling and analysis.
The preferred transport scheme incorporates significant elements of the Transport Improvement Concept Plan for the Lindfield Local Centre, which was the transport scheme developed in 2008 in support of the Ku-ring-gai Local Centres LEP for Lindfield, and which received in-principle concurrence from Roads and Maritime Services at the time. However, at this stage, concurrence for the preferred transport scheme has not been received from Roads and Maritime services.
The preferred transport scheme also relies on a defined set of land uses (and floor areas) in the Lindfield Community Hub precinct. Increases in supermarket floor areas in this precinct, over and above those already defined in the Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study, would have significant impacts to the transport network and/or may require transport network upgrades which would not be technically or financially feasible.
Therefore, it is recommended that a subsequent report be prepared to describe the findings of the Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study recommending in-principle adoption by Council, subject to concurrence from Roads and Maritime Services.
Financial Considerations
A total of $851,000.00 has been spent during the financial years 2013/14 and 2014/15 on this project; it is noted that this represents a considerable amount of expenditure on staff salaries and consultants. The funding sources have been from development contributions including the 2010 Plan as well as earlier Plans. During this time the work undertaken has included project scoping, preliminary project feasibility, master plan options, exhibition, community engagement and assessment of options. A possible result of Council’s failure to progress the project could mean that Council will be required to repay the S94 funds spent to date.
Approximately $14 million in funds (2014/2015 dollars) have been allocated to this project in Council’s Long Term Financial Plan (LTFP). This represents Council’s contribution to the costs of streetscape works, road and transport works, public domain, community buildings and car parking identified in the project scope earlier in this report. Council’s LTFP also includes financial contributions from ‘development partners’ where Council is unable to fund certain facilities such as community buildings and car parking due to apportionment rates within the development contributions plan or a lack of nexus. The funds are identified as expenditure for the years 2017 through to 2021. In order for Council to spend these funds in a timely manner it will be necessary to meet the following programme:
· EOI complete late 2015;
· selection of preferred development company by February / March 2016;
· negotiation with preferred development company completed by mid-2016;
· submission of development application by mid-late 2016;
· development approval by mid/late-2017; and
· commencement of construction by early 2018.
Social Considerations
Council, as part of the Delivery Program 2013-2017 and Operational Plan 2013-2014, seeks to revitalise the Lindfield local centre to improve the vitality and liveability. The key objective of the project is to create a vibrant community hub for Lindfield incorporating a new branch library and community centre, town centre park, commuter and community parking with other uses such as retail and residential spaces. Council envisages this to be a rare opportunity to create a precinct which will be a valuable asset to the residents of Lindfield and the wider Ku-ring-gai community to gather in a quality urban environment.
The provision of additional community infrastructure providing both outdoor and indoor community spaces will continue to support this process and help Ku-ring-gai continue to be a vibrant and popular place to live for all ages.
Environmental Considerations
If Council adopts the preferred option recommended in this report then removal of remnant vegetation within the site will be required. Remnant vegetation on the site is mapped in the Ku-ring-gai (Local Centres) LEP, 2012 as being of biodiversity significance. Council’s DCP – Biodiversity Controls identifies them as Category 3 – Landscape Remnants. The vegetation provides potential habitat and seasonal foraging opportunities and refuge for bird and potentially bat species as well as potentially being a genetic reservoir. It also forms part of Sydney Turpentine Ironbark Forest, listed as a critically endangered ecological community under both State and Federal legislation.
The proposed impacts to this vegetation will require an assessment under the Threatened Species Conservation Act (TSC) 1995 and the Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (although its condition is likely to mean that it falls below the benchmark for listing at Federal level).
The removal of vegetation as a result of the preferred option is to be assessed through a Section 91 licence (under the TSC Act) by the Office of Environment and Heritage. The application will be accompanied by a species impact statement (SIS), including a mitigation /offset strategy, and should seek to address relevant LEP and DCP biodiversity clauses (including no net loss of significant vegetation).
Community Consultation
1. Stakeholder Consultation
1.1 Transport for NSW (TfNSW)
In May 2012 the NSW Government announced by media release it will build a new commuter car park comprising 240 new spaces in Lindfield. Since that time, and in accordance with Council resolutions, staff have worked in close liaison with representatives from TFNSW to resolve the location and number of commuter car parking in Lindfield through the two Lindfield projects – the Village Green and the Community Hub.
Given the stage of planning for the two projects TFNSW has suggested that Council submit a formal proposal to the Assistant Deputy Secretary - Planning Division of Transport for NSW for the Minister’s approval as the basis for commencing negotiations and completing an agreement between the parties for the delivery of 240 commuter car spaces in Lindfield local centre. The proposal will cover two key aspects:
· the proposed location or spatial arrangement of the commuter car parking; and
· the estimated cost of the car parking
A proposal is currently under preparation and will be reported to Council in the near future.
It is noted that both projects can proceed with or without commuter parking; if commuter parking is included then there will be no additional cost to Council.
1.2 Ku-ring-gai Youth Development Services (KYDS)
At OMC 11 November 2014 Council resolved to “relocate the Ku-ring-gai Youth Development Service (KYDS) service within the proposed Lindfield community hub (upon completion of the facility) and that the new facility provide purpose-built rooms to be designed in consultation with representatives of KYDS to meet their specific requirements”.
Since that time two meetings have been held with representatives of KYDS to discuss the proposed relocation of the service to the new community hub building once constructed. Council’s architect (SJB) attended the second meeting to understand the organisations spatial needs.
KYDS have since written to Council out their preferred location – which is within the hub building – and their likely space and functional requirements post-2017. Current planning assumes replacement of similar space to what KYDS currently occupy, albeit, of course, new and purpose-built. Any additional space requirements or an alternate location are a matter for Council at a future point in time.
2. Community Consultation
Council started the conversation with the local community on the opportunities and vision for the Lindfield Community Hub in early 2014 by creating the ‘Activate Lindfield’ initiative. Since that time 692 residents, business owners and other interested stakeholders have signed-up to the Activate Lindfield e-newsletter.
In late 2014 Council established a web page for the project. This is continually updated as new information comes to hand such as Council reports and consultant reports and other relevant material.
In April 2015 flyers were sent by post to 8,032 residents in Lindfield, Roseville and Killara to announce the upcoming exhibition commencing in April 2015. Council also produced a brochure for residents to take home from the exhibition to assist with completing the on-line survey.
The public exhibition went for eight weeks from Saturday 21 March to Friday 8 May 2015 with a further extension to Thursday 14 May 2014. During this time the community, invited to provide feedback on the four options; there were numerous ways residents could ask questions and provide feedback on the designs:
· attend the exhibition launch event which was held on Saturday 21 March;
· complete a Lindfield Community Hub survey on-line;
· visit the mobile exhibition space at Council’s Woodford Lane car park where Council staff were available to talk about the designs at the following times:
- 8am - 11am on Tuesdays
- 11am – 2pm on Wednesdays
- 3pm – 6pm on Thursdays
· an option was also provided for groups of six or more, to make an appointment for another time
· register to attend a workshop;
· complete a printed survey which was available at Council’s Customer Service Centre at 818 Pacific Highway Gordon during business hours;
· mail a submission to Ku-ring-gai Council Locked Bag 1056 Pymble NSW 2073; or
· join a discussion using one of the online “Have Your Say” tools which include 'Q&A', 'online forum' and 'Submit comment direct to Council'.
The following table summarises the engagement method and number of people involved.
Consultation method |
Respondent group |
Number |
Exhibition launch |
General community |
200 |
Mobile exhibition space |
General Community |
36 attended to discuss project with staff over 8 weeks |
Lindfield Community Hub Survey |
General community |
206 responses |
1 x Lindfield Community Hub opt-in workshop |
Local residents and businesses |
Cancelled due to low registration |
1 x Lindfield Community Hub recruited workshop |
Recruited (via telephone) local residents randomly selected and representative of a broad range of age groups, genders, and cultural backgrounds |
28 participants |
On-line questions via “Have Your Say” |
General Community |
9 questions via the website. Responses were provided by Council staff |
Submissions to Council |
General Community |
2 submissions |
Web site traffic |
General Community |
1035 unique visits & 794 active visitors |
3. Internal Consultation
Internal consultation for this project is prescribed by the Governance structure for this project as follows:
· Councillors;
· Executive Steering Committee (GMD);
· Project Sponsor - Director Strategy and Environment;
· Project Manager - Team Leader Urban Design;
· Project Control Group (PCG) (meetings are currently held bi-monthly);
· Project Working Group (PWG); and
· Tender Review Committee (various).
Fit for the Future Improvement Action Plan
The NSW Government's Fit for the Future initiative required all councils to prepare an Improvement Proposal and supporting Implementation Plan demonstrating how all seven Fit for the Future benchmarks would be met by 2016/17, and maintained or improved thereafter.
Council's Fit For the Future Improvement Proposal and supporting Implementation Plan underpins the decision to stand alone and not merge with Hornsby Council. The objectives established in the Improvement Proposal and Implementation Plan are embedded in Council's adopted Integrated Planning and Reporting documents including the Revised Delivery Program 2013-2017 and Operational Plan 2015-2016, Long Term Financial Plan 2015/16 to 2024/25 and Asset Management Strategy 2015/16 to 2024/25.
It is essential that Council continues to meet relevant targets, which in the case of the Lindfield Hub project, are outlined below:
EFFICIENCY |
||||
Objective |
Action |
Target |
Measure |
Link to CSP, DP&OP |
The delivery of major projects and capital works is completed within budget |
Deliver and report on completion of major capital works as identified in the LTFP
|
Actual meet budget Timeframes achieved as per DP& OP |
Reported to Council and in the Annual Report and other IP & R documents |
L2.1.1 Council maintains and improves its long term financial position and performance L3.1.5 Council services and programs are provided on the basis of equity, community priorities, and best value for money within available resources |
Reduce Council’s S94 co-contribution for major community hub projects utilising Private Partner Contributions
|
Council proactively works with landowners, developers and agencies in the local centres through planning agreements, joint venture and developer opportunities |
No increase in long term borrowings or other asset sales to fund major projects
|
$35M allocated in the LTFP from Private Partner Contributions
|
P4.1.1 Plans to revitalise local centres are being progressively implemented and achieve quality design outcomes in collaboration with key agencies, landholders and the community. |
Projects should include commercial opportunities for Council to offset ongoing operational costs of the public benefit in each precinct |
Council proactively works with landowners, developers and agencies in the local centres through planning agreements, joint venture and developer opportunities |
No increase in long term borrowings or other asset sales to fund major projects
|
Masterplan adopted completed for Lindfield Local Centre.
|
P4.1.4 An improvement plan for Lindfield centre is being progressively implemented in collaboration with owners, businesses and state agencies |
Summary
Four (4) illustrative master plan options for the Lindfield Community Hub were exhibited by Council during the period between 21 March 2015 and 14 May 2015. A comprehensive assessment of the exhibited options is now complete. The assessment process has deemed Option 2 as the preferred option for a wide variety of reasons, community support, financial feasibilty, market acceptance and traffic considerations being of primary significance.
Council’s consultants have now completed a market sounding process which found that Option 2 is preferred by the private sector as it has the best mix of community and commercial outcomes; option 4 was identified by most participants as not commercially viable and of no interest.
The market sounding meetings have been met with overwhelmingly positive feedback, with several development companies showing a keen interest in the project. In light of positive feedback, it is in Council’s best interest to move expeditiously into the EOI phase of the project, whilst market conditions remain favourable and whilst the community’s trust in Council’s ability to deliver remains intact.
Advice from consultants and feedback from the market sounding indicates that given the uncertainty regarding the sites owned by Scouts and Ausgrid, it would be better to exclude these from the EOI process but provision made for them to be included at a later date if negotiations can be concluded with them on terms favourable to Council.
A. That Council adopts Option 2 (as exhibited) with a maximum building height of 7 (seven) storeys as the preferred option for the Lindfield Community Hub project;
B. That Council adopts a variation of Option 2, with a maximum building height of 7 (seven) storeys, for the purposes of an Expression of Interest (EOI), which excludes Scouts Association land located at 1A Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot 2 of DP184154; Lot C of DP 399995; and Lot A of 327729) and AUSGRID land located at 1 Beaconsfield Parade, Lindfield (Lot 1 of DP184042);
C. That Council advertises an Expression of Interest (EOI) seeking proposals from development companies based on option 2 (revised EOI version) as described in resolution B;
D. That Council accepts non-conforming bids from the EOI process in order to encourage innovation and for other reasons as outlined in this report;
E. That Council adopts the following community infrastructure elements as mandatory requirements for any bid arising from EOI to be considered as conforming: · construction of a community hub building to be owned by Council comprising a café, new branch library, community centre and child care centre with roof garden, & including internal fit-outs; · a public park and public plaza to be owned by Council comprising a minimum area of 4,000 m2; · a minimum of 167 public car parking spaces to be owned by Council and accommodated within basement levels; · up to 140 commuter car parking spaces to be funded by TFNSW and accommodated within basement levels; · a maximum of 5,000 m2 of retail floor space including a supermarket with a minimum size of 3,000 m2; · streetscape upgrade works to Bent Lane, Bent Street, Woodford Lane and Beaconsfield Parade; · road works to Bent Lane and Woodford Lane; · construction of new public street to be owned by Council between Bent Street and Beaconsfield Parade; · construction of a new kiss & ride zone on Woodford Lane; · modifications to traffic signals works at the intersections of Tryon Place/Pacific Highway & Balfour Street/Pacific Highway; and · installation of new traffic signals at intersection of Beaconsfield Parade and Pacific Highway.
F. That Council adopts the following general programme for the next phase of the Lindfield Community Hub project:
· advertise EOI by end October 2015; · EOI submissions close by December 2015; · EOI evaluation period January 2016; · selection of preferred development company by early 2016; · negotiation with preferred development company completed by mid-2016; and · submission of development application by late 2016.
G. That Council writes to the Office of Local Government advising them of the Lindfield Community Hub project and noting that Council intends to submit a report that responds to the requirements of the Office of Local Government Capital Expenditure Guidelines, 2010;
H. That Council staff report back to Council at the Ordinary Meeting of Council (OMC) on 27 October 2015 regarding a planning proposal and a site-specific DCP in support of the preferred option; and
I. That Council staff report back to Council on the findings of the Lindfield Local Centre Transport Network Model Study with a view to seeking concurrence from Roads and Maritime Services (RMS).
|
Sarah Koshy Senior Urban Designer |
Bill Royal Team Leader Urban Design |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
|
A1View |
Lindfield Community Hub Market Sounding Report |
|
2015/256645 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.11 / 458 |
|
|
Item GB.11 |
S10646 |
|
24 August 2015 |
Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club - Owner's Consent to Prepare Development Application For Relocation to Old Tree Tip Site at St Ives
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To seek approval from Council to ask the NSW Crown Lands Division to grant owner’s consent for a Development Application to be submitted by Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives. To seek approval from Council to negotiate an agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved. |
|
|
background: |
At the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 26 May 2015 it was resolved: A. That Council give notice to Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club Inc that it does not intend to enter into any new agreement after the current licence expires on 21 March 2016. B. That a report be presented to Council regarding the biodiversity offset funding options to rehabilitate the site in accordance with the Plan of Management. C. That Council staff do everything possible to support Mini Wheels Club to find an alternative site and a report be brought back to Council within 6 months prior to expiry of the lease. |
|
|
comments: |
Since the Council resolution on 26 May 2015 Council officers have investigated potential alternatives with the club and found that the only site in Ku-ring-gai with the potential to cater for the club’s activities is the Old Tree Tip site at Mona Vale Road St Ives. This type of activity is permitted within the RE1 Recreation zone, subject to development consent. The Crown Lands Division is required to grant owner’s consent before the development application is submitted. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council request the NSW Crown Lands Division to sign owner’s consent on a Development Application for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives by the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club; and that Council negotiate a right of way access or a similar agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved. |
Purpose of Report
To seek approval from Council to ask the NSW Crown Lands Division to grant owner’s consent for a Development Application to be submitted by Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives.
To seek approval from Council to negotiate an agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved.
Background
At the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 26 May 2015 it was resolved:
A. That Council give notice to Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club Inc that it does not intend to enter into any new agreement after the current licence expires on 21 March 2016.
B. That a report be presented to Council regarding the biodiversity offset funding options to rehabilitate the site in accordance with the Plan of Management.
C. That Council staff do everything possible to support Mini Wheels Club to find an alternative site and a report be brought back to Council within 6 months prior to expiry of the lease.
Comments
This report has been prepared in satisfaction of Part C of Council’s resolution above.
Since the Council resolution on 26 May 2015 Council officers have investigated potential relocation alternatives in consultation with the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club. Sites investigated include the St Ives Old Tree Tip and the Clissold Road old quarry along the Golden Jubilee Fire Trail at East Wahroonga. No other potential sites were identified. After consideration of the club’s minimum requirements, site constraints, and the proximity of residential properties it is considered that the only possible site in Ku-ring-gai that has the potential to cater for the club’s activities is the Old Tree Tip at Mona Vale Road St Ives, which is shown in Attachment A1.
Under the St Ives Showground and Precinct Lands Plan of Management, which was adopted by Council on 26 May 2015, the preferred option for the Old Tree Tip site was a commercial paintball centre, an activity that was originally recommended to Council by the Crown Lands Division when the Options Paper for the Precinct was prepared in 2009-10. The decision to instead use the site as the home of the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club will need to be approved by the Crown Lands Division, which they can do by granting owner’s consent on the club’s development application.
The previous public uses of the Old Tree Tip site were:
· green waste tip;
· water plant building;
· leachate treatment; and
· non-putrescible waste recycling.
The new public uses for the Old Tree Tip site (under the adopted Plan of Management) are:
· public recreation - eg paintball, adventure ropes courses, recreational track access, potential for Mini-Wheels Training Club;
· plant nursery;
· water recycling; and
· existing site remediation.
Development Application Requirements - Zone RE1 Public Recreation
Under the Ku-ring-gai LEP 2015 the Old Tree Tip site is zoned RE1 Public Recreation. The relevant objectives and permissible and prohibited land uses for this land zone follow.
1. Objectives of zone
· To enable land to be used for public open space or recreational purposes.
· To provide a range of recreational settings and activities and compatible land uses.
· To protect and enhance the natural environment for recreational purposes.
· To protect, manage and restore areas of high ecological, scientific, cultural or aesthetic values.
2. Permitted without consent
Environmental facilities; Environmental protection works; Roads
3. Permitted with consent
Animal boarding or training establishments; Beekeeping; Camping grounds; Caravan parks; Car parks; Child care centres; Community facilities; Emergency services facilities; Information and education facilities; Flood mitigation works; Food and drink premises; Forestry; Kiosks; Markets; Plant nurseries; Recreation areas; Recreation facilities (indoor); Recreation facilities (major); Recreation facilities (outdoor); Registered clubs; Respite day care centres; Roadside stalls; Signage; Water recycling facilities; Water supply systems.
4. Prohibited
Any development not specified in item 2 or 3.
All land use terms used in the Principal Local Environmental Plan are defined by the Standard Instrument (Local Environmental Plans) Order 2006. Key definitions include the following:
Recreation area means a place used for outdoor recreation that is normally open to the public, and includes:
(a) a children’s playground, or
(b) an area used for community
sporting activities, or
(c) a public park, reserve or
garden or the like
and any ancillary buildings, but does not include a recreation facility (indoor), recreation facility (major) or recreation facility (outdoor).
Recreation facility (outdoor) means a building or place (other than a recreation area) used predominantly for outdoor recreation, whether or not operated for the purposes of gain, including a golf course, golf driving range, mini-golf centre, tennis court, paint-ball centre, lawn bowling green, outdoor swimming pool, equestrian centre, skate board ramp, go-kart track, rifle range, water-ski centre or any other building or place of a like character used for outdoor recreation (including any ancillary buildings), but does not include an entertainment facility or a recreation facility (major).
As the Mini Wheels Training Club activity falls under the definition of Recreation facility (outdoor), the activity is permitted with consent, i.e., it requires development consent under Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979. As the land owner is the NSW Crown Lands Division it is required to sign owner’s consent for a Development Application, when Council is not the applicant, before it is submitted for assessment by the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club.
It is therefore recommended that Council request the NSW Crown Lands Division to provide owner’s consent to the lodging of a development application by Mini-Wheels.
Unsealed access road
Council currently holds a permissive occupancy over the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives which is owned by the Crown Lands Division. Under the Plan of Management adopted by Council in May 2015 this site is to be incorporated into the St Ives Showground and Precinct Lands Reserve Trust and come under Council’s care, control and management, rather than remain permissive occupancy.
To access the site from Mona Vale Road St Ives, Council had a Licence for Fire Trail Access with National Parks and Wildlife Service executed on 1 January 2000 which may have expired on 1 January 2004, although use has been ongoing by Council to access the leachate pumps and ponds at the site. Council constructed and maintains the unsealed road. No other access route is available to the Old Tree Tip site.
Irrespective of the how the Old Tree Tip site is re-used in the future, a right-of-way to use the existing vehicle access road through Garigal National Park for controlled access to the site and leachate pump house needs to be negotiated as a shared permanent access road, for Council lease area users, with controlled gate use. The existing road, which was eventually to be removed at the cessation of tip remediation works, has now been now listed as a fire trail with Hornsby/Ku-ring-gai Rural Fire Service (Trail No 394) with current and future class being “essential” and capacity listed as “Category 1”. The trail is listed as ‘In good condition” and links through and around the Old Tree Tip site to Warringah Council and will be retained.
It is recommended that Council negotiate a right-of-way access or a similar agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved.
integrated planning and reporting
Theme 3 - Places, spaces and Infrastructure
P6 Enhancing recreation, sporting and leisure facilities
P7 Enhancing community buildings and facilities
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
Continue to provide quality open space, community and recreational facilities that meet the needs of our community. |
6.1.2 A program is being implemented to improve existing recreation, sporting and leisure facilities and facilitate the establishment of new facilities. |
Designs are prepared and environmental approvals obtained for the delivery of the open space capital works program. Report on compliance with environmental approvals for open space capital works projects. |
|
P7.1.2 Usage of existing community buildings and facilities is optimised. |
Develop business models for new recreation and business opportunities identified in Plan of Management. |
Governance Matters
This proposal will be subject to a development application under Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
Risk Management
Risk Management issues will be addressed in the development application.
There is the possibility of some reputational risk to Council in the event an alternate location for Mini-Wheels cannot be identified.
Financial Considerations
All costs, other than Council staff time to assist the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club, as required by the resolution on 26 May 2015 that is outlined in the Background section of this report, and dealings with the Crown Lands Division and the National Parks and Wildlife Service, will be borne by the Mini Wheels Club.
Social Considerations
Social considerations will be addressed in the development application.
Environmental Considerations
Environmental considerations will be addressed in the development application.
Community Consultation
There has not been any consultation with the community during the preparation of this report. None is required at this stage.
Internal Consultation
Staff from Operations, Community and Strategy have been consulted during the preparation of this report.
Summary
Council resolved on 26 May 2015 not to enter into a new lease agreement with Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club at its current site at St Ives Showground after the current licence expires on 21 March 2016, and also that Council staff do everything possible to support the Mini Wheels Club to find an alternative site and a report be brought back to Council within 6 months prior to expiry of the lease.
Since that time Council officers have investigated potential alternatives with the club and found that the only site in Ku-ring-gai with the potential to cater for the clubs’ activities is the Old Tree Tip site at Mona Vale Road St Ives as indicated in Attachment A1.
This type of activity requires development consent under Part 4 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979. As the land is Crown Land it is recommended that Council request the NSW Crown Lands Division to grant owner’s consent on a Development Application to be submitted by Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives.
It is also recommended that Council negotiate right-of-way access or a similar agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip at St Ives if the club’s Development Application for the use of the site is approved.
A. That Council request the NSW Crown Lands Division to grant owner’s consent on a Development Application to be submitted by Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club for the use of the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives.
B. That the General Manager be given authority to negotiate a right-of-way access or a similar agreement with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service for the Ku-ring-gai Mini Wheels Training Club to use the unsealed access road from Mona Vale Road to the Old Tree Tip site at St Ives, subject to the club’s Development Application for the use of the site being approved. |
Roger Faulkner Team Leader Sport & Recreation Planning |
Ian Dreghorn Manager Strategic Projects |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
|
A1View |
St Ives Old Tree Tip site and Precinct - aerial image |
|
2015/226463 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.12 / 465 |
|
|
Item GB.12 |
S10539 |
|
24 September 2015 |
Planning Proposal to Allow Dual Occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga - Report Following Exhibition
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
For Council to proceed with the finalisation of the Planning Proposal to amend the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga. |
|
|
background: |
On 26 May 2015 Council resolved to proceed with a revised Planning Proposal to amend the KLEP 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga. The Planning Proposal received a Gateway Determination on 18 August 2015 and was exhibited in accordance with the Gateway Determination for 14 days, from 28 August 2015 to 11 September 2015. |
|
|
comments: |
No submissions were received regarding this Planning Proposal. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council proceed with the Planning Proposal to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga. |
Purpose of Report
For Council to proceed with the finalisation of the Planning Proposal to amend the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga.
Background
This Planning Proposal was originally submitted on behalf of three property owners to allow dual occupancy on their land at 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra, 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga and 2 Loombah Ave, Lindfield.
On 26 May 2015, Council resolved to amend the Planning Proposal to only allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga.
Council did not support dual occupancy on 2 Loombah Ave, East Lindfield, nor was a minimum lot subdivision on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra supported.
Council resolved the following:
A. That the Planning Proposal to amend the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 28 Clissold Road Wahroonga be supported subject to the amendments outlined in this Report.
B. That the Planning Proposal to amend the Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road Turramurra be supported subject to the amendments outlined in the Report.
C. That the Planning Proposal to allow dual occupancy at 2 Loombah Avenue, East Lindfield not be supported.
D. That the Planning Proposal be amended by the applicant and prepared to the satisfaction of the Director, Strategy and Environment, and then be forwarded to the Department of Planning and Environment for a Gateway Determination in accordance with the provisions of the EP&A Act and Regulations.
E. That Council request the plan-making delegation under Section 23 of the EP&A Act for this Planning Proposal.
F. That upon receipt of a Gateway Determination, the exhibition and consultation process be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979 and with the Gateway Determination requirements.
In accordance with the resolution, the Planning Proposal was amended (Attachment A1) and forwarded to the Department of Planning and Environment for a Gateway Determination.
The Planning Proposal received a Gateway Determination (Attachment A2) on 18 August 2015 at which time Council was given delegated authority as the proposal was not considered as high impact. This delegated authority will enable Council to progress the amendment and incorporate it into the KLEP 2015.
Following receipt of the Gateway Determination, the exhibition of the Planning Proposal was advertised in the North Shore Times on 28 August 2015, with all exhibition documents being made available to the public at Council’s Chambers and on Council’s website for the required 14 days.
Comments
No submissions from members of the public were received in response to the exhibition, and the Gateway Determination did not require any State Agency consultation.
The owners of 2 Loombah Ave, Lindfield have requested a pre-Gateway review to reconsider Council’s decision not to include that site in the Planning Proposal. This is being considered by the Department of Planning and Environment. A response to the review reiterating points tabled at Council’s 26 May 2015 meeting has been forwarded to the Department.
integrated planning and reporting
Places, Spaces and Infrastructure - P1 - Preserving the unique visual character of Ku-ring-gai
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P1.1 Ku-ring-gai’s unique visual character and identity is maintained. |
Strategies plans and processes are in place to protect and enhance Ku-ring-gai’s unique landscape character. |
Continue to review existing strategies and plans.
|
Places, Spaces and Infrastructure - P2 - Managing Urban Change
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P2.1 A robust planning framework is in place to deliver quality design outcomes and maintain the identity and character of Ku-ring-gai. |
Strategies, plans and processes are in place to effectively manage the impact of new development. |
Implement and monitor Principal Local Environmental Plan and supporting Development Control Plan. |
Governance Matters
The process for the preparation and implementation of Planning Proposals is governed by the provisions of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979 and the Local Government Act, 1993 (where relevant).
Council has been granted plan-making delegation under Section 23 of the EP&A Act to finalise the Planning Proposal. This involves Council taking on the Director General’s function under s59(1) of the Act in liaising with the Parliamentary Counsel’s Office (PCO) to draft the required Local Environmental Plan to give effect to the Planning Proposal as well the Minister’s function under s59(2) of the Act in making the Plan.
Risk Management
This is a privately initiated Planning Proposal. Council needs to finalise this proposal in a timely manner. Where Council does not progress the matter in a timely manner, the applicant may have recourse to a further review under the proposed amendments to the local plan-making process under the EP&A Act and EP&A Regulations recently announced by the NSW Minister for Planning and Environment.
Financial Considerations
The Planning Proposal was subject to the relevant application fee under Council’s Schedule of Fees and Charges. The cost of the review, advertising and assessment of the Planning Proposal is covered by the application fee. The lumping together of a number of effectively unrelated matters into a single Planning Proposal highlighted the need to review Council’s fee structure for such applications, and resulted in the requirement for such applications to be submitted and charged separately.
Social Considerations
The sites are located in good proximity to local buses with bus routes to local train stations. In addition there are retail, educational and recreational parks and facilities close by. The increase by one family unit on each site, allowed by dual occupancy, would have ready access to facilities shared by the local community and therefore avoid isolation.
Environmental Considerations
None of the sites have any biodiversity or riparian mapping. The proposal will not change or impact any environmental aspects on the sites or adjacent to the sites.
Community Consultation
The Planning Proposal was placed on public exhibition in accordance with the requirements of the Gateway and the Department’s publication A Guide to Preparing Planning Proposals. The public exhibition occurred from 28 August 2015 to 11 September 2015. No submissions were received.
Internal Consultation
Discussions were held with Development and Regulation Assessment officers to determine the history of the sites. On 18 August 2015 the Department of Planning and Environment issued a Gateway Determination under Section 56 of the EP&A Act, in respect to an amendment to the KLEP 2015, to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga.
Summary
Ordinarily, it is not Council’s policy to allow dual occupancy within the LGA following the repeal of SEPP 53. Both 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga and 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra meet the basic dual occupancy criteria and are able to integrate within their context without impact on the local character. In addition, it is considered that dual occupancy would provide a good planning outcome and improve the streetscape and urban quality at these locations.
The Planning Proposal was placed on exhibition for 14 days, from 28 August 2015 to 11 September 2015. No submissions were received regarding the proposal.
A. That the Planning Proposal to amend the KLEP 2015 to allow dual occupancy on 109 Bobbin Head Road, Turramurra and 28 Clissold Road, Wahroonga, be endorsed to proceed without variation.
B. That Council proceed to make the Plan, using its delegated authority under Section 59(2) of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act, 1979.
|
Rathna Rana Senior Urban Planner |
Craige Wyse Acting Manager Urban & Heritage Planning |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
|
A1View |
Planning Proposal - amended in accordance with Council resolutions |
|
2015/185692 |
|
|
A2View |
Gateway Determination PP_2015_KURIN_004_00 |
|
2015/257078 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.13 / 508 |
|
|
Item GB.13 |
S07987 |
|
7 September 2015 |
Heritage Assistance Fund
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
To seek Council’s approval to establish a Heritage Assistance Fund for 2015/16 – 2017/18. |
|
|
background: |
Council has received a grant from the NSW Office of Environment and Heritage to establish a Heritage Assistance Fund for the 2015/16 financial year. The grant is a pro-rata $1 for $2 arrangement. The grant is $9,000 and Council’s expenditure would be $18,000. |
|
|
comments: |
A Local Heritage Assistance Fund will assist and encourage owners of heritage places in the ongoing maintenance and conservation of heritage items, and contributory places within heritage conservation areas. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council approves the establishment of a Heritage Assistance Fund to the amount of $18,000 in 2015/16, and up to $20,000 in 2016/17 and 2017/18, subject to budget approval. |
Purpose of Report
To seek Council’s approval to establish a Heritage Assistance Fund for 2015/16 – 2017/18.
Background
A grant from the Office of Environment and Heritage has been offered to Council. It is a pro-rata $1 for $2 grant of up to $9,000 to be allocated towards a Local Heritage Assistance Fund for the 2015/16 financial year. A total of $18,000 will be required from Council to complete the fund.
At the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 11 August 2015 Council resolved to investigate the capacity and possibility of a modest heritage fund comparable with other councils.
Ku-ring-gai has not had a Local Heritage Assistance Fund to assist owners with conservation works to local heritage items since 2008 when State grant funding was withdrawn.
Comments
A Local Heritage Assistance Fund will assist and encourage owners of heritage places in the ongoing maintenance and conservation of heritage items and contributory places within heritage conservation areas. Previously Council’s Heritage Fund allocated a maximum of $6,000 per property. This was allocated on a dollar for dollar basis; where Council would match every dollar the applicant spent, up to a specified amount. For example, if the project was for new slate tiles and the cost was $8,000 Council would pay $4,000 and the owners $4,000.
It is recommended that any new Local Heritage Assistance Fund also be based on a dollar for dollar contribution. The maximum funding allocated to each property will be $5,000. The fund will be advertised in the North Shore Times and on Ku-ring-gai Council’s website. Owners of heritage items or properties within heritage conservation areas will be encouraged to apply.
The Local Heritage Assistance Fund will cover the following works:
· approved conservation works ; and
· maintenance to original and significant fabric.
The Local Heritage Assistance Fund will not provide funding:
· where assistance is reasonably available from another source;
· where substantial assistance has been previously provided, or where the applicant has yet to complete other assisted projects;
· for the purchase of a building, site or movable item;
· for a new addition to a heritage building (including new internal fittings such as new kitchens and bathrooms);
· for the relocation of a heritage building or work on relocated building; and
· for work on a government owned building still used for a government purpose.
Applicants will need to include the following in their application:
· background information/history;
· detailed description of proposed work ;
· estimate cost of works;
· amount of funding they seek from Council;
· colour photographs of the existing building;
· two quotes for the proposed works (one may be adequate if it is specialist work and two cannot be reasonably obtained);
· schedule of materials and colours (depending on the nature of the job); and
· consent of owners of the property;
· a site inspection of the property may be a requirement of approval.
The Heritage Reference Committee will assess the applications and report back to Council with their recommendations on who should receive funding.
Funding will only be provided for completed works, inspected and signed off by Council’s heritage planner and where receipts/proof of payment are provided.
Attachment 1 is a table of heritage funds currently operating at other Councils within Sydney. There are a total of 12 Councils with funds in place, six of these fund works on heritage items and contributory places within heritage conservation areas, and six Councils fund works on heritage items only. The majority of the schemes are funded on a dollar for dollar basis. The average overall budget provided by Councils across Sydney on these funds is $19,900.
integrated planning and reporting
Heritage Conservation
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
Local, aboriginal and cultural history is recognised and promoted.
|
Local and cultural history is recognised and promoted.
|
Develop and implement a program of activities to promote local heritage in consultation with key stakeholders |
Governance Matters
At the Ordinary Meeting of Council on 11 August 2015 Council adopted the recommendation of the Ku-ring-gai Heritage Reference Committee to investigate the capacity and possibility of a modest heritage assistance fund comparable with other councils. Council staff in conjunction with Ku-ring-gai Heritage Reference Committee will be responsible for the administration and implementation of the fund.
Risk Management
The risks associated with the management of this fund have been taken into consideration in the formulation of the administrative requirements and conditions for applicants.
Financial Considerations
Council’s commitment for this fund is $18,000 in 2015/16 with the option of continuing the fund in 2016/17 and 2017/18 with a commitment of $20,000 per financial year. Funding for the Heritage Assistance Fund is unbudgeted but could come from the Urban Planning & Heritage - Strategy Project Budget in 2015/16. The funding for the program for the 2016/17 and 2017/18 financial years would be subject to future budget bids for those years.
Where not allocated in the first year, the monies unexpended will not be rolled forward to this program and would be used within the ordinary scope of the Urban Planning & Heritage - Strategy Project Budget.
Social Considerations
Providing an incentive for the conservation of privately owned heritage places contributes to the ongoing conservation of Ku-ring-gai’s community valued historic landscape and garden suburbs.
Environmental Considerations
The retention and conservation of heritage places has an important role in protecting the environment. The environmental sustainability benefits afforded by the retention of heritage places includes the substantial reduction in building demolition and new construction waste, and the conservation of embodied energy in the existing buildings.
Community Consultation
The Heritage Reference Committee has been consulted on the formation of a heritage fund. In all recent exhibitions of potential heritage items and heritage conservation areas submissions have been received from the public noting Council’s failure to have a heritage fund to support owners in conserving heritage places.
Internal Consultation
Advice on this proposal was sought from the relevant Council Departments.
Summary
A Local Heritage Assistance Fund will assist and encourage owners of heritage places in the ongoing maintenance and conservation of heritage items and contributory places within heritage conservation areas. Previously Council’s Heritage Fund allocated a maximum of $6,000 per property. This report seeks Council’s approval to establish a Heritage Assistance Fund to support the owners of privately owned heritage places to undertake approved conservation works.
A. That Council approves the establishment of a Heritage Assistance Fund to the amount of $18,000 in 2015/16; and
B. That Council consider future budget bids for the extension of the fund to the 2016/17 and 2017/18 financial year to the amount of $20,000 a year as part of the ordinary budgeting process..
|
Andreana Kennedy Heritage Specialist Planner |
Craige Wyse Acting Manager Urban & Heritage Planning - Strategy and Environment |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
|
A1View |
Table of other heritage funds operating at Sydney Councils |
|
2015/254396 |
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.14 / 515 |
|
|
Item GB.14 |
S10746 |
|
9 September 2015 |
Flood Risk Management Committee Meeting Minutes - 25 June 2015
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
For Council to consider and note the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015. |
|
|
background: |
The Flood Risk Management Committee is an essential step in the NSW Government’s floodplain risk management process, as per the NSW Floodplain Development Manual (2005). The Flood Risk Management Committee held its second meeting on the 25 June 2015. |
|
|
comments: |
At the meeting held on 25 June 2015 the Flood Risk Management Committee received presentations on and discussed Ku-ring-gai’s flood studies, flood insurance and Council’s flood database. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council receives and notes the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015. |
Purpose of Report
For Council to consider and note the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015.
Background
The Flood Risk Management Committee is an essential step in the NSW Government’s floodplain risk management process, as per the NSW Floodplain Development Manual (2005). The Flood Risk Management Committee held its second meeting on the 25 June 2015.
The meeting minutes (Attachment A1) have been distributed to members of the Committee and were confirmed at the most recent meeting held on 9 September 2015.
Comments
At the meeting held on 25 June 2015 the Flood Risk Management Committee received presentations on and discussed: Ku-ring-gai’s flood studies - Presentation by Lih Chong, Jacobs;
Flood insurance – Presentation by Greg White, Council’s Water and Catchments Program Leader; and Council’s flood database – Presentation by Eng Tan, Council’s Drainage Engineer.
Recommendations arising from the discussions are noted in the minutes (Attachment A1).
integrated planning and reporting
Community, People and Culture
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
An aware community able to prepare and respond to the risk to life and property from emergency events. |
Plans are developed in partnership with emergency service agencies and key stakeholders and implemented. |
Undertake floodplain risk study in consultation with Floodplain Risk Management Committee.
|
Governance Matters
The Flood Risk Management Committee, with community, industry and government representation, acts as an advisory committee to Council for the development of all Flood Studies and Flood Risk Management Plans.
Risk Management
The recent floods in various parts of Australia and the heavy rain storms experienced in Sydney have highlighted the importance of flood risk management and have raised public awareness of the need for all councils to provide landowners with the best possible information on the risk of flooding to their property.
Financial Considerations
The Committee is an Advisory Committee and does not have the power to incur expenditure or to bind Council to expenditure.
Social Considerations
Activities of the Committee may have a number of implications for property owners and members of the community. The results of Flood Studies and Flood Risk Management Plans can impact on property values, insurance premiums, planning controls and future development options.
Environmental Considerations
The NSW Floodplain Development Manual (2005) clearly identifies the need for flood risk management to take into account the principles of ecologically sustainable development and to consider ways of “maintaining and enhancing riverine and floodplain ecology in the development of floodplain risk management plans” (section 1.1.2). The Terms of Reference for the Flood Risk Management Committee also incorporates this principle.
Community Consultation
The Flood Risk Management Committee is an Advisory Committee of Council and includes members from the local community and relevant State agencies.
Internal Consultation
Council staff have been nominated to attend the Committee meetings.
Summary
The Flood Risk Management Committee held its second meeting on the 25 June 2015. The Committee received presentations on and discussed Ku-ring-gai’s flood studies, flood insurance and Council’s flood database.
The meeting minutes (Attachment A1) have been distributed to members of the Committee and were confirmed at the most recent meeting held on 9 September 2015.
A. That Council receives and notes the minutes of the Flood Risk Management Committee meeting held on 25 June 2015. |
Sophia Findlay Water and Catchments Program Leader |
Suzy Lykos Acting Manager Environment & Sustainability |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
|
A1View |
Flood Risk Management Committee Minutes – 25 June 2015 |
|
2015/162106 |
APPENDIX No: 1 - Flood Risk Management Committee Minutes – 25 June 2015 |
|
Item No: GB.14 |
MINUTES OF Flood Risk Management Committee
HELD ON Thursday, 25 June 2015
Present: |
Councillor C Berlioz (St Ives Ward) Margery Street – Community Representative Philip Morley – Community Representative Michael Brown – Community Representative |
|
|
|
|
Staff Present: |
Marnie Kikken – Manager Environment and Sustainability Kathy Hawken – Team Leader Development Engineers Greg White – Water and Catchments Program Leader Eng Tan – Drainage Assets Engineer Operations Jaala Malcolm – Senior Admin Officer – Strategy and Environment Harry Leung – Trainee Sustainability Officer |
|
|
|
|
Invitees: |
Wafaa Wasif – Floodplain Engineer OEH Tony Pinelli – Local Controller – Ku-ring-gai SES Rob Porter – Ranger – National Parks and Wildlife Service Lih Chong - Jacobs |
|
|
|
|
Observers: |
|
|
|
|
|
Apologies: |
Councillor D Armstrong (Chairperson) (Roseville Ward) Ian Taylor – Manager Engineering Operations Suzy Lykos – Team Leader Natural Areas David Catterall – Local Controller – Ku-ring-gai SES Michael Davison – Acting Regional Controller, SES Northern Region Fernando Ortega – Acting Manager Land and Water, Sydney Water
|
|
The Meeting commenced at 9:00am
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST
No interest was declared.
MATTERS ARISING FROM PREVIOUS MEETING
CONFIRMATION OF MINUTEs
|
Minutes of Flood Risk Management Committee File: S09972 |
|
Meeting held 23 April 2015
|
|
RECOMMENDATION:
That Minutes circulated to Councillors were taken as read and confirmed as an accurate record of the proceedings of the Meeting.
|
GENERAL BUSINESS
|
Information Report - Ku-ring-gai Flood Studies
File: S09972 Vide: GB.1
|
|
To inform Committee members of the current status of Council’s flood studies.
|
|
Recommendation:
That the report be received and noted.
|
|
Information Report - Flood Insurance
File: S09972 Vide: GB.2
|
|
To inform Committee members of the issues associated with flood insurance and the potential impacts on the local community.
|
|
Recommendation:
That the report be received and noted. That council develop a package to be brought to the Flood Risk Management Committee, before distribution to insurance companies at an appropriate time in the flood risk management process. That future consideration be given of potential contribution by the insurance company of expertise or financial contribution for the provision of this information package. The Flood Risk data be presented at a community forum.
|
|
Information Report - Council's Flood Data Base
File: S09972 Vide: GB.3
|
|
To inform Committee members of Council’s flood data base and its uses.
|
|
Recommendation:
That the report be received and noted
|
OTHER BUSINESS
NEXT MEETING
The Meeting closed at 11:30am
Ordinary Meeting of Council - 6 October 2015 |
GB.15 / 521 |
|
|
Item GB.15 |
S10453 |
|
14 September 2015 |
Consideration of Submissions on Planning Proposal to heritage list 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
purpose of report: |
For Council to consider the submissions received during the public exhibition of the planning proposal to heritage list 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 5 Warrangi Street, Turramurra. |
|
|
background: |
On 14 July 2015 Council considered a report on submissions to a planning proposal to amend KLEP 2015 and heritage list 5 properties. Two properties: · 6 Caithness Street, Killara; and · 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra were deferred for a Councillor briefing. The planning proposal was exhibited between 24 April 2015 and 22 May 2015. |
|
|
comments: |
A total of 8 submissions were received during the public exhibition of the planning proposal with regards to 6 Caithness Street and 51 Warrangi Street. A councillor briefing was held on 17 August 2015. |
|
|
recommendation: |
That Council take no further action on the heritage listing for 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra. |
Purpose of Report
For Council to consider the submissions received during the public exhibition of the planning proposal to heritage list 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 5 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
Background
Council at its meeting held on 26 November 2013 resolved to remove a number of potential heritage items from the Heritage Map and Schedule 5 of the then draft KLEP 2013, and defer them for further investigation and re-exhibition.
Council engaged the services of a Heritage Consultant, Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners Pty Ltd, to conduct an independent detailed assessment of the heritage significance of 14 of the deferred properties. The report by Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners Pty Ltd recommended the listing of 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
Council at its meeting held on 25 November 2014 considered a report on the heritage assessment by Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners on 14 of the deferred properties and resolved the following:
A. That a planning proposal be prepared , in accordance with Section 55 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 to amend the Draft Ku-ring-gai Local Environmental Plan 2014 to include the following properties on Schedule 5 and on the Heritage Map as heritage items of local significance:
i. 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra (Lot 1 DP580008)
ii. 4-6 Neringah Avenue South, Wahroonga (Lot 55 and 56 DP2666)
iii. 88 Fox Valley Road, Wahroonga (Lot 15 DP568694)
iv. 12 Bobbin Head Road, Pymble (Lot 1 DP200728)
v. 6 Caithness Street, Killara (Lot 6 DP14824)
B. That the planning proposal be submitted to the Department of Planning and Infrastructure for a Gateway Determination in accordance with Section 56 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
C. That in order to facilitate a more timely Gateway Determination, the NSW Heritage Office be consulted prior to submitting the planning proposal to the Department of Planning and Environment. Should comments not be received within 21 days, the planning proposal is to be submitted regardless.
D. That Council request the plan-making delegation under Section 23 of the EP&A Act for this planning proposal.
E. That upon receipt of a Gateway Determination, the exhibition and consultation process is carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 and with the Gateway Determination requirements.
F. That a report be brought back to Council at the conclusion of the exhibition period.
G. That Council take no further action on the heritage listing for the following properties:
i. 59 Warrangi Street, Turramurra (Lot 1 DP215730)
ii. 6 Munderah Street, Wahroonga (Lot 2 DP552850)
iii. 10 Munderah Street, Wahroonga (Lot 1 DP216542)
iv. 66 Pentecost Avenue, Pymble (Lot B DP103589)
v. 60-62 Pentecost Avenue, Pymble (Lot 1 and 2 Sec DP13451)
vi. 33 Grandview Street, Pymble (Lot 2 DP228015)
vii. 8 Braeside, Wahroonga (Lot 2 DP52186)
viii. 8-10 Neringah Avenue South, Wahroonga (Lot 54 DP2666 and Lot 2 DP585805)
ix. 35 Springdale Road, East Killara
Council at its meeting of 2 February 2015 resolved to place an Interim Heritage Order under Section 25 of the NSW Heritage Act 1977 on 6 Caithness Street, Killara. The Interim Heritage Order was published in the NSW Government Gazette on 6 February 2015.
On 3 February 2015, the planning proposal was referred to the Heritage Division of the NSW Office and Environment and Heritage (OEH) for comment prior to submitting to the NSW Department of Planning and Environment for a Gateway Determination. The OEH submission outlined that there were no objections to the listing of the proposed 5 items. A copy of the planning proposal and appendices was included in the agenda for OMC 8 September 2015, GB.11 and can be viewed on Council’s website and business paper.
The NSW Department of Planning and Environment issued a Gateway Determination under Section 56 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 on 10 April 2015.
The Planning Proposal was placed on public exhibition in accordance with the requirements of the Gateway Determination from Friday 24 April 2015 to Friday 22 May 2015.
Council at its meeting of 14 July 2015 resolved to make the Plan under delegated authority to include 12 Bobbin Head Road, Pymble and 88 Fox Valley Road, Wahroonga in Schedule 5 and on the Heritage Map of KLEP 2015.
At the Council meeting of 28 July 2015, Council resolved, in part:
E. That Council defers any decision in regards to 6 Caithness Street and 51 Warrangi Street for a Council briefing from a Heritage expert.
It was clarified at the time that “heritage expert” was a reference to Council’s Heritage Specialist Planner.
On 17 August 2015 a briefing was held with Councillors to brief them on this matter. Following the briefing, a report on the consideration of submissions for 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra was resubmitted to the Council meeting of 8 September 2015, wherein Council resolved:
That this matter be deferred until report by NBRS & Partners is available.
All submissions regarding the heritage listing of 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra – including the report by NBRS & Partners – were circulated to Councillors via memo on 23 September 2015.
Comments
A heritage item is a place, which may include built structures, landscapes, moveable objects and relics, that has recognised cultural significance. In NSW, heritage items of local significance are assessed against 7 criteria:
a) Historical significance – an item is important in the course, or pattern, of the cultural or natural history of the local area;
b) Historical association significance – an item has strong or special association with the life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance to the local area’s cultural or natural history;
c) Aesthetic significance – an item is important in demonstrating aesthetic characteristics and/or a high degree of creative or technical achievement in the local area;
d) Social significance – an item has a strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group in the local area, for social, cultural or spiritual reasons;
e) Technical/research significance – an item has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of the local area scientific, cultural or natural history;
f) Rarity – an item possesses uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of the local area’s cultural or natural history; and
g) Representativeness - an item is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of the local area’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments.
Items are not excluded from the heritage schedule solely because they share similar characteristics to items already represented. Items do not need to be significant in all of these criteria, many have significance in only 1 or 2 of the criteria.
As a result of the public exhibition of the planning proposal, a total of 8 submissions were received with regards to 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra:
Property |
Submissions received in support of heritage listing |
Submissions received not in support of heritage listing |
6 Caithness Street, Killara |
5 |
2 |
51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra |
0 |
1 |
A summary of the public submissions along with a detailed comment and assessment is included at Attachment A1.
The purpose of the public exhibition is to facilitate public participation in the planning process. The submissions along with the original assessment were analysed to form this report’s recommendation. The key findings of the analysis of the submissions against the original assessment is provided below.
6 Caithness Street, Killara
The Inter-war bungalow at 6 Caithness Street, Killara was assessed at having significance for its aesthetic contribution and its historical association with the architect Donald Esplin and a former president of the Killara Golf Club, T.K. Smith.
The Architect Esplin designed some 400 buildings. 3 of his buildings are recognized as heritage places under Ku-ring-gai Council’s LEPs:
· 9 Yarabah Avenue, Gordon;
· 22 Hastings Road, Warrawee; and
· 26 Billyard Avenue Warrawee.
Submissions were received both in support and against the heritage listing. Those in support of the listing commented on the aesthetic value and historical association significance. Those against the listing highlighted the loss of aesthetic significance and the unsympathetic changes that occurred to the property. This was supported by an independent heritage assessment by NBRS + Partners which challenged the assessment of aesthetic significance.
It should be noted that recent changes to the house, being those in the last 12 months, are considered to be reversible. Consistent with the principles of the Burra Charter, there is extensive knowledge of the form, nature and appearance of the original elements that were changed such that it would be appropriate to replace the new aluminium window and glass balustrade with appropriate replicas to those found in historic house photos. These recent changes are not the reason for not pursuing the heritage listing of 6 Caithness Street Killara.
The proposed listing and submissions have been further reviewed and it is recommended the listing not proceed for the following reasons:
1. While Esplin was a significant architect this is not a remarkable example of his work nor is it a particularly remarkable example of the Inter-war bungalow style:
This view was supported by Council’s heritage advisor and the report by NBRS + Partners. Other fine examples of Esplin’s bungalow work include the famed ‘Esplin Bungalow’ located at 11 Cranbrook Avenue, Cremorne. This house is cited in numerous architectural texts and by the AIA as an early and highly accomplished Californian bungalow. Another fine example of his more modest bungalow work is 44-46 Lang Road , known as Forster and Braelin. Constructed for politician and timber merchant, Sir Allen Taylor and his wife Lady Adele Taylor, the dwelling is a substantial, though conservative, early Inter-war Californian bungalow style house whose design intent has not been compromised by rendering or changes to the garden setting.
Additionally, according to the description of 6 Caithness Street contained within the book Donald Thomas Esplin, Sydney Architect, His Life and Work (Irving and Irving 2008) “the verandah supports are conceived as a three-bay ensemble of Tuscan columns …in a classical design motif typically favoured more by Mould than by Esplin”. The inference being the aesthetic is more that of Mould than Esplin. Based on the association with Esplin it is not recommended to list 6 Caithness Street, Killara.
2. While T.K. Smith was a valued member of Killara Golf Club his short mid-term presidency was unremarkable with no significant events or changes occurring at the club over this short presidency. An adequate comparison with the six earlier presidents has not been provided. The historical association with T.K. Smith is not considered significant
The assessment by Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners Pty Ltd described T.K. Smith as an early president when in fact his presidency was not until 1946, nearly 50 years since the club began. The Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners Pty Ltd assessment failed to undertake a comparison between T.K. Smith and the other presidents to obtain an understanding of what being a significant president of the club may entail. The following is a comparison of the terms and significant events for the preceding presidents, and the immediately following president to T.K. Smith:
Charles Danvers |
1899-1901 First president (Lindfield) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
J George Edwards |
1902-1910 Moved course to Killara – known as the father of Killara |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Henry Braddon |
1911 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles E Graham |
1912-1928 War years, expansion |
||||||||||||
William Maschwitz |
1929-1935 New clubhouse |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Frederick Greaves |
1936-1945 War years |
|
|
|
|||||||||
T. Keith Smith |
1946-1947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John F. Fenwick |
1948-1951 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The historical association with T.K. Smith is not considered a sufficiently convincing reason for including 6 Caithness Street as a heritage item.
3. The dramatic and significant change in setting from single dwellings to 5 storey apartments has resulted in a loss of amenity to the residents of 2, 4 and 6 Caithness Street and a loss of setting to any potential heritage item:
The properties at 2, 4 and 6 Caithness Street were conceived as bungalows surrounded by single dwellings with established gardens in a suburban setting. The reality on the ground today is these houses are wedged between 5 storey apartments directly to their north and to the west. There is no longer any private open space in the backyards of these properties. More specifically relating to the garden setting of 6 Caithness Street, the garden no longer has a central path to the front door originating from a small garden gate on the street as depicted in early photos and on the 1943 aerial. The gate is long gone, so to the northern portion of the front fence. The central path has also been diverted, with the current path to the front door sweeping from the driveway. The sense of arrival and the symmetrical layout of the garden in response to the symmetrical house has been altered.
It is recommended that 6 Caithness Street, Killara not proceed as a heritage item.
51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra
The house at 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra, known as Andover, was recommended for listing as a representative example of the Georgian Revival style designed by prominent architect William Rae Laurie.
The one submission for this property argued against the listing based upon the unsubstantiated evidence that the house was designed by William Rae Laurie. This argument is not supported as historical evidence supports Laurie’s association with the design project. The independent heritage assessment attached to the submission argued the house has undergone both significant and unsympathetic change and was not significant.
The 1936 building application describes the house as a two storey brick dwelling of 7 rooms with a garage. The building Andover was a two storey house with strong Georgian Revival overtones. It was a face brick structure set under a high pitched roof with a small attached hipped roof projection containing maid’s accommodation. Today, the face brick is painted. The front (south) and western façade exhibit regular and repetitive fenestration. All elevations with the exception of the east façade have multi-paned windows, with the upper level windows of the west and south façade and some lower windows of the north facade having louvered shutters.
The house front does not address the street nor is it easily visible from Warrangi Street. The primary façade faces 49 Warrangi Street (neighbour to the south). Extensions have been made to the east and west of this primary façade. The list of changes are as follows:
· Single storey two car garage to western frontage visible from street.
· Skillion addition to eastern frontage spanning width of house.
· Modification of ground floor loggia on north elevation with later enclosed verandah addition.
· Enclosure of first floor loggia and division into separate rooms.
· Internal modifications to planning including changed door locations, and division and use of rooms.
· Blanking off of original windows and doors due to additions including ground floor windows that were on the Warrangi Street elevation.
· New bathroom fitout. Kitchen has been relocated from the original house into a more recent wing extension.
· Painting of original face brickwork.
· Re-roofing with concrete tiles
It is recommended the listing not proceed due to the considerable change that has occurred to the building since its original design and construction. The simple and restrained architecture that characterises the Inter-war Georgian Revival style seems absent following the accretion of unsympathetic extensions that has occurred over the years. The original form is still legible but the additions have obscured some important architectural features such as some original windows and doors.
The alteration of the interior is substantial with only some fabric retained such as the fireplace in the front lounge and based upon 2009 real estate photos, the original staircase appears to also still be in place. An aesthetically pleasing and key architectural feature that has been retained is the brick detailed, arched main entrance. This doorway is evidence of the high level of architectural thought, design detail and craftsmanship that would have gone into Andover when it was originally built.
It is the high quality of some of the remaining architectural detailing, such as the feature entrance, which make the decision as to whether Andover retains its design integrity a difficult one. The recent unsympathetic works such as the enclosing of loggias and verandahs, building in exterior doors and windows, building a two car garage on the street frontage, relocating the kitchen and repurposing several rooms all contribute to compromising the design integrity. Andover was conceived and originally built as a well-resolved and commodiously designed two-storey Inter-war Georgian Revival style home of only 7 rooms. It is the cumulative impact of small changes and the accretion of additions that has eroded the significance of Andover as a house representative of the Georgian Revival style.
Under the NSW Guidelines, a reason for exclusion under Criterion C is the loss of “design or technical integrity”. Therefore it is recommended that 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra not proceed as a heritage item.
integrated planning and reporting
Places, Spaces and Infrastructure
Community Strategic Plan Long Term Objective |
Delivery Program Term Achievement |
Operational Plan Task |
P5.1 Ku-ring-gai’s heritage is protected, promoted and responsibly managed
|
P5.1.1 Strategies, plans and processes are in place to effectively protect and preserve Ku-ring-gai’s heritage assets |
Identifying gaps in existing strategies and plans
|
Governance Matters
The process for the preparation and implementation of planning proposals is set out in provisions of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 and the Local Government Act 1993 (where relevant).
Risk Management
There is a community expectation that places of heritage significance within Ku-ring-gai Council local government area will be identified and protected. There is a strategic risk of damaging the reputation of Council if these culturally significant places are not identified and considered for protection.
Financial Considerations
The costs associated with this matter are covered by the Strategy and Environment Department, Urban Planning and Heritage Planning budget.
Social Considerations
The identification and protection of Ku-ring-gai’s heritage places contributes to the ongoing conservation of Ku-ring-gai’s community valued historic landscape and garden suburbs.
Environmental Considerations
Council is responsible for the identification and management of Ku-ring-gai’s local environmental heritage. Consideration of this matter will assist Council in meeting this requirement.
Community Consultation
Community consultation for the planning proposal is consistent with the prescribed consultation guidelines in the NSW Department of Planning and Environment’s document “A guide to preparing Local Environmental Plans” (April 2013).
Community consultation was conducted as per the requirements outlined in the Gateway Determination issued by the Department of Planning and Environment.
The public exhibition of the planning proposal included the following:
· notification in the North Shore Times;
· notification on Council’s website; and
· notification in writing to the affected and adjoining land owners.
During the exhibition period, the following material was available for inspection:
· Planning Proposal;
· Gateway Determination;
· heritage report by Clive Lucas Stapleton and Partners;
· Council resolution of 25 November 2014;
· proposed heritage maps;
· heritage inventory sheets;
· submission from Heritage Division, Office of Environment and Heritage; and
· interim heritage order 6 Caithness Street, Killara.
Internal Consultation
As part of the assessment of submissions the relevant internal sections of Council have been consulted, including Urban Planning and Heritage and Development and Regulation, including Council’s Heritage Advisor.
Councillors were given a briefing on the 17 August 2015 by Council’s heritage staff for 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
Summary
On 10 April 2015 the Department of Planning and Environment issued a Gateway Determination under Section 56 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 for the planning proposal to heritage list 5 properties in Turramurra, Wahroonga, Pymble and Killara.
The planning proposal was placed on public exhibition between 24 April 2015 and 22 May 2015. 16 submissions were received during the public exhibition of the planning proposal.
Council at its meeting of 14 July 2015 resolved to make the Plan under delegated authority to include 12 Bobbin Head Road, Pymble and 88 Fox Valley Road, Wahroonga in Schedule 5 and on the Heritage Map of KLEP 2015. At the Council meeting of 28 July 2015 the minute was amended to defer any decision in regards to 6 Caithness Street and 51 Warrangi Street to allow for a Councillor briefing from a heritage expert.
A Councillor briefing was held on 17 August 2015 for 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
It is recommended that Council not proceed with the heritage listing of 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra.
A. That Council not proceed with the Plan to include 6 Caithness Street Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra in Schedule 5 and on the Heritage map of KLEP 2015.
B. That those who made a submission be notified of Council’s resolution.
|
Alexandra Plumb Urban Planner |
Andreana Kennedy Heritage Specialist Planner |
Craige Wyse Acting Manager Urban & Heritage Planning |
Andrew Watson Director Strategy & Environment |
A1View |
Summary of submissions - 6 Caithness Street, Killara and 51 Warrangi Street, Turramurra |
|
2015/229818 |